8-K

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 8-K

CURRENT REPORT

Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d)
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

Date of Report (Date of earliest event reported): July 1, 2003

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	1-14323	76-0568219
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(Commission File Number)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)
2727 North Loop West Houston, Texas (Address of principal executive offices)		77008 (Zip Code)
(713) 880-6500 (Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

EXPLANATORY NOTE

        On July 21, 1998, we filed a registration statement with the Commission on Form 8-A (Registration No. 001-14323) to register our common units under Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Registration Statement”). As part of the Registration Statement, we provided a description of our common units by incorporating by reference to the caption “Description of the Common Units” contained in the prospectus included in our registration statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-52537), as amended, initially filed with the Commission on May 13, 1998. On July 16, 2003, we filed a Current Report on Form 8-K to update the description of our common units. The description set forth therein reflects the conversion of 10,704,936 subordinated units into common units on May 1, 2003 and also includes the risks related to ownership of our common units and the tax consequences of ownership of our common units. On December 10, 2003, we filed a Current Report on Form 8-K to file as an exhibit thereto a Reorganization Agreement dated as of December 10, 2003, that effectuated certain amendments to our partnership agreement and our operating partnership agreement that resulted in our operating partnership becoming our wholly-owned subsidiary. On December 17, 2003, we filed a Current Report on Form 8-K to announce our issuance and sale of 4,413,549 Class B Special Units and to file as an exhibit thereto an amendment to our partnership agreement to create such new class of limited partner units. We are filing this Current Report on Form 8-K to further update the description of our common units and the description of our partnership agreement from those descriptions contained in our Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 16, 2003. The descriptions contained herein reflect (1) the conversion of the remaining 21,409,868 subordinated units into an equal number of common units on August 1, 2003, resulting in the termination of the Subordination Period (as defined in our partnership agreement) effective July 1, 2003, (2) the conversion of the remaining 10,000,000 Class A special units to an equal number of common units on August 1, 2003, (3) our operating partnership becoming our wholly-owned subsidiary, and (4) the creation and issuance of the Class B Special Units. Additional reasons for filing this Current Report on Form 8-K are described under Item 5 herein.

Item 5.      Other Events.

Description of Common Units and Partnership Agreement

        Reference is made to Appendix A to this Current Report for a description of our common units and a description of our partnership agreement. A copy of our partnership agreement that has been restated to include all amendments through December 17, 2003, is filed as Exhibit 3.1 hereto.

Interim Term Loan Agreement and Amendments to Revolving Credit Facilities

        On December 12, 2003, Enterprise Products Operating L.P. entered into an Interim Term Loan Agreement with certain lenders for the purpose of borrowing $225 million to finance, in part, its acquisition of a 50% equity interest in the general partner of GulfTerra Energy Partners, L.P. on December 15, 2003. Such Interim Term Loan Agreement and the Guaranty Agreement of Enterprise Products Partners L.P. relating thereto are filed as Exhibits 4.1 and 4.2 hereto, respectively.

        On December 22, 2003, Enterprise Products Operating L.P. amended its 364-day and multi-year revolving credit facilities. Such amendments are filed as Exhibits 4.3 and 4.4 hereto, respectively.

1

Amendment of EPCO Agreement

        As described in our Annual Report on Form 10K/A for the year ended December 31, 2002, all of our management, administrative and operating functions are performed by employees of Enterprise Products Company (“EPCO”) pursuant to the EPCO Agreement dated as of July 31, 1998, among Enterprise Products Partners L.P., Enterprise Products Operating L.P., Enterprise Products GP, LLC (our general partner) and EPCO. Under the terms of the EPCO Agreement, EPCO agrees, among other things, to employ the personnel necessary to manage our business and affairs (through our general partner), and to employ the operating personnel involved in our business, for which we reimburse EPCO.

        Pursuant to the EPCO Agreement, we reimburse EPCO for our share of the costs of certain of its employees in administrative positions that were active at the time of our initial public offering in July 1998 who manage our business and affairs. Prior to January 1, 2004 our reimbursement of EPCO for this administrative personnel expense was made through the payment of a fixed administrative services fee, that could be increased by up to ten percent per year, with the approval and consent of the Audit and Conflicts Committee, during the 10-year term of the EPCO Agreement. As of December 31, 2003, the administrative services fee was $19.3 million annually. Any difference between EPCO’s actual cost of this “pre-expansion” group of administrative personnel and the fee we paid EPCO has been borne solely by EPCO. For the year ended December 31, 2003, the actual cost incurred by EPCO for these services did not materially exceed the amount of the administrative services fee. We also reimburse EPCO for its actual direct and indirect costs for compensation of other administrative personnel it hires in connection with our expansion and new business activities.

        Effective January 1, 2004, with the approval of the Audit and Conflicts Committee, the EPCO Agreement was amended to change our method of reimbursing EPCO for its cost of the “pre-expansion” group of administrative personnel from a fixed administrative services fee to a variable administrative services fee equal to the actual direct and indirect costs and expenses incurred by EPCO in providing such services. As amended and restated, the EPCO Agreement has been renamed the “First Amended and Restated Administrative Services Agreement,” and is filed as Exhibit 10.1 hereto.

Item 7.      Financial Statements and Exhibits.

(a) Financial Statements of business acquired.

Not applicable.

(b) Pro forma financial information.

Not applicable.

(c) Exhibits.

3.1 Third Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Enterprise Products Partners L.P. dated May 15, 2002 (restated to include all amendments through December 17, 2003).

2

4.1 Interim Term Loan Agreement dated December 12, 2003, among Enterprise Products Operating L.P., Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., as Administrative Agent, Bank One, NA, The Bank of Nova Scotia, Suntrust Bank and Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Co-Syndicating Agents, and the several banks from time to time parties thereto.

4.2 Guaranty Agreement dated as of December 12, 2003, by Enterprise Products Partners L.P. in favor of Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., as Administrative Agent, with respect to Interim Term Loan Agreement.

4.3 First Amendment to 364-Day Revolving Credit Facility dated December 22, 2003, among Enterprise Products Operating L.P., Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, and the several lenders from time to time party thereto.

4.4 Fifth Amendment and Supplement to Multi-Year Revolving Credit Facility dated December 22, 2003, among Enterprise Products Operating L.P., Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, and the several lenders from time to time party thereto.

10.1 Amended and Restated Administrative Services Agreement, dated effective as of January 1, 2004, among Enterprise Products Company, Enterprise Products Partners L.P., Enterprise Products Operating L.P., Enterprise Products GP, LLC and Enterprise Products OLPGP, Inc.

3

SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned hereunto duly authorized.

	ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.
	By:	Enterprise Products GP, LLC, as General Partner
Date:   February 10, 2004		By:	/s/ Michael J. Knesek
			Michael J. Knesek Vice President, Controller and Principal Accounting Officer

4

Appendix A

DESCRIPTION OF OUR COMMON UNITS

        Generally, our common units represent limited partner interests that entitle the holders to participate in our cash distributions and to exercise the rights and privileges available to limited partners under our partnership agreement. For a description of the relative rights and preferences of holders of common units and our general partner in and to cash distributions, please read “Cash Distribution Policy” included in this Appendix A.

        Our outstanding common units are listed on the NYSE under the symbol “EPD.” Any additional common units we issue will also be listed on the NYSE.

        The transfer agent and registrar for our common units is Mellon Investor Services LLC.

Meetings/Voting

        Each holder of common units is entitled to one vote for each common unit on all matters submitted to a vote of the unitholders.

Status as Limited Partner or Assignee

        Except as described below under “—Limited Liability,” the common units will be fully paid, and unitholders will not be required to make additional capital contributions to us.

        Each purchaser of our common units must execute a transfer application whereby the purchaser requests admission as a substituted limited partner and makes representations and agrees to provisions stated in the transfer application. If this action is not taken, a purchaser will not be registered as a record holder of common units on the books of our transfer agent or issued a common unit certificate. Purchasers may hold common units in nominee accounts.

        An assignee, pending its admission as a substituted limited partner, is entitled to an interest in us equivalent to that of a limited partner with respect to the right to share in allocations and distributions, including liquidating distributions. Our general partner will vote and exercise other powers attributable to common units owned by an assignee who has not become a substituted limited partner at the written direction of the assignee. Transferees who do not execute and deliver transfer applications will be treated neither as assignees nor as record holders of common units and will not receive distributions, federal income tax allocations or reports furnished to record holders of common units. The only right the transferees will have is the right to admission as a substituted limited partner in respect of the transferred common units upon execution of a transfer application in respect of the common units. A nominee or broker who has executed a transfer application with respect to common units held in street name or nominee accounts will receive distributions and reports pertaining to its common units.

Limited Liability

        Assuming that a limited partner does not participate in the control of our business within the meaning of the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act (the “Delaware Act”) and that he otherwise acts in conformity with the provisions of our partnership agreement, his liability under the Delaware Act will be limited, subject to some possible exceptions, generally to the amount of

5

capital he is obligated to contribute to us in respect of his units plus his share of any undistributed profits and assets.

        Under the Delaware Act, a limited partnership may not make a distribution to a partner to the extent that at the time of the distribution, after giving effect to the distribution, all liabilities of the partnership, other than liabilities to partners on account of their partnership interests and liabilities for which the recourse of creditors is limited to specific property of the partnership, exceed the fair value of the assets of the limited partnership.

        For the purposes of determining the fair value of the assets of a limited partnership, the Delaware Act provides that the fair value of the property subject to liability of which recourse of creditors is limited shall be included in the assets of the limited partnership only to the extent that the fair value of that property exceeds the nonrecourse liability. The Delaware Act provides that a limited partner who receives a distribution and knew at the time of the distribution that the distribution was in violation of the Delaware Act is liable to the limited partnership for the amount of the distribution for three years from the date of the distribution.

Reports and Records

        As soon as practicable, but in no event later than 120 days after the close of each fiscal year, our general partner will furnish or make available to each unitholder of record (as of a record date selected by our general partner) an annual report containing our audited financial statements for the past fiscal year. These financial statements will be prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. In addition, no later than 45 days after the close of each quarter (except the fourth quarter), our general partner will furnish or make available to each unitholder of record (as of a record date selected by our general partner) a report containing our unaudited financial statements and any other information required by law.

        Our general partner will use all reasonable efforts to furnish each unitholder of record information reasonably required for tax reporting purposes within 90 days after the close of each fiscal year. Our general partner’s ability to furnish this summary tax information will depend on the cooperation of unitholders in supplying information to our general partner. Each unitholder will receive information to assist him in determining his U.S. federal and state and Canadian federal and provincial tax liability and filing his U.S. federal and state and Canadian federal and provincial income tax returns.

        A limited partner can, for a purpose reasonably related to the limited partner’s interest as a limited partner, upon reasonable demand and at his own expense, have furnished to him:

• a current list of the name and last known address of each partner;

• a copy of our tax returns;

• information as to the amount of cash and a description and statement of the agreed value of any other property or services, contributed or to be contributed by each partner and the date on which each became a partner;

6

• copies of our partnership agreement, our certificate of limited partnership, amendments to either of them and powers of attorney which have been executed under our partnership agreement;

• information regarding the status of our business and financial condition; and

• any other information regarding our affairs as is just and reasonable.

        Our general partner may, and intends to, keep confidential from the limited partners trade secrets and other information the disclosure of which our general partner believes in good faith is not in our best interest or which we are required by law or by agreements with third parties to keep confidential.

Conversion of Class A Special Units

        A total of 29,000,000 Class A special units were issued in 1999 as part of the purchase price of Tejas Natural Gas Liquids LLC. These units did not accrue distributions and were not entitled to cash distributions until their conversion into an equal number of common units. On August 1, 2000, August 1, 2001 and August 1, 2002, 2,000,000, 10,000,000 and 17,000,000 of the Class A special units, respectively, were converted into an equal number of common units. As an additional part of the purchase price of Tejas Natural Gas Liquids LLC, we agreed to issue up to 12,000,000 more Class A special units to the seller if the volumes of natural gas that we process for Shell Oil Company and its affiliates reached certain agreed upon levels in 2000 and 2001. On August 1, 2000, we issued 6,000,000 of these Class A special units to the seller, and on August 1, 2001, we issued the remaining 6,000,000 Class A special units to the seller under our foregoing agreement. On August 1, 2002, 2,000,000 of these additional Class A special units converted into an equal number of common units. On August 1, 2003, the remaining 10,000,000 additional Class A special units converted into an equal number of common units.

Conversion of Subordinated Units

        On each of May 1, 2002 and May 1, 2003, 10,704,936 of our subordinated units, or approximately 25%, converted into an equal number of common units. The remaining 21,409,868 subordinated units converted into an equal number of common units on August 1, 2003.

Issuance of Class B Special Units

        On December 17, 2003, our general partner amended our partnership agreement to create a new class of limited partner units, designated as Class B Special Units, and issued and sold 4,413,549 Class B Special Units to an affiliate of our general partner for a price of $100,000,000. Holders of the Class B Special Units have rights identical to those of our common unitholders with respect to partnership distributions and all other matters, except that holders of the Class B Special Units have no voting rights. The Class B Special Units may become convertible into an equal number of common units upon receipt of the requisite approval by the holders of our common units in accordance with the requirements of the New York Stock Exchange. We anticipate seeking and obtaining such approval during 2004, at which time the Class B Special Units will become converted into an equal number of common units. All references to common units and the rights of their holders on all matters other than voting, as set forth in this Appendix A, shall be deemed to include the Class B Special Units and the rights of their holders.

7

CASH DISTRIBUTION POLICY

Distributions of Available Cash

        General. Within approximately 45 days after the end of each quarter, we will distribute all of our available cash to unitholders of record on the applicable record date.

        Definition of Available Cash. Available cash is defined in our partnership agreement and generally means, with respect to any calendar quarter, all cash on hand at the end of such quarter:

• less the amount of cash reserves that is necessary or appropriate in the reasonable discretion of the general partner to:

— provide for the proper conduct of our business;

— comply with applicable law or any debt instrument or other agreement (including reserves for future capital expenditures and for our future credit needs); or

— provide funds for distributions to unitholders and our general partner in respect of any one or more of the next four quarters;

• plus all cash on hand on the date of determination of available cash for the quarter resulting from working capital borrowings made after the end of the quarter. Working capital borrowings are generally borrowings that are made under our credit facilities and in all cases are used solely for working capital purposes or to pay distributions to partners.

Operating Surplus and Capital Surplus

        General. Cash distributions are characterized as distributions from either operating surplus or capital surplus. We distribute available cash from operating surplus differently than available cash from capital surplus.

        Definition of Operating Surplus. Operating surplus is defined in the partnership agreement and generally means:

• our cash balance on July 31, 1998, the closing date of our initial public offering of common units (excluding $46.5 million to fund certain capital commitments existing at such closing date); plus

• all of our cash receipts since the closing of our initial public offering, excluding cash from interim capital transactions such as borrowings that are not working capital borrowings, sales of equity and debt securities and sales or other disposition of assets for cash, other than inventory, accounts receivable and other assets sold in the ordinary course of business or as part of normal retirements or replacements of assets; plus

• up to $60.0 million of cash from interim capital transactions; plus

• working capital borrowings made after the end of a quarter but before the date of determination of operating surplus for the quarter; less

8

• all of our operating expenditures since the closing of our initial public offering, including the repayment of working capital borrowings, but not the repayment of other borrowings, and including maintenance capital expenditures; less

• the amount of cash reserved that we deem necessary or advisable to provide funds for future operating expenditures.

        Definition of Capital Surplus. Capital surplus is generally generated only by borrowings (other than borrowings for working capital purposes), sales of debt and equity securities and sales or other dispositions of assets for cash (other than inventory, accounts receivable and other assets disposed of in the ordinary course of business).

        Characterization of Cash Distributions. To avoid the difficulty of trying to determine whether available cash we distribute is from operating surplus or from capital surplus, all available cash we distribute from any source will be treated as distributed from operating surplus until the sum of all available cash distributed since July 31, 1998 equals the operating surplus as of the end of the quarter prior to such distribution. Any available cash in excess of such amount (irrespective of its source) will be deemed to be from capital surplus and distributed accordingly.

        If available cash from capital surplus is distributed in respect of each common unit in an aggregate amount per common unit equal to the $11.00 initial public offering price of the common units, the distinction between operating surplus and capital surplus will cease, and all distributions of available cash will be treated as if they were from operating surplus. We do not anticipate that there will be significant distributions from capital surplus.

Distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus

        Commencing with the quarter ending on September 30, 2003, we will make distributions of available cash from operating surplus with respect to any quarter in the following manner:

• first, 98% to all common unitholders, pro rata and 2% to the general partner, until there has been distributed in respect of each unit an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution of $0.225; and

• thereafter, in the manner described in “Incentive Distributions” below.

Incentive Distributions

        Incentive distributions represent the right to receive an increasing percentage of quarterly distributions of available cash from operating surplus after the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels have been achieved. For any quarter for which available cash from operating surplus is distributed to the common unitholders in an amount equal to the minimum quarterly distribution of $0.225 per unit on all units, then any additional available cash from operating surplus in respect of such quarter will be distributed among the common unitholders and the general partner in the following manner:

• first, 98% to all common unitholders, pro rata, and 2% to the general partner, until the common unitholders have received a total of $0.253 for such quarter in respect of each outstanding unit (the “First Target Distribution”);

9

• second, 85% to all common unitholders, pro rata, and 15% to the general partner, until the unitholders have received a total of $0.3085 for such quarter in respect of each outstanding unit (the “Second Target Distribution”); and

• thereafter, 75% to all common unitholders, pro rata, and 25% to the general partner.

Distributions from Capital Surplus

        How Distributions from Capital Surplus Will Be Made. We will make distributions of available cash from capital surplus in the following manner:

• first, 98% to all common unitholders, pro rata, and 2% to the general partner, until we have distributed, in respect of each outstanding common unit issued in our initial public offering, available cash from capital surplus in an aggregate amount per common unit equal to the initial unit price of $11.00; and

• thereafter, all distributions of available cash from capital surplus will be distributed as if they were from operating surplus.

        Effect of a Distribution from Capital Surplus. Our partnership agreement treats a distribution of capital surplus on a common unit as the repayment of the common unit price from its initial public offering, which is a return of capital. The initial public offering price less any distributions of capital surplus per common unit is referred to as the unrecovered initial common unit price. Each time a distribution of capital surplus is made on a common unit, the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels for all units will be reduced in the same proportion as the corresponding reduction in the unrecovered initial common unit price. Because distributions of capital surplus will reduce the minimum quarterly distribution, after any of these distributions are made, it may be easier for our general partner to receive incentive distributions. However, any distribution by us of capital surplus before the unrecovered initial common unit price is reduced to zero cannot be applied to the payment of the minimum quarterly distribution.

        Once we distribute capital surplus on a common unit in any amount equal to the unrecovered initial common unit price, it will reduce the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels to zero and it will make all future distributions of available cash from operating surplus, with 25% being paid to the holders of units, as applicable, and 75% to our general partner.

Adjustment to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution Levels

        In addition to reductions of the minimum quarterly distribution and target distribution levels made upon a distribution of available cash from capital surplus, if we combine our units into fewer units or subdivide our units into a greater number of units, we will proportionately adjust:

• the minimum quarterly distribution;

• the target distribution levels; and

• the unrecovered initial common unit price.

10

        For example, in the event of a two-for-one split of the common units (assuming no prior adjustments), the minimum quarterly distribution, each of the target distribution levels and the unrecovered capital of the common units would each be reduced to 50% of its initial level.

        In addition, if legislation is enacted or if existing law is modified or interpreted in a manner that causes us to become taxable as a corporation or otherwise subject to taxation as an entity for federal, state or local income tax purposes, then we will reduce the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels by multiplying the same by one minus the sum of the highest effective federal corporate income tax rate that could apply and any increase in the effective overall state and local income tax rates. For example, if we became subject to a maximum effective federal, state and local income tax rate of 35%, then the minimum quarterly distribution and the target distribution levels would each be reduced to 65% of their previous levels.

Distributions of Cash upon Liquidation

        If we dissolve in accordance with the partnership agreement, we will sell or otherwise dispose of our assets in a process called a liquidation. We will first apply the proceeds of liquidation to the payment of our creditors in the order of priority provided in the partnership agreement and by law and, thereafter, we will distribute any remaining proceeds to the common unitholders and our general partner in accordance with their respective capital account balances as so adjusted.

        Manner of Adjustments for Gain. The manner of the adjustment is set forth in the partnership agreement. Upon our liquidation, we will allocate any net gain (or unrealized gain attributable to assets distributed in kind to the partners) as follows:

• first, to the general partner and the holders of common units having negative balances in their capital accounts to the extent of and in proportion to such negative balances:

• second, 98% to the holders of common units, pro rata, and 2% to the general partner, until the capital account for each common unit is equal to the sum of

— the unrecovered capital in respect of such common unit; plus

— the amount of the minimum quarterly distribution for the quarter during which our liquidation occurs.

• third, 98% to all common unitholders, pro rata, and 2% to the general partner, until there has been allocated under this paragraph third an amount per unit equal to:

— the sum of the excess of the First Target Distribution per unit over the minimum quarterly distribution per unit for each quarter of our existence; less

— the cumulative amount per unit of any distributions of available cash from operating surplus in excess of the minimum quarterly distribution per unit that were distributed 98% to the unitholders, pro rata, and 2% to the general partner for each quarter of our existence;

• fourth, 85% to all common unitholders, pro rata, and 15% to the general partner, until there has been allocated under this paragraph fourth an amount per unit equal to:

11

— the sum of the excess of the Second Target Distribution per unit over the First Target Distribution per unit for each quarter of our existence; less

— the cumulative amount per unit of any distributions of available cash from operating surplus in excess of the First Target Distribution per unit that were distributed 85% to the unitholders, pro rata, and 15% to the general partner for each quarter of our existence; and

• thereafter, 75% to all common unitholders, pro rata, and 25% to the general partner.

        Manner of Adjustments for Losses. Upon our liquidation, any loss will generally be allocated to the general partner and the unitholders as follows:

• first, 98% to the holders of common units in proportion to the positive balances in their respective capital accounts and 2% to the general partner, until the capital accounts of the common unitholders have been reduced to zero; and

• thereafter, 100% to the general partner.

        Adjustments to Capital Accounts. In addition, interim adjustments to capital accounts will be made at the time we issue additional partnership interests or make distributions of property. Such adjustments will be based on the fair market value of the partnership interests or the property distributed and any gain or loss resulting therefrom will be allocated to the common unitholders and the general partner in the same manner as gain or loss is allocated upon liquidation. In the event that positive interim adjustments are made to the capital accounts, any subsequent negative adjustments to the capital accounts resulting from the issuance of additional partnership interests in us, distributions of property by us, or upon our liquidation, will be allocated in a manner which results, to the extent possible, in the capital account balances of the general partner equaling the amount that would have been the general partner’s capital account balances if no prior positive adjustments to the capital accounts had been made.

12

DESCRIPTION OF OUR PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT

        The following is a summary of the material provisions of our partnership agreement. Our amended and restated partnership agreement has been filed with the Commission. The following provisions of our partnership agreement are summarized elsewhere in this Appendix A:

• distributions of our available cash are described under “Cash Distribution Policy”; and

• rights of holders of common units are described under “Description of Our Common Units.”

In addition, allocations of taxable income and other matters are described under “Tax Consequences” in Appendix A to our Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 16, 2003.

Purpose

        Our purpose under our partnership agreement is to serve as a partner of our operating partnership and to engage in any business activities that may be engaged in by our operating partnership or that are approved by our general partner. The partnership agreement of our operating partnership provides that it may engage in any activity that was engaged in by our predecessors at the time of our initial public offering or reasonably related thereto and any other activity approved by our general partner.

Power of Attorney

        Each limited partner, and each person who acquires a unit from a unitholder and executes and delivers a transfer application, grants to our general partner and, if appointed, a liquidator, a power of attorney to, among other things, execute and file documents required for our qualification, continuance or dissolution. The power of attorney also grants the authority for the amendment of, and to make consents and waivers under, our partnership agreement.

Reimbursements of Our General Partner

        Our general partner does not receive any compensation for its services as our general partner. It is, however, entitled to be reimbursed for all of its costs incurred in managing and operating our business. Our partnership agreement provides that our general partner will determine the expenses that are allocable to us in any reasonable manner determined by our general partner in its sole discretion.

Issuance of Additional Securities

        Our partnership agreement authorizes us to issue an unlimited number of additional limited partner interests and other equity securities that are equal in rank with or junior to our common units on terms and conditions established by our general partner in its sole discretion without the approval of any limited partners.

        It is possible that we will fund acquisitions through the issuance of additional common units or other equity securities. Holders of any additional common units we issue will be entitled to share

13

equally with the then-existing holders of common units in our cash distributions. In addition, the issuance of additional partnership interests may dilute the value of the interests of the then-existing holders of common units in our net assets.

        In accordance with Delaware law and the provisions of our partnership agreement, we may also issue additional partnership interests that, in the sole discretion of our general partner, may have special voting rights to which common units are not entitled.

        Our general partner has the right, which it may from time to time assign in whole or in part to any of its affiliates, to purchase common units or other equity securities whenever, and on the same terms that, we issue those securities to persons other than our general partner and its affiliates, to the extent necessary to maintain their percentage interests in us that existed immediately prior to the issuance. The holders of common units will not have preemptive rights to acquire additional common units or other partnership interests in us.

Amendments to Our Partnership Agreement

        Amendments to our partnership agreement may be proposed only by our general partner. Any amendment that materially and adversely affects the rights or preferences of any type or class of limited partner interests in relation to other types or classes of limited partner interests or our general partner interest will require the approval of at least a majority of the type or class of limited partner interests or general partner interests so affected. However, in some circumstances, more particularly described in our partnership agreement, our general partner may make amendments to our partnership agreement without the approval of our limited partners or assignees to reflect:

• a change in our names, the location of our principal place of business, our registered agent or our registered office;

• the admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of partners;

• a change to qualify or continue our qualification as a limited partnership or a partnership in which our limited partners have limited liability under the laws of any state or to ensure that neither we, our operating partnership, nor any of our subsidiaries will be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes;

• a change that does not adversely affect our limited partners in any material respect;

• a change to (i) satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling or regulation of any federal or state agency or judicial authority or contained in any federal or state statute or (ii) facilitate the trading of our limited partner interests or comply with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any national securities exchange on which our limited partner interests are or will be listed for trading;

• a change in our fiscal year or taxable year and any changes that are necessary or advisable as a result of a change in our fiscal year or taxable year;

14

• an amendment that is necessary to prevent us, or our general partner or its directors, officers, trustees or agents from being subjected to the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or “plan asset” regulations adopted under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended;

• an amendment that is necessary or advisable in connection with the authorization or issuance of any class or series of our securities;

• any amendment expressly permitted in our partnership agreement to be made by our general partner acting alone;

• an amendment effected, necessitated or contemplated by a merger agreement approved in accordance with our partnership agreement;

• an amendment that is necessary or advisable to reflect, account for and deal with appropriately our formation of, or investment in, any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity other than our operating partnership, in connection with our conduct of activities permitted by our partnership agreement;

• a merger or conveyance to effect a change in our legal form; or

• any other amendments substantially similar to the foregoing.

Withdrawal or Removal of Our General Partner

        Our general partner has agreed not to withdraw voluntarily as our general partner prior to December 31, 2008 without obtaining the approval of the holders of a majority of our outstanding common units, excluding those held by our general partner and its affiliates, and furnishing an opinion of counsel stating that such withdrawal (following the selection of the successor general partner) would not result in the loss of the limited liability of any of our limited partners or of a member of our operating partnership or cause us or our operating partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not previously treated as such).

        On or after December 31, 2008, our general partner may withdraw as general partner without first obtaining approval of any unitholder by giving 90 days’ written notice, and that withdrawal will not constitute a violation of our partnership agreement. In addition, our general partner may withdraw without unitholder approval upon 90 days’ notice to our limited partners if at least 50% of our outstanding common units are held or controlled by one person and its affiliates other than our general partner and its affiliates.

        Upon the voluntary withdrawal of our general partner, the holders of a majority of our outstanding common units, excluding the common units held by the withdrawing general partner and its affiliates, may elect a successor to the withdrawing general partner. If a successor is not elected, or is elected but an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters cannot be obtained, we will be dissolved, wound up and liquidated, unless within 90 days after that withdrawal, the holders of a majority of our outstanding units, excluding the common units held by the withdrawing

15

general partner and its affiliates, agree to continue our business and to appoint a successor general partner.

        Our general partner may not be removed unless that removal is approved by the vote of the holders of not less than two-thirds of our outstanding units, including units held by our general partner and its affiliates, and we receive an opinion of counsel regarding limited liability and tax matters. In addition, if our general partner is removed as our general partner under circumstances where cause does not exist and units held by our general partner and its affiliates are not voted in favor of such removal, our general partner will have the right to convert its general partner interest into common units or to receive cash in exchange for such interests. Cause is narrowly defined to mean that a court of competent jurisdiction has entered a final, non-appealable judgment finding the general partner liable for actual fraud, gross negligence or willful or wanton misconduct in its capacity as our general partner. Any removal of this kind is also subject to the approval of a successor general partner by the vote of the holders of a majority of our outstanding common units, including those held by our general partner and its affiliates.

        While our partnership agreement limits the ability of our general partner to withdraw, it allows the general partner interest to be transferred to an affiliate or to a third party in conjunction with a merger or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of our general partner. In addition, our partnership agreement expressly permits the sale, in whole or in part, of the ownership of our general partner. Our general partner may also transfer, in whole or in part, the common units it owns.

Liquidation and Distribution of Proceeds

        Upon our dissolution, unless we are reconstituted and continued as a new limited partnership, the person authorized to wind up our affairs (the liquidator) will, acting with all the powers of our general partner that the liquidator deems necessary or desirable in its good faith judgment, liquidate our assets. The proceeds of the liquidation will be applied as follows:

• first, towards the payment of all of our creditors and the creation of a reserve for contingent liabilities; and

• then, to all partners in accordance with the positive balance in the respective capital accounts.

        Under some circumstances and subject to some limitations, the liquidator may defer liquidation or distribution of our assets for a reasonable period of time. If the liquidator determines that a sale would be impractical or would cause a loss to our partners, our general partner may distribute assets in kind to our partners.

Change of Management Provisions

        Our partnership agreement contains the following specific provisions that are intended to discourage a person or group from attempting to remove our general partner or otherwise change management:

• any units held by a person that owns 20% or more of any class of units then outstanding, other than our general partner and its affiliates, cannot be voted on any matter; and

16

• the partnership agreement contains provisions limiting the ability of unitholders to call meetings or to acquire information about our operations, as well as other provisions limiting the unitholders’ ability to influence the manner or direction of management.

Limited Call Right

        If at any time our general partner and its affiliates own 85% or more of the issued and outstanding limited partner interests of any class, our general partner will have the right to purchase all, but not less than all, of the outstanding limited partner interests of that class that are held by non-affiliated persons. The record date for determining ownership of the limited partner interests would be selected by our general partner on at least 10 but not more than 60 days’ notice. The purchase price in the event of a purchase under these provisions would be the greater of (1) the current market price (as defined in our partnership agreement) of the limited partner interests of the class as of the date three days prior to the date that notice is mailed to the limited partners as provided in the partnership agreement and (2) the highest cash price paid by our general partner or any of its affiliates for any limited partner interest of the class purchased within the 90 days preceding the date our general partner mails notice of its election to purchase the units.

        As of December 31, 2003 our general partner and its affiliates owned 116,689,954 common units and 4,413,549 Class B Special Units, representing an aggregate 56.9% limited partner interest in us.

Indemnification

        Under our partnership agreement, in most circumstances, we will indemnify our general partner, its affiliates and their officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against all losses, claims or damages any of them may suffer by reason of their status as general partner, officer or director, as long as the person seeking indemnity acted in good faith and in a manner believed to be in or not opposed to our best interest. Any indemnification under these provisions will only be out of our assets. Our general partner shall not be personally liable for, or have any obligation to contribute or loan funds or assets to us to enable us to effectuate any indemnification. We are authorized to purchase insurance against liabilities asserted against and expenses incurred by persons for our activities, regardless of whether we would have the power to indemnify the person against liabilities under our partnership agreement.

Registration Rights

        Under our partnership agreement, we have agreed to register for resale under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws any common units or other partnership securities proposed to be sold by our general partner or any of its affiliates or their assignees if an exemption from the registration requirements is not otherwise available. We are obligated to pay all expenses incidental to the registration, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions.

17

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number	Exhibit Description

3.1 ThirdAmended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Enterprise Products Partners L.P. dated May 15, 2002 (restated to include all amendments through December 17, 2003).

4.1 Interim Term Loan Agreement dated December 12, 2003, among Enterprise Products Operating L.P., Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., as Administrative Agent, Bank One, NA, The Bank of Nova Scotia, Suntrust Bank and Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Co-Syndicating Agents, and the several banks from time to time parties thereto.

4.2 Guaranty Agreement dated as of December 12, 2003, by Enterprise Products Partners L.P. in favor of Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., as Administrative Agent, with respect to Interim Term Loan Agreement.

4.3 First Amendment to 364-Day Revolving Credit Facility dated December 22, 2003, among Enterprise Products Operating L.P., Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, and the several lenders from time to time party thereto.

4.4 Fifth Amendment and Supplement to Multi-Year Revolving Credit Facility dated December 22, 2003, among Enterprise Products Operating L.P., Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, and the several lenders from time to time party thereto.

10.1 First Amended and Restated Administrative Services Agreement, dated effective as of January 1, 2004, among Enterprise Products Company, Enterprise Products Partners L.P., Enterprise Products Operating L.P., Enterprise Products GP, LLC and Enterprise Products OLPGP, Inc.

18

EX-4

EXHIBIT 4.2

GUARANTY AGREEMENT
(Interim Term Loan Facility)

by

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

in favor of

LEHMAN COMMERCIAL PAPER INC.,

as Administrative Agent

Dated as of December 12, 2003

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
ARTICLE 1 General Terms		1
Section 1.1	Terms Defined Above	1
Section 1.2	Certain Definitions	1
Section 1.3	Credit Agreement Definitions	2
ARTICLE 2 The Guaranty		2
Section 2.1	Liabilities Guaranteed	2
Section 2.2	Nature of Guaranty	2
Section 2.3	Agent’s Rights	2
Section 2.4	Guarantor’s Waivers	3
Section 2.5	Maturity of Liabilities; Payment	3
Section 2.6	Agent’s Expenses	3
Section 2.7	Liability	4
Section 2.8	Events and Circumstances Not Reducing or Discharging
	Guarantor’s Obligations	4
ARTICLE 3 Representations and Warranties		5
Section 3.1	By Guarantor	5
Section 3.2	No Representation by Lenders	6
ARTICLE 4 Subordination of Indebtedness		6
Section 4.1	Subordination of All Guarantor Claims	6
Section 4.2	Claims in Bankruptcy	7
Section 4.3	Payments Held in Trust	7
Section 4.4	Liens Subordinate	7
Section 4.5	Notation of Records	8
ARTICLE 5 Miscellaneous		8
Section 5.1	Successors and Assigns	8
Section 5.2	Notices	8
Section 5.3	Construction	8
Section 5.4	Invalidity	8
Section 5.5	Liability of General Partner	8
Section 5.6	ENTIRE AGREEMENT	8
Section 5.7	Submission to Jurisdiction	8
Section 5.8	WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL	9

i

GUARANTY AGREEMENT
(Interim Term Loan Facility)

        THIS GUARANTY AGREEMENT, dated as of December 12, 2003, by ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “Guarantor”), is in favor of LEHMAN COMMERCIAL PAPER INC., as Administrative Agent (the “Agent”) for the several lenders (“Lenders”) that are or become parties to the Credit Agreement defined below.

W I T N E S S E T H:

        WHEREAS, ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “Borrower”), the Agent, Bank One, NA, The Bank of Nova Scotia, SunTrust Bank and Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Co-Syndication Agents, and the Lenders have entered into that certain Interim Term Loan Agreement dated as of December 12, 2003 (as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”); and

        WHEREAS, one of the terms and conditions stated in the Credit Agreement for the making of the loans described therein is the execution and delivery to the Agent for the benefit of the Lenders of this Guaranty Agreement;

        NOW, THEREFORE, (i) in order to comply with the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, (ii) to induce the Lenders, at any time or from time to time, to loan monies, with or without security to or for the account of Borrower in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement, (iii) at the special insistence and request of the Lenders, and (iv) for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, Guarantor hereby agrees as follows:

ARTICLE 1

General Terms

        Section 1.1   Terms Defined Above

.  As used in this Guaranty Agreement, the terms “Agent”,“Borrower”, “Credit Agreement”, “Guarantor” and “Lenders” shall have the meanings indicated above.

        Section 1.2    Certain Definitions. As used in this Guaranty Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings, unless the context otherwise requires:

        “Guarantor Claims” shall have the meaning indicated in Section 4.1 hereof.

        “Guaranty Agreement” shall mean this Guaranty Agreement, as the same may from time to time be amended, supplemented, or otherwise modified.

        “Liabilities” shall mean (a) any and all Indebtedness of the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement, including without limitation (i) the unpaid principal of and interest on the Loans, including without limitation, interest accruing subsequent to the filing of a petition or

1

other action concerning bankruptcy or other similar proceeding, and (ii) any other amount owed by the Borrower under the Credit Agreement, including without limitation, fees and indemnity payments, and (b) all renewals, rearrangements, increases, extensions for any period, amendments, supplements, exchanges or reissuances in whole or in part of the Indebtedness of Borrower under the Credit Agreement, or any other documents or instruments evidencing any of the above.

        Section 1.3    Credit Agreement Definitions. Unless otherwise defined herein, all terms beginning with a capital letter which are defined in the Credit Agreement shall have the same meanings herein as therein.

ARTICLE 2

The Guaranty

        Section 2.1    Liabilities Guaranteed. Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally guarantees in favor of the Agent for the benefit of the Lenders the prompt payment of the Liabilities when due, whether at maturity or otherwise.

        Section 2.2    Nature of Guaranty. This Guaranty Agreement is an absolute, irrevocable, completed and continuing guaranty of payment and not a guaranty of collection, and no notice of the Liabilities or any extension of credit already or hereafter contracted by or extended to Borrower need be given to Guarantor. This Guaranty Agreement may not be revoked by Guarantor and shall continue to be effective with respect to debt under the Liabilities arising or created after any attempted revocation by Guarantor and shall remain in full force and effect until the Liabilities are paid in full and the Commitments are terminated, notwithstanding that from time to time prior thereto no Liabilities may be outstanding. Borrower and the Lenders may modify, alter, rearrange, extend for any period and/or renew from time to time the Liabilities, and the Lenders may waive any Default or Events of Default without notice to the Guarantor and in such event Guarantor will remain fully bound hereunder on the Liabilities. This Guaranty Agreement shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment of the Liabilities is rescinded or must otherwise be returned by any of the Lenders upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of Borrower or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made. This Guaranty Agreement may be enforced by the Agent and any subsequent holder of any of the Liabilities and shall not be discharged by the assignment or negotiation of all or part of the Liabilities. Guarantor hereby expressly waives presentment, demand, notice of non-payment, protest and notice of protest and dishonor, notice of Default or Event of Default, notice of intent to accelerate the maturity and notice of acceleration of the maturity and any other notice in connection with the Liabilities, and also notice of acceptance of this Guaranty Agreement, acceptance on the part of the Agent for the benefit of the Lenders being conclusively presumed by the Lenders’ request for this Guaranty Agreement and delivery of the same to the Agent.

        Section 2.3    Agent’s Rights. Guarantor authorizes the Agent, without notice or demand and without affecting Guarantor’s liability hereunder, to take and hold security for the payment of this Guaranty Agreement and/or the Liabilities, and exchange, enforce, waive and release any such security; and to apply such security and direct the order or manner of sale

2

thereof as the Agent in its discretion may determine; and to obtain a guaranty of the Liabilities from any one or more Persons and at any time or times to enforce, waive, rearrange, modify, limit or release any of such other Persons from their obligations under such guaranties.

        Section 2.4    Guarantor’s Waivers.

(a) General. Guarantor waives any right to require any of the Lenders to (i) proceed against Borrower or any other person liable on the Liabilities, (ii) enforce any of their rights against any other guarantor of the Liabilities, (iii) proceed or enforce any of their rights against or exhaust any security given to secure the Liabilities, (iv) have Borrower joined with Guarantor in any suit arising out of this Guaranty Agreement and/or the Liabilities, or (v) pursue any other remedy in the Lenders’ powers whatsoever. Except as provided in the Credit Agreement, the Lenders shall not be required to mitigate damages or take any action to reduce, collect or enforce the Liabilities, and the failure to so mitigate or take any such action shall not release the Guarantor from this Guaranty Agreement. Guarantor waives any defense arising by reason of any disability, lack of partnership authority or power, or other defense of Borrower or any other guarantor of the Liabilities, and shall remain liable hereon regardless of whether Borrower or any other guarantor be found not liable thereon for any reason. Whether and when to exercise any of the remedies of the Lenders under the Credit Agreement shall be in the sole and absolute discretion of the Agent, and no delay by the Agent in enforcing any remedy, including delay in conducting a foreclosure sale, shall be a defense to the Guarantor’s liability under this Guaranty Agreement. To the extent allowed by applicable law, the Guarantor hereby waives any good faith duty on the part of the Agent in exercising any remedies provided in the Credit Agreement.

(b) Subrogation. Until the Liabilities have been paid in full, the Guarantor waives all rights of subrogation or reimbursement against the Borrower, whether arising by contract or operation of law (including, without limitation, any such right arising under any federal or state bankruptcy or insolvency laws) and waives any right to enforce any remedy which the Lenders now have or may hereafter have against the Borrower, and waives any benefit or any right to participate in any security now or hereafter held by the Agent or any Lender.

        Section 2.5    Maturity of Liabilities; Payment. Guarantor agrees that if the maturity of any of the Liabilities is accelerated by bankruptcy or otherwise, such maturity shall also be deemed accelerated for the purpose of this Guaranty Agreement without demand or notice to Guarantor. Guarantor will, forthwith upon notice from the Agent, pay to the Agent the amount due and unpaid by Borrower and guaranteed hereby. The failure of the Agent to give this notice shall not in any way release Guarantor hereunder.

        Section 2.6    Agent’s Expenses. If Guarantor fails to pay the Liabilities after notice from the Agent of Borrower’s failure to pay any Liabilities at maturity, and if the Agent obtains the services of an attorney for collection of amounts owing by Guarantor hereunder, or obtaining advice of counsel in respect of any of its rights under this Guaranty Agreement, or if suit is filed to enforce this Guaranty Agreement, or if proceedings are had in any bankruptcy, receivership or other judicial proceedings for the establishment or collection of any amount owing by Guarantor hereunder, or if any amount owing by Guarantor hereunder is collected through such proceedings, Guarantor agrees to pay to the Agent the Agent’s reasonable attorneys’ fees.

3

        Section 2.7    Liability. It is expressly agreed that the liability of the Guarantor for the payment of the Liabilities guaranteed hereby shall be primary and not secondary.

        Section 2.8    Events and Circumstances Not Reducing or Discharging Guarantor’s Obligations. Guarantor hereby consents and agrees to each of the following to the fullest extent permitted by law, and agrees that Guarantor’s obligations under this Guaranty Agreement shall not be released, diminished, impaired, reduced or adversely affected by any of the following, and waives any rights (including without limitation rights to notice) which Guarantor might otherwise have as a result of or in connection with any of the following:

(a) Modifications, etc. Any renewal, extension, modification, increase, decrease, alteration, rearrangement, exchange or reissuance of all or any part of the Liabilities, or of the Letters of Credit or the Credit Agreement or any instrument executed in connection therewith, or any contract or understanding between Borrower and any of the Lenders, or any other Person, pertaining to the Liabilities;

(b) Adjustment, etc. Any adjustment, indulgence, forbearance or compromise that might be granted or given by any of the Lenders to Borrower or Guarantor or any Person liable on the Liabilities;

(c) Condition of Borrower or Guarantor. The insolvency, bankruptcy arrangement, adjustment, composition, liquidation, disability, dissolution, death or lack of power of Borrower or Guarantor or any other Person at any time liable for the payment of all or part of the Liabilities; or any dissolution of Borrower or Guarantor, or any sale, lease or transfer of any or all of the assets of Borrower or Guarantor, or any changes in the shareholders, partners, or members of Borrower or Guarantor; or any reorganization of Borrower or Guarantor;

(d) Invalidity of Liabilities. The invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of all or any part of the Liabilities, or any document or agreement executed in connection with the Liabilities, for any reason whatsoever, including without limitation the fact that the Liabilities, or any part thereof, exceed the amount permitted by law, the act of creating the Liabilities or any part thereof is ultra vires, the officers or representatives executing the documents or otherwise creating the Liabilities acted in excess of their authority, the Liabilities violate applicable usury laws, the Borrower has valid defenses, claims or offsets (whether at law, in equity or by agreement) which render the Liabilities wholly or partially uncollectible from Borrower, the creation, performance or repayment of the Liabilities (or the execution, delivery and performance of any document or instrument representing part of the Liabilities or executed in connection with the Liabilities, or given to secure the repayment of the Liabilities) is illegal, uncollectible, legally impossible or unenforceable, or the Credit Agreement or other documents or instruments pertaining to the Liabilities have been forged or otherwise are irregular or not genuine or authentic;

(e) Release of Obligors. Any full or partial release of the liability of Borrower on the Liabilities or any part thereof, of any co-guarantors, or any other Person now or hereafter liable, whether directly or indirectly, jointly, severally, or jointly and severally, to pay, perform, guarantee or assure the payment of the Liabilities or any part thereof, it being recognized, acknowledged and agreed by Guarantor that Guarantor may be required to pay the

4

Liabilities in full without assistance or support of any other Person, and Guarantor has not been induced to enter into this Guaranty Agreement on the basis of a contemplation, belief, understanding or agreement that other parties other than the Borrower will be liable to perform the Liabilities, or the Lenders will look to other parties to perform the Liabilities.

(f) Other Security. The taking or accepting of any other security, collateral or guaranty, or other assurance of payment, for all or any part of the Liabilities;

(g) Release of Collateral, etc. Any release, surrender, exchange, subordination, deterioration, waste, loss or impairment (including without limitation negligent, willful, unreasonable or unjustifiable impairment) of any collateral, property or security, at any time existing in connection with, or assuring or securing payment of, all or any part of the Liabilities;

(h) Care and Diligence. The failure of the Lenders or any other Person to exercise diligence or reasonable care in the preservation, protection, enforcement, sale or other handling or treatment of all or any part of such collateral, property or security;

(i) Status of Liens. The fact that any collateral, security, security interest or lien contemplated or intended to be given, created or granted as security for the repayment of the Liabilities shall not be properly perfected or created, or shall prove to be unenforceable or subordinate to any other security interest or lien, it being recognized and agreed by Guarantor that Guarantor is not entering into this Guaranty Agreement in reliance on, or in contemplation of the benefits of, the validity, enforceability, collectability or value of any collateral for the Liabilities;

(j) Payments Rescinded. Any payment by Borrower to the Lenders is held to constitute a preference under the bankruptcy laws, or for any reason the Lenders are required to refund such payment or pay such amount to Borrower or someone else; or

(k) Other Actions Taken or Omitted. Any other action taken or omitted to be taken with respect to the Credit Agreement, the Liabilities, or the security and collateral therefor, whether or not such action or omission prejudices Guarantor or increases the likelihood that Guarantor will be required to pay the Liabilities pursuant to the terms hereof; it being the unambiguous and unequivocal intention of Guarantor that Guarantor shall be obligated to pay the Liabilities when due, notwithstanding any occurrence, circumstance, event, action, or omission whatsoever, whether contemplated or uncontemplated, and whether or not otherwise or particularly described herein, except for the full and final payment and satisfaction of the Liabilities.

ARTICLE 3

Representations and Warranties

        Section 3.1    By Guarantor. In order to induce the Lenders to accept this Guaranty Agreement, Guarantor represents and warrants to the Lenders (which representations and warranties will survive the creation of the Liabilities and any extension of credit thereunder) that:

5

(a) Benefit to Guarantor. Guarantor’s guaranty pursuant to this Guaranty Agreement reasonably may be expected to benefit, directly or indirectly, Guarantor.

(b) Existence. Guarantor is a limited partnership duly organized and legally existing under the laws of the State of Delaware and is duly qualified in all jurisdictions wherein the property owned or the business transacted by it makes such qualification necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) Power and Authorization. Guarantor is duly authorized and empowered to execute, deliver and perform this Guaranty Agreement and all action on Guarantor’s part requisite for the due execution, delivery and performance of this Guaranty Agreement has been duly and effectively taken.

(d) Binding Obligations. This Guaranty Agreement constitutes a valid and binding obligation of Guarantor, enforceable in accordance with its terms (except that enforcement may be subject to any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws generally affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights).

(e) No Legal Bar. This Guaranty Agreement will not violate any provisions of Guarantor’s limited partnership agreement or any contract, agreement, law, regulation, order, injunction, judgment, decree or writ to which Guarantor is subject.

(f) No Consent. Guarantor’s execution, delivery and performance of this Guaranty Agreement does not require the consent or approval of any other Person, including without limitation any regulatory authority or governmental body of the United States or any state thereof or any political subdivision of the United States or any state thereof.

(g) Solvency. The Guarantor hereby represents that (i) it is not insolvent as of the date hereof and will not be rendered insolvent as a result of this Guaranty Agreement, (ii) it is not engaged in business or a transaction, or about to engage in a business or a transaction, for which any property or assets remaining with such Guarantor is unreasonably small capital, and (iii) it does not intend to incur, or believe it will incur, debts that will be beyond its ability to pay as such debts mature.

        Section 3.2    No Representation by Lenders. Neither the Lenders nor any other Person has made any representation, warranty or statement to the Guarantor in order to induce the Guarantor to execute this Guaranty Agreement.

ARTICLE 4

Subordination of Indebtedness

        Section 4.1    Subordination of All Guarantor Claims. As used herein, the term “Guarantor Claims” shall mean all debts and liabilities of Borrower to Guarantor, whether such debts and liabilities now exist or are hereafter incurred or arise, or whether the obligation of Borrower thereon be direct, contingent, primary, secondary, several, joint and several, or otherwise, and irrespective of whether such debts or liabilities be evidenced by note, contract,

6

open account, or otherwise, and irrespective of the person or persons in whose favor such debts or liabilities may, at their inception, have been, or may hereafter be created, or the manner in which they have been or may hereafter be acquired by Guarantor. The Guarantor Claims shall include without limitation all rights and claims of Guarantor against Borrower arising as a result of subrogation or otherwise as a result of Guarantor’s payment of all or a portion of the Liabilities. Until the Liabilities shall be paid and satisfied in full and Guarantor shall have performed all of its obligations hereunder, Guarantor shall not receive or collect, directly or indirectly, from Borrower or any other party any amount upon the Guarantor Claims if an Event of Default exists at the time of such receipt or collection.

        Section 4.2    Claims in Bankruptcy. In the event of receivership, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, debtor’s relief, or other insolvency proceedings involving Borrower as debtor, the Lenders shall have the right to prove their claim in any proceeding, so as to establish its rights hereunder and receive directly from the receiver, trustee or other court custodian, dividends and payments which would otherwise be payable upon Guarantor Claims up to the amount of the Liabilities. Guarantor hereby assigns such dividends and payments to the Lenders up to the amount of the Liabilities. Should the Agent or any Lender receive, for application upon the Liabilities, any such dividend or payment which is otherwise payable to Guarantor, and which, as between Borrower and Guarantor, shall constitute a credit upon the Guarantor Claims, then upon payment in full of the Liabilities, Guarantor shall become subrogated to the rights of the Lenders to the extent that such payments to the Lenders on the Guarantor Claims have contributed toward the liquidation of the Liabilities, and such subrogation shall be with respect to that proportion of the Liabilities which would have been unpaid if the Agent or a Lender had not received dividends or payments upon the Guarantor Claims.

        Section 4.3    Payments Held in Trust. In the event that notwithstanding Sections 4.1 and 4.2 above, Guarantor should receive any funds, payments, claims or distributions which is prohibited by such Sections, Guarantor agrees to hold in trust for the Lenders an amount equal to the amount of all funds, payments, claims or distributions so received, and agrees that it shall have absolutely no dominion over the amount of such funds, payments, claims or distributions except to pay them promptly to the Agent, and Guarantor covenants promptly to pay the same to the Agent.

        Section 4.4    Liens Subordinate. Guarantor agrees that any liens, security interests, judgment liens, charges or other encumbrances upon Borrower’s assets securing payment of the Guarantor Claims shall be and remain inferior and subordinate to any liens, security interests, judgment liens, charges or other encumbrances upon Borrower’s assets securing payment of the Liabilities, regardless of whether such encumbrances in favor of Guarantor, the Agent or the Lenders presently exist or are hereafter created or attach. Without the prior written consent of the Lenders, Guarantor shall not (a) exercise or enforce any creditor’s right it may have against the Borrower, or (b) foreclose, repossess, sequester or otherwise take steps or institute any action or proceeding (judicial or otherwise, including without limitation the commencement of or joinder in any liquidation, bankruptcy, rearrangement, debtor’s relief or insolvency proceeding) to enforce any lien, mortgages, deeds of trust, security interest, collateral rights, judgments or other encumbrances on assets of Borrower held by Guarantor.

7

        Section 4.5    Notation of Records. All promissory notes accepted by or held by Guarantor shall contain a specific written notice thereon that the indebtedness evidenced thereby is subordinated under the terms of this Guaranty Agreement.

ARTICLE 5

Miscellaneous

        Section 5.1    Successors and Assigns. This Guaranty Agreement is and shall be in every particular available to the respective successors and assigns of the Agent and the Lenders and is and shall always be fully binding upon the legal representatives, heirs, successors and assigns of Guarantor, notwithstanding that some or all of the monies, the repayment of which is guaranteed by this Guaranty Agreement, may be actually advanced after any bankruptcy, receivership, reorganization, death, disability or other event affecting Guarantor.

        Section 5.2    Notices. Any notice or demand to Guarantor under or in connection with this Guaranty Agreement may be given and shall conclusively be deemed and considered to have been given and received in accordance with Section 9.01 of the Credit Agreement, addressed to Guarantor at the address on the signature page hereof or at such other address provided by the Guarantor to the Agent in writing.

        Section 5.3    Construction. This Guaranty Agreement is a contract made under and shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York.

        Section 5.4    Invalidity. In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained in this Guaranty Agreement shall, for any reason, be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Guaranty Agreement.

        Section 5.5    Liability of General Partner. It is hereby understood and agreed that Enterprise Products GP, LLC, the general partner of the Guarantor, shall have no personal liability, as general partner or otherwise, for the payment of the Liabilities or any amount owing or to be owing hereunder.

        Section 5.6    ENTIRE AGREEMENT. THIS WRITTEN GUARANTY AGREEMENT EMBODIES THE ENTIRE AGREEMENT AND UNDERSTANDING BETWEEN THE AGENT, THE LENDERS AND THE GUARANTOR AND SUPERSEDES ALL OTHER AGREEMENTS AND UNDERSTANDINGS BETWEEN SUCH PARTIES RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND THEREOF. THIS WRITTEN GUARANTY AGREEMENT REPRESENTS THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

        Section 5.7    Submission to Jurisdiction. The Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in

8

any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Guaranty Agreement, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and the Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. The Guarantor agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Guaranty Agreement shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Guaranty Agreement against the Guarantor or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction. The Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Guaranty Agreement in any court referred to above. The Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court. The Guarantor irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 5.2 above. Nothing in this Guaranty Agreement will affect the right of Administrative Agent or any Lender to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

        Section 5.8    WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. THE GUARANTOR HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS GUARANTY AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). THE GUARANTOR (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, ANY LENDER OR ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO OR ACCEPT THIS GUARANTY AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

9

        WITNESS THE EXECUTION HEREOF, as of the date first above written.

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P., a Delaware limited partnership
By:  Enterprise Products GP, LLC, General Partner
	By:	/s/ W. Randall Fowler
		Name:  W. Randall Fowler
		Title:  Vice President and Treasurer
	2727 North Loop West 7th Floor Houston, Texas 77008

10

EX-4

EXHIBIT 4.1

Execution Copy

INTERIM TERM LOAN AGREEMENT

dated as of

December 12, 2003

among

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING L.P.

The Lenders Party Hereto
LEHMAN COMMERCIAL PAPER INC.
 
as Administrative Agent
 
BANK ONE, NA, THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, SUNTRUST BANK and
WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Co-Syndication Agents

_________________

LEHMAN BROTHERS INC.
as Lead Arranger
 
LEHMAN BROTHERS INC., BANC ONE CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.,
THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, SUNTRUST ROBINSON HUMPHREY,
A DIVISION OF SUNTRUS CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.
and WACHOVIA CAPITAL MARKETS, LLC
as Joint Book Managers

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
ARTICLE I – Definitions
Section 1.01.	Defined Terms	1
Section 1.02.	Classification of Loans and Borrowings	16
Section 1.03.	Terms Generally	16
Section 1.04.	Accounting Terms; GAAP	16
ARTICLE II – The Credits
Section 2.01.	Commitments	17
Section 2.02.	Loans and Borrowings	17
Section 2.03.	Request for the Loans	17
Section 2.04.	Intentionally Omitted	18
Section 2.05.	Intentionally Omitted	18
Section 2.06.	Intentionally Omitted	18
Section 2.07.	Funding of Loans	18
Section 2.08.	Interest Elections	18
Section 2.09.	Termination and Reduction of Commitments	20
Section 2.10.	Mandatory Prepayment and Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt	20
Section 2.11.	Optional Prepayment of Loans	21
Section 2.12.	Fees	21
Section 2.13.	Interest	22
Section 2.14.	Alternate Rate of Interest	23
Section 2.15.	Illegality; Increased Costs	23
Section 2.16.	Break Funding Payments	25
Section 2.17.	Taxes	25
Section 2.18.	Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs	26
Section 2.19.	Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders	28
ARTICLE III – Representations and Warranties
Section 3.01.	Organization; Powers	29
Section 3.02.	Authorization; Enforceability	29
Section 3.03.	Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts	29
Section 3.04.	Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change	29
Section 3.05.	Intentionally Omitted	30
Section 3.06.	Litigation and Environmental Matters	30
Section 3.07.	Compliance with Laws	30
Section 3.08.	Investment and Holding Company Status	30
Section 3.09.	Taxes	30
Section 3.10.	ERISA	30
Section 3.11.	Disclosure	31
Section 3.12.	Subsidiaries	31
Section 3.13.	Margin Securities	31
Section 3.14.	Not a “Reportable Transaction”	31

i

ARTICLE IV – Conditions

Section 4.01.	Effective Date	31
Section 4.02.	Each Credit Event	33
ARTICLE V – Affirmative Covenants
Section 5.01.	Financial Statements and Other Information	33
Section 5.02.	Notices of Material Events	34
Section 5.03.	Existence; Conduct of Business	34
Section 5.04.	Intentionally Omitted	34
Section 5.05.	Maintenance of Properties; Insurance	34
Section 5.06.	Books and Records; Inspection Rights	35
Section 5.07.	Compliance with Laws	35
Section 5.08.	Use of Proceeds	35
Section 5.08.	Environmental Matters	35
Section 5.10.	ERISA Information	35
Section 5.11.	Taxes	36
ARTICLE VI – Negative Covenants
Section 6.01.	Indebtedness	36
Section 6.02.	Liens	37
Section 6.03.	Fundamental Changes	37
Section 6.04.	Investment Restriction	38
Section 6.05.	Restricted Payments	38
Section 6.06.	Restrictive Agreements	38
Section 6.07.	Financial Condition Covenants	38
ARTICLE VII – Events of Default
ARTICLE VIII – The Administrative Agent
ARTICLE IX – Miscellaneous
Section 9.01.	Notices	43
Section 9.02.	Waivers; Amendments	44
Section 9.03.	Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver	45
Section 9.04.	Successors and Assigns	46
Section 9.05.	Survival	48
Section 9.06.	Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness	48
Section 9.07.	Severability	48
Section 9.08.	Right of Setoff	48
Section 9.09.	Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process	49
Section 9.10.	WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL	49
Section 9.11.	Headings	50
Section 9.12.	Confidentiality	50
Section 9.13.	Interest Rate Limitation	50
Section 9.14.	Liability of General Partner	51

ii

SCHEDULES:

Schedule 2.01 -- Commitments
Schedule 3.06 -- Disclosed Matters
Schedule 3.12 -- Subsidiaries
Schedule 6.01 -- Existing Indebtedness
Schedule 6.06 -- Existing Restrictions

EXHIBITS:

Exhibit A -- Form of Assignment and Acceptance
Exhibit B -- Form of Borrowing Request
Exhibit C -- Intentionally Omitted
Exhibit D -- Form of Interest Election Request
Exhibit E -- Form of Opinion of Borrower’s Counsel
Exhibit F -- Form of Compliance Certificate
Exhibit G -- Form of Note

iii

        INTERIM TERM LOAN AGREEMENT dated as of December 12, 2003, among ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING L.P., a Delaware limited partnership; the LENDERS party hereto; LEHMAN COMMERCIAL PAPER INC., as Administrative Agent; and BANK ONE, NA, THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, SUNTRUST BANK and WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Co-Syndication Agents.

        The parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I – Definitions

        Section 1.01.    Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

        “ABR”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to a Loan, or Loans, in the case of a Borrowing, which bear interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate.

        “Administrative Agent” means Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders hereunder.

        “Administrative Questionnaire” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

        “Affiliate” means, with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

        “Agreement” means this Interim Term Loan Agreement dated December 12, 2003, among Enterprise Products Operating L.P., a Delaware limited partnership; the Lenders party hereto; Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., as Administrative Agent; and Bank One, NA, The Bank of Nova Scotia, SunTrust Bank and Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Co-Syndication Agents, as amended, extended or otherwise modified from time to time.

        “Alternate Base Rate” means, for any day, a rate per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) equal to the greater of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day and (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus ½ of 1%. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate shall be effective as of the opening of business on the effective day of such change in the Prime Rate or the Federal Funds Effective Rate, respectively.

        “Applicable Percentage” means, with respect to any Lender, the percentage of the total Commitments represented by such Lender’s Commitment. If the Commitments have terminated or expired, the Applicable Percentages shall be determined based upon the Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any assignments.

1

        “Applicable Rate” means, for any day, with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, ABR Loan, or with respect to the facility fees payable hereunder, as the case may be (subject to the two immediately following paragraphs of this defined term), the applicable rate per annum set forth below under the caption “Eurodollar Spread”, “ABR Spread” or “Facility Fee Rate”, as the case may be, based upon the ratings by Moody’s and S&P, respectively, applicable on such date to the Index Debt:

Index Debt Ratings: (Moody’s/S&P)		Eurodollar Spread	ABR Spread	Facility Fee Rate
Category 1	>A3/A-	0.415	0.0%	0.085%
Category 2	>Baa1/BBB+	0.525	0.0%	0.100%
Category 3	>Baa2/BBB	0.625	0.0%	0.125%
Category 4	>Baa3/BBB-	0.825	0.0%	0.175%
Category 5	>Ba1/BB+	1.050	0.0%	0.200%
Category 6	<Ba1/BB+	1.250	0.0%	0.250%

        For purposes of the foregoing, (a) if either Moody’s or S&P shall not have in effect a rating for the Index Debt (other than by reason of the circumstances referred to in the penultimate sentence of this definition), then such rating agency shall be deemed to have established a rating in the same Category as the other rating agency; (b) if the ratings established by Moody’s and S&P for the Index Debt shall fall within different Categories, the Applicable Rate shall be based on the higher of the two ratings unless one of the two ratings is two or more Categories lower than the other, in which case the Applicable Rate shall be determined by reference to the Category one rating higher than the lower of the two ratings; and (c) if the ratings established or deemed to have been established by Moody’s and S&P for the Index Debt shall be changed (other than as a result of a change in the rating system of Moody’s or S&P), such change shall be effective as of the date on which it is first announced by the applicable rating agency. Each change in the Applicable Rate shall apply during the period commencing on the effective date of such change and ending on the date immediately preceding the effective date of the next such change. If the rating system of Moody’s or S&P shall change, or if either such rating agency shall cease to be in the business of rating corporate debt obligations, the Borrower and the Lenders shall negotiate in good faith to amend this definition to reflect such changed rating system or the unavailability of ratings from such rating agency and, pending the effectiveness of any such amendment, the Applicable Rate shall be determined by reference to the rating most recently in effect prior to such change or cessation.

        “Assignment and Acceptance” means an assignment and acceptance entered into by a Lender and an assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by Section 9.04), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, substantially in the form of Exhibit A or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

        “Attributable Indebtedness” with respect to any Sale/Leaseback Transaction, means, as at the time of determination, the present value (discounted at the rate set forth or implicit in the terms of the lease included in such transaction) of the total obligations of the lessee for rental payments (other than amounts required to be paid on account of property taxes, maintenance, repairs, insurance, assessments, utilities, operating and labor costs and other items that do not

2

constitute payments for property rights) during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale/Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which such lease has been extended). In the case of any lease that is terminable by the lessee upon the payment of a penalty or other termination payment, such amount shall be the lesser of the amount determined assuming termination upon the first date such lease may be terminated (in which case the amount shall also include the amount of the penalty or termination payment, but no rent shall be considered as required to be paid under such lease subsequent to the first date upon which it may be so terminated) or the amount determined assuming no such termination.

        “Availability Period” means the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the earlier of January 15, 2004 and the date of termination of the Commitments.

        “Board” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America.

        “Borrower” means Enterprise Products Operating L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.

        “Borrowing” means Loans of the same Type, made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect.

        “Borrowing Request” means a request by the Borrower for a Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.03, and being in the form of attached Exhibit B.

        “Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in New York City are authorized or required by law to remain closed; provided that, when used in connection with a Eurodollar Loan, the term “Business Day” shall also exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in dollar deposits in the London interbank market.

        “Capital Lease Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

        “CERCLA” means the Comprehensive Environmental, Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended.

        “Change in Control” means Duncan shall cease to own, directly or indirectly, at least a majority (on a fully converted, fully diluted basis) of the economic interest in the capital stock of EPCO and/or EPCO shall cease to own, directly or indirectly, at least a majority (on a fully converted, fully diluted basis) of the membership interest of the General Partner.

        “Change in Law” means (a) the adoption of any law, rule or regulation after the date of this Agreement, (b) any change in any law, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the date of this Agreement or (c) compliance by any Lender (or, for purposes of Section 2.15(b), by any lending office of such

3

Lender or by such Lender’s holding company, if any) with any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the date of this Agreement.

        “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

        “Commitment” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender to make Loans hereunder, expressed as an amount representing the maximum aggregate amount of such Lender’s Exposure hereunder, as such commitment may be (a) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.09 and (b) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to Section 2.01 or assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 9.04. The initial amount of each Lender’s Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01, or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Commitment, as applicable. The initial aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Commitments is $225,000,000.

        “Common Units” means the common units of limited partner interests in the Limited Partner.

        “Consolidated EBITDA” means for any period, the sum of (a) the consolidated net income of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries (excluding Project Finance Subsidiaries) for such period plus, to the extent deducted in determining consolidated net income for such period, the aggregate amount of (i) Consolidated Interest Expense, (ii) income tax expense and (iii) depreciation and amortization expense plus (b) the amount of cash dividends actually received during such period by the Borrower or a Subsidiary (other than a Project Finance Subsidiary) from a Project Finance Subsidiary plus (c) the amount of all payments during such period on leases of the type referred to in clause (d) of the definition herein of Indebtedness and the amount of all payments during such period under other off-balance sheet loans and financings of the type referred to in such clause (d).

        “Consolidated Indebtedness” means the Indebtedness of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries (excluding Project Finance Subsidiaries) including, without duplication, guaranties of funded debt, determined on a consolidated basis as of such date.

        “Consolidated Interest Expense” means for any period, the interest expense of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries (excluding Project Finance Subsidiaries), determined on a consolidated basis for such period.

        “Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means, at any date of determination, the total amount of assets of the Limited Partner and its consolidated subsidiaries after deducting therefrom:

(a) all current liabilities (excluding (A) any current liabilities that by their terms are extendable or renewable at the option of the obligor thereon to a time more than 12 months after the time as of which the amount thereof is being computed, and (B) current maturities of long-term debt); and

(b) the value (net of any applicable reserves) of all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents and other like intangible assets, all as set forth, or on a pro forma

4

basis would be set forth, on the consolidated balance sheet of the Limited Partner and its consolidated subsidiaries for the Limited Partner’s most recently completed fiscal quarter, prepared in accordance with GAAP.

        “Consolidated Net Worth” means as to any Person, at any date of determination, the sum of preferred stock (if any), par value of common stock, capital in excess of par value of common stock, partners’ capital or equity, and retained earnings, less treasury stock (if any), of such Person, all as determined on a consolidated basis.

        “Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.

        “Default” means any event or condition which constitutes an Event of Default or which upon notice, lapse of time or both would, unless cured or waived, become an Event of Default.

        “Disclosed Matters” means the actions, suits and proceedings and the environmental matters disclosed in Schedule 3.06.

        “dollars” or “$” refers to lawful money of the United States of America.

        “Duncan” means, collectively, individually or in any combination, Dan L. Duncan, his wife, descendants, heirs and/or legatees and/or distributees of Dan L. Duncan’s estate, and/or trusts established for the benefit of his wife, descendants, such legatees and/or distributees and/or their respective descendants, heirs, legatees and distributees.

        “Effective Date” means the date specified in the notice referred to in the last sentence of Section 4.01.

        “Environmental Laws” means all laws, rules, regulations, codes, ordinances, orders, decrees, judgments, injunctions, notices or binding agreements issued, promulgated or entered into by any Governmental Authority, relating in any way to the environment, preservation or reclamation of natural resources, the management, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Material or to health and safety matters.

        “Environmental Liability” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Borrower or any Subsidiary directly or indirectly resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

        “EPCO” means Enterprise Products Company, a Texas corporation.

5

        “Equity Interest” means shares of the capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests in a limited liability company, beneficial interests in a trust or other equity interests in any Person, or any warrants, options or other rights to acquire such interests.

        “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

        “ERISA Affiliate” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with the Borrower, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

        “ERISA Event” means (a) any “reportable event”, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30-day notice period is waived); (b) the existence with respect to any Plan of an “accumulated funding deficiency” (as defined in Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA), whether or not waived; (c) the filing pursuant to Section 412(d) of the Code or Section 303(d) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan; (d) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan; (e) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to an intention to terminate any Plan or Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan; (f) the incurrence by the Borrower or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability with respect to the withdrawal or partial withdrawal from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (g) the receipt by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA.

        “Eurocurrency Liabilities” has the meaning assigned to that term in Regulation D of the Board, as in effect from time to time.

        “Eurodollar”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to a Loan, or Loans, in the case of a Borrowing, which bear interest at a rate determined by reference to the LIBO Rate.

        “Eurodollar Rate Reserve Percentage” of any Lender for any Interest Period for each Eurodollar Borrowing means the reserve percentage applicable during such Interest Period (or if more than one such percentage shall be so applicable, the daily average of such percentages for those days in such Interest Period during which any such percentage shall be so applicable) under regulations issued from time to time by the Board for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including, without limitation, any emergency, supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement) for such Lender with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency Liabilities having a term equal to such Interest Period.

        “Event of Default” has the meaning assigned to such term in Article VII.

6

        “Excluded Taxes” means, with respect to the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder, (a) income or franchise taxes imposed on (or measured by) its net income by the United States of America, by any state thereof or the District of Columbia or by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable lending office is located, (b) any branch profits taxes imposed by the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction in which the Borrower is located and (c) in the case of a Foreign Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by the Borrower under Section 2.19(b)), any withholding tax that is imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party to this Agreement (or designates a new lending office) or is attributable to such Foreign Lender’s failure to comply with Section 2.17(e).

        “Exposure” means, with respect to any Lender at any time, the sum of the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s Loans at such time.

        “Federal Funds Effective Rate” means, for any day, the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published on the next succeeding Business Day by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day that is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for such day for such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it.

        “Financial Officer” means the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer or controller of the Borrower.

        “Foreign Lender” means any Lender that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States of America, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

        “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.

        “General Partner” means Enterprise Products OLPGP, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

        “Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States of America, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.

        “Guarantee” of or by any Person (the “guarantor”) means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of the guarantor guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of the guarantor, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment thereof, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof, (c) to

7

maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation or (d) as an account party in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty issued to support such Indebtedness or obligation; provided, that the term Guarantee shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.

        “Guaranty Agreement” means an agreement executed by the Limited Partner in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent guaranteeing, unconditionally, payment of any principal of or interest on the Loans or any other amount payable under this Agreement, when and as the same shall become due and payable.

        “GulfTerra” means GulfTerra Energy Partners, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.

        “GulfTerra General Partner” means GulfTerra Energy Company, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company, the general partner of GulfTerra.

        “GulfTerra Merger Transactions” are the transactions set forth in the Merger Agreement dated December 15, 2003 between the Limited Partner, GulfTerra and certain of their respective Affiliates, including without limitation the acquisition or exchange by the Limited Partner of all outstanding units issued by GulfTerra and the acquisition by General Partner of all ownership interests in GulfTerra General Partner.

        “Hazardous Materials” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas, infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature, in each case regulated pursuant to any Environmental Law.

        “Indebtedness” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for the repayment of money borrowed which are or should be shown on a balance sheet as debt in accordance with GAAP, (b) obligations of such Person as lessee under leases which, in accordance with GAAP, are capital leases, (c) guaranties of such Person of payment or collection of any obligations described in clauses (a) and (b) of other Persons; provided, that clauses (a) and (b) include, in the case of obligations of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, only such obligations as are or should be shown as debt or capital lease liabilities on a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower in accordance with GAAP and (d) all obligations of such Person under any synthetic lease, tax retention operating lease, off-balance sheet loan or similar off-balance sheet financing if the obligation under such synthetic lease, tax retention operating lease, off-balance sheet loan or similar off-balance sheet financing, as the case may be, is considered indebtedness for borrowed money for tax purposes but is classified as an operating lease in accordance with GAAP; provided, further, that the liability of any Person as a general partner of a partnership for Indebtedness of such partnership, if such partnership is not a subsidiary of such Person, shall not constitute Indebtedness.

        “Indemnified Taxes” means Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

        “Index Debt” means senior, unsecured, non-credit enhanced (except for any guaranty by the Limited Partner) Indebtedness of the Borrower.

8

        “Interest Election Request” means a request by the Borrower to convert or continue a Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.08, and being in the form of attached Exhibit D.

        “Interest Payment Date” means (a) with respect to any ABR Loan, the last day of each March, June, September and December, and (b) with respect to any Eurodollar Loan, the last day of the Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part and, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, the day that occurs three (3) months after the first day of such Interest Period.

        “Interest Period” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that is one, two, three or six months thereafter, as the Borrower may elect; provided, that (i) if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing only, such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day and (ii) any Interest Period pertaining to a Eurodollar Borrowing that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period. For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing.

        “Lenders” means the Persons listed on Schedule 2.01 and any other Person that shall have become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance or pursuant to Section 2.01(b), other than any such Person that ceases to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Acceptance or pursuant to Section 2.01(c).

        “LIBO Rate” means, with respect to any Eurodollar Borrowing for any Interest Period, (a) the rate per annum appearing on Page 3750 of the British Banking Association Telerate screen (or on any successor or substitute page of such Service, or any successor to or substitute for such Service, providing rate quotations comparable to those currently provided on such page of such Service, as determined by the Administrative Agent from time to time for purposes of providing quotations of interest rates applicable to dollar deposits in the London interbank market) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, as the rate for dollar deposits with a maturity comparable to such Interest Period; (b) if for any reason the rate specified in clause (a) of this definition does not so appear on Page 3750 of the British Banking Association Telerate screen (or any successor or substitute page or any such successor to or substitute for such Service), the rate per annum appearing on Reuters Screen LIBO page (or any successor or substitute page) as the London interbank offered rate for deposits in dollars at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period for a maturity comparable to such Interest Period; and (c) if the rate specified in clause (a) of this definition does not so appear on Page 3750 of the British Banking Association Telerate screen (or any successor or substitute page or any such successor to or substitute for such Service) and if no rate specified in clause (b) of this definition so appears on Reuters Screen LIBO page (or any successor or substitute page), the average of the interest rates per annum at which dollar deposits of $5,000,000 and for a

9

maturity comparable to such Interest Period are offered by the respective principal London offices of one or more representative banks as selected by Administrative Agent in immediately available funds in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.

        “Lien” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, charge or security interest in, on or of such asset, (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement relating to such asset and (c) in the case of securities, any purchase option, call or similar right of a third party with respect to such securities. For avoidance of doubt, operating leases are not “Liens”.

        “Limited Partner” means Enterprise Products Partners L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, or any other Person that is the “Guarantor” as defined in the March 15, 2000 Indenture.

        “Loans” means the term loans made pursuant to Section 2.03.

        “March 15, 2000 Indenture” means that certain Indenture dated as of March 15, 2000, among the Borrower, the Limited Partner and Wachovia Bank, National Association, f/k/a First Union National Bank, as Trustee.

        “Material Adverse Change” means a material adverse change, from that in effect on December 31, 2002, in the financial condition or results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries taken as a whole, as indicated in the most recent quarterly or annual financial statements, except as otherwise disclosed in the Borrower’s and/or the Limited Partner’s filings with the SEC prior to the date hereof.

        “Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on financial condition or results of operations of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries taken as a whole, as indicated in the most recent quarterly or annual financial statements.

        “Material Indebtedness” means Indebtedness (other than the Loans), of any one or more of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (other than Project Finance Subsidiaries) in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $25,000,000.

        “Material Subsidiary” means (i) those Subsidiaries designated on Schedule 3.12 as Material Subsidiaries and (ii) each Subsidiary that, as of the last day of the fiscal year of the Borrower most recently ended prior to the relevant determination of Material Subsidiaries, has a net worth determined in accordance with GAAP that is greater than 10% of the Consolidated Net Worth of the Borrower as of such day.

        “Maturity Date” means the earlier of (a) September 12, 2004 and (b) the date on which the GulfTerra Merger Transactions are consummated.

      “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

10

        “Multiemployer Plan” means a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

        “Multi-Year Credit Facility” means the revolving credit facility of the Borrower under that certain Credit Agreement dated as of November 17, 2000, among the Borrower, Wachovia Bank, National Association, f/k/a First Union National Bank, as Administrative Agent, Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender, and the lenders party thereto, as amended by a First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated April 19, 2001, a Second Amendment and Supplement to Credit Agreement dated April 24, 2002, a Third Amendment and Supplement to Credit Agreement dated July 31, 2002 and a Fourth Amendment and Supplement to Credit Agreement dated October 30, 2003, together with any and all other amendments and supplements thereto (the “Multi-Year Credit Agreement”).

        “Other Taxes” means any and all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder or from the execution, delivery or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement.

        “Partnership Agreement” means the Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Borrower among the General Partner and the Limited Partner substantially in the form provided to the Lenders, as amended, modified and supplemented from time to time.

        “PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.

      “Permitted Liens” means:

(a) liens upon rights-of-way for pipeline purposes;

(b) any statutory or governmental lien or lien arising by operation of law, or any mechanics’, repairmen’s, materialmen’s, suppliers’, carriers’, landlords’, warehousemen’s or similar lien incurred in the ordinary course of business which is not yet due or which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and any undetermined lien which is incidental to construction, development, improvement or repair; or any right reserved to, or vested in, any municipality or public authority by the terms of any right, power, franchise, grant, license, permit or by any provision of law, to purchase or recapture or to designate a purchaser of, any property;

(c) liens for taxes and assessments which are (i) for the then current year, (ii) not at the time delinquent, or (iii) delinquent but the validity or amount of which is being contested at the time by the Borrower, any Subsidiary or the Limited Partner in good faith by appropriate proceedings;

(d) liens of, or to secure performance of, leases, other than capital leases, or any lien securing industrial development, pollution control or similar revenue bonds;

11

(e) any lien upon property or assets acquired or sold by the Borrower, any Subsidiary or the Limited Partner resulting from the exercise of any rights arising out of defaults on receivables;

(f) any lien in favor of the Borrower, any Subsidiary or the Limited Partner; or any lien upon any property or assets of the Borrower, any Subsidiary or the Limited Partner in existence on the date of the execution and delivery of the March 15, 2000 Indenture;

(g) any lien in favor of the United States of America or any state thereof, or any department, agency or instrumentality or political subdivision of the United States of America or any state thereof, to secure partial, progress, advance, or other payments pursuant to any contract or statute, or any debt incurred by the Borrower, any Subsidiary or the Limited Partner for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price of, or the cost of constructing, developing, repairing or improving, the property or assets subject to such lien;

(h) any lien incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with workmen’s compensation, unemployment insurance, temporary disability, social security, retiree health or similar laws or regulations or to secure obligations imposed by statute or governmental regulations;

(i) liens in favor of any Person to secure obligations under provisions of any letters of credit, bank guarantees, bonds or surety obligations required or requested by any governmental authority in connection with any contract or statute; or any lien upon or deposits of any assets to secure performance of bids, trade contracts, leases or statutory obligations;

(j) any lien upon any property or assets created at the time of acquisition of such property or assets by the Borrower, any Subsidiary or the Limited Partner or within one year after such time to secure all or a portion of the purchase price for such property or assets or debt incurred to finance such purchase price, whether such debt was incurred prior to, at the time of or within one year after the date of such acquisition; or any lien upon any property or assets to secure all or part of the cost of construction, development, repair or improvements thereon or to secure debt incurred prior to, at the time of, or within one year after completion of such construction, development, repair or improvements or the commencement of full operations thereof (whichever is later), to provide funds for any such purpose;

(k) any lien upon any property or assets existing thereon at the time of the acquisition thereof by the Borrower, any Subsidiary or the Limited Partner and any lien upon any property or assets of a Person existing thereon at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary by acquisition, merger or otherwise; provided that, in each case, such lien only encumbers the property or assets so acquired or owned by such Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary;

12

(l) liens imposed by law or order as a result of any proceeding before any court or regulatory body that is being contested in good faith, and liens which secure a judgment or other court-ordered award or settlement as to which the Borrower, the applicable Subsidiary or the Limited Partner has not exhausted its appellate rights;

(m) any extension, renewal, refinancing, refunding or replacement (or successive extensions, renewals, refinancing, refunding or replacements) of liens, in whole or in part, referred to in clauses (a) through (l) above; provided, however, that any such extension, renewal, refinancing, refunding or replacement lien shall be limited to the property or assets covered by the lien extended, renewed, refinanced, refunded or replaced and that the obligations secured by any such extension, renewal, refinancing, refunding or replacement lien shall be in an amount not greater than the amount of the obligations secured by the lien extended, renewed, refinanced, refunded or replaced and any expenses of the Borrower, its Subsidiaries and the Limited Partner (including any premium) incurred in connection with such extension, renewal, refinancing, refunding or replacement; or

(n) any lien resulting from the deposit of moneys or evidence of indebtedness in trust for the purpose of defeasing debt of the Borrower, any Subsidiary or the Limited Partner;

        “Permitted Sale/Leaseback Transactions” means any Sale/Leaseback Transaction:

(a) which occurs within one year from the date of completion of the acquisition of the Principal Property subject thereto or the date of the completion of construction, development or substantial repair or improvement, or commencement of full operations on such Principal Property, whichever is later; or

(b) involves a lease for a period, including renewals, of not more than three years; or

(c) the Borrower, any Subsidiary or the Limited Partner would be entitled to incur Indebtedness, in a principal amount equal to the Attributable Indebtedness with respect to such Sale/Leaseback Transaction, secured by a Lien on the property subject to such Sale/Leaseback Transaction pursuant to Section 6.02 without equally and ratably securing the Indebtedness under this Agreement pursuant to such Section; or

(d) the Borrower, any Subsidiary or the Limited Partner, within a one-year period after such Sale-Leaseback Transaction, applies or causes to be applied an amount not less than the Attributable Indebtedness from such Sale-Leaseback Transaction to (a) the prepayment, repayment, redemption, reduction or retirement of any Indebtedness of the Borrower, any Subsidiary or the Limited Partner that is not subordinated to the Indebtedness under this Agreement, or (b) the expenditure or expenditures for Principal Property used or to be used in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower, its Subsidiaries or the Limited Partner.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this definition, any Sale-Leaseback Transaction not covered by clauses (a) through (d), inclusive, of this definition, shall

13

nonetheless be a Permitted Sale/Leaseback Transaction if the Attributable Indebtedness from such Sale-Leaseback Transaction, together with the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness under this Agreement and Indebtedness under the March 15, 2000 Indenture) secured by Liens other than Permitted Liens upon Principal Properties, does not exceed 10% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.

        “Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

        “Plan” means any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA, and in respect of which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

        “Prime Rate” means the prime lending rate as set forth on the British Banking Association Telerate Page 5 (or such other comparable page as may, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, replace such page for the purpose of displaying such rate), as in effect from time to time. The Prime Rate is a reference rate and does not necessarily represent the lowest or best rate actually available.

        “Principal Property” means whether owned or leased on the date hereof or thereafter acquired:

(a) any pipeline assets of the Borrower, any Subsidiary or the Limited Partner, including any related facilities employed in the transportation, distribution, storage or marketing of refined petroleum products, natural gas liquids, and petrochemicals, that are located in the United States of America or any territory or political subdivision thereof; and

(b) any processing or manufacturing plant or terminal owned or leased by the Borrower, any Subsidiary or the Limited Partner that is located in the United States or any territory or political subdivision thereof;

        except, in the case of either of the foregoing clauses (a) or (b):

(i) any such assets consisting of inventories, furniture, office fixtures and equipment (including data processing equipment), vehicles and equipment used on, or useful with, vehicles; and

(ii) any such assets, plant or terminal which, in the opinion of the Board of Directors (as defined in the March 15, 2000 Indenture), is not material in relation to the activities of the Borrower or of the Limited Partner and its subsidiaries taken as a whole.

        “Program” means the buy-back program initiated by the Limited Partner whereby the Limited Partner or the Borrower may after November 17, 2000 buy back up to the greater of

14

(i) 2,000,000 publicly held Common Units or (ii) the number of publicly held Common Units the aggregate purchase price of which is $30,000,000.

        “Project Financing” means Indebtedness incurred by a Project Finance Subsidiary to finance the acquisition or construction of any asset or project which Indebtedness does not permit or provide for recourse against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (other than any Project Finance Subsidiary).

        “Project Finance Subsidiaries” means a Subsidiary that is created principally to (i) construct or acquire any asset or project that will be or is financed solely with Project Financing for such asset or project, related equity investments and any loans to, or capital contributions in, such Subsidiary that are not prohibited hereby, (ii) own an Equity Interest in a Project Finance Subsidiary, and/or (iii) own an interest in any such asset or project.

        “Register” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.04.

        “Related Parties” means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and such Person’s Affiliates.

        “Required Lenders” means, at any time, Lenders having Exposures and unused Commitments representing at least 51% of the sum of the total Exposures and unused Commitments at such time.

        “Restricted Payment” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any class of Equity Interests of the Borrower, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any Equity Interests of the Limited Partner or the Borrower or any option, warrant or other right to acquire any Equity Interests of the Limited Partner or the Borrower.

        “Sale/Leaseback Transaction” means any arrangement with any Person providing for the leasing, under a lease that is not a capital lease under GAAP, by the Borrower, or a Subsidiary (other than a Project Finance Subsidiary) or the Limited Partner of any Principal Property, which property has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Borrower, such Subsidiary or the Limited Partner to such Person in contemplation of such leasing.

        “S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of McGraw Hill Companies, Inc.

        “SEC” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01(a).

        “subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person (the “parent”) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests, are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent.

15

        “Subsidiary” means any subsidiary of the Borrower.

        “Taxes” means any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, charges or withholdings imposed by any Governmental Authority.

        “364-Day Credit Facility” means the revolving credit facility of the Borrower under that certain 364-Day Revolving Credit Agreement dated October 30, 2003, among the Borrower; the Lenders party thereto; Wachovia Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent; together with any and all other amendments and supplements thereto (the “364-Day Credit Agreement”).

        “Transactions” means the execution, delivery and performance by the Borrower of this Agreement, the borrowing of Loans and the use of the proceeds thereof.

        “Type”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether the rate of interest on such Loan, or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing, is determined by reference to the LIBO Rate or the Alternate Base Rate.

        “Withdrawal Liability” means liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

        Section 1.02.    Classification of Loans and Borrowings. For purposes of this Agreement, Loans may be classified and referred to by Type (e.g., a”Eurodollar Loan”). Borrowings also may be classified and referred to by Type (e.g., a “Eurodollar Borrowing”).

        Section 1.03.    Terms Generally. The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”. Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (b) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (c) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (d) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement and (e) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.

        Section 1.04.    Accounting Terms; GAAP. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with (i) except for purposes of Section 6.07, GAAP, as in effect from time to time; provided that, if the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that the Borrower requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the date hereof in GAAP or

16

in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith; and (ii) for purposes of Section 6.07, GAAP, as in effect on June 30, 2003.

ARTICLE II – The Credits

        Section 2.01.    Commitments. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender agrees to make a single term loan to the Borrower during the Availability Period in an aggregate principal amount that will not result in (A) such Lender’s Exposure exceeding such Lender’s Commitment or (B) the sum of the total Exposures exceeding the total Commitments. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Borrower may borrow and prepay, but not reborrow, the Loans.

        Section 2.02.    Loans and Borrowings. (a) The Loans shall be made as part of a single Borrowing consisting of Loans made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Commitments. The failure of any Lender to make its Loan required to be made by it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations hereunder; provided that the Commitments of the Lenders are several and no Lender shall be responsible for any other Lender’s failure to make its Loan as required.

        (b)    Subject to Section 2.14, (i) the Borrowing shall be comprised entirely of ABR Loans or Eurodollar Loans as the Borrower may request in accordance herewith. Each Lender at its option may make any Eurodollar Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan; provided that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

        (c)    At the commencement of each Interest Period for any Eurodollar Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $5,000,000. At the time that each ABR Borrowing is made, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount that is an integral multiple of $500,000 and not less than $1,000,000; provided that an ABR Borrowing may be in an aggregate amount that is equal to the entire unused balance of the total Commitments. Borrowings of more than one Type may be outstanding at the same time; provided that there shall not at any time be more than a total of six Eurodollar Borrowings outstanding.

        (d)    Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Borrower shall not be entitled to request, or to elect to convert or continue, any Borrowing if the Interest Period requested with respect thereto would end after the Maturity Date.

        Section 2.03.    Request for the Loans. To request the Loans, the Borrower shall hand deliver or telecopy to the Administrative Agent a written Borrowing Request signed by the Borrower not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Effective Date. Such Borrowing

17

Request shall be irrevocable. Such Borrowing Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02:

(i) the aggregate amount of the requested Loans;

(ii) the date of such Loans, which shall be a Business Day; and

(iii) the location and number of the Borrower’s account to which funds are to be disbursed, which shall comply with the requirements of Section 2.07.

The Type of Loans shall initially be ABR Loans. Promptly following receipt of the Borrowing Request in accordance with this Section, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of the amount of such Lender’s Loan to be made as part of the requested Loans.

        Section 2.04.    Intentionally Omitted.

        Section 2.05.    Intentionally Omitted.

        Section 2.06.    Intentionally Omitted.

        Section 2.07.    Funding of Loans. (a) Each Lender shall make its Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds by 1:00 p.m., New York City time, to the account of the Administrative Agent most recently designated by it for such purpose by notice to the Lenders. The Administrative Agent will make such Loans available to the Borrower by promptly crediting the amounts so received, in like funds, to an account designated by the Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request.

        (b)    Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of the Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of the Loans, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the Loans available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to the Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation or (ii) in the case of the Borrower, the interest rate applicable to the Loans. If such Lender pays such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in the Loans.

        Section 2.08.    Interest Elections. (a) The Loans initially shall be of the Type specified in the Borrowing Request and, in the case of Eurodollar Loans, shall have an initial Interest Period as specified in the Borrowing Request. Thereafter (prior to the Maturity Date), the Borrower may elect to convert the Loans to a different Type or to continue such Loans and,

18

in the case of Eurodollar Loans, may elect Interest Periods therefor, all as provided in this Section. The Borrower may elect different options with respect to different portions of the Loans, in which case each such portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders holding the Loans comprising such Borrowing, and the Loans comprising each such portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing.

        (b)    To make an election pursuant to this Section, the Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such election by telephone by the time that the Borrowing Request would be required under Section 2.03 if the Borrower were requesting a Borrowing of the Type resulting from such election to be made on the effective date of such election. Each such telephonic Interest Election Request shall be irrevocable and shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery or telecopy to the Administrative Agent of a written Interest Election Request signed by the Borrower.

        (c)    Each telephonic and written Interest Election Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02:

(i) if different options are being elected with respect to different portions thereof, the portions thereof to be allocated to each resulting Borrowing (in which case the information to be specified pursuant to clauses (iii) and (iv) below shall be specified for each resulting Borrowing);

(ii) the effective date of the election made pursuant to such Interest Election Request, which shall be a Business Day;

(iii) whether the resulting Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Eurodollar Borrowing; and

(iv) if the resulting Borrowing is a Eurodollar Borrowing, the Interest Period to be applicable thereto after giving effect to such election, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”.

If any such Interest Election Request requests a Eurodollar Borrowing but does not specify an Interest Period, then the Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration, in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing.

        (d)     Promptly following receipt of an Interest Election Request, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of such Lender’s portion of each resulting Borrowing.

        (e)    If the Borrower fails to deliver a timely Interest Election Request with respect to a Eurodollar Borrowing prior to the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto, then, unless such Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, at the end of such Interest Period such Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent, at the request of the Required Lenders, so notifies the Borrower, then, so long as an Event of Default is continuing (i) no outstanding Borrowing may be converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing and

19

(ii) unless repaid, each Eurodollar Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto.

        Section 2.09.    Termination and Reduction of Commitments. (a) Unless previously terminated, the Commitments shall terminate on the last day of the Availability Period.

        (b)    The Borrower may at any time terminate, or from time to time reduce, the Commitments; provided that (i) each reduction of the Commitments shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $5,000,000 and (ii) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce the Commitments if, after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment of the Loans in accordance with Section 2.11, the sum of the Exposures would exceed the total Commitments.

        (c)    The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of any election to terminate or reduce the Commitments under paragraph (b) of this Section at least three Business Days prior to the effective date of such termination or reduction, specifying such election and the effective date thereof. Promptly following receipt of any notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each notice delivered by the Borrower pursuant to this Section shall be irrevocable; provided that a notice of termination of the Commitments delivered by the Borrower may state that such notice is conditioned upon the effectiveness of other credit facilities, in which case such notice may be revoked by the Borrower (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied. Any termination or reduction of the Commitments shall be permanent. Each reduction of the Commitments shall be made ratably among the Lenders in accordance with their respective Commitments.

        Section 2.10.    Mandatory Prepayment and Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt. (a) The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises (i) if the Loans have been made, to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender all net proceeds of any public or private debt or equity offering by Limited Partner or any of its Subsidiaries (excluding the Multi-Year Facility and the 364-Day Facility (or any replacement facility therefor), and proceeds from the sale of Limited Partner’s Class B Units, units issued in the Limited Partner’s Dividend Reinvestment Program, Limited Partner’s Employee Unit Purchase Program, the exercise by Limited Partner of outstanding options with respect to its units, or any contributions by General Partner to Limited Partner), to be applied by the Administrative Agent as a prepayment on the Loans, and (ii) if the Loans have not been made, the Commitments shall be permanently and ratably reduced by the amount of such net proceeds. The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Loan on the Maturity Date.

        (b)    Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of the Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender, including the amounts of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender from time to time hereunder.

        (c)    The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it shall record (i) the amount of each Loan made hereunder, the Type thereof and the Interest Period applicable

20

thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder for the account of the Lenders and each Lender’s share thereof.

        (d)    The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraph (b) or (c) of this Section shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations recorded therein; provided that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

        (e)    Any Lender may request that Loans made by it be evidenced by a promissory note. In such event, the Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note payable to the order of such Lender (or, if requested by such Lender, to such Lender and its registered assigns) and substantially in the form of note attached hereto as Exhibit G. Thereafter, the Loans evidenced by such promissory note and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section 9.04) be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the order of the payee named therein (or, if such promissory note is a registered note, to such payee and its registered assigns).

        Section 2.11.    Optional Prepayment of Loans. (a) The Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing in whole or in part, subject to prior notice in accordance with paragraph (b) of this Section.

        (b)    The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent by telephone (confirmed by telecopy) of any prepayment hereunder (i) in the case of prepayment of a Eurodollar Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, three Business Days before the date of prepayment or (ii) in the case of prepayment of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date of prepayment. Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount of each Borrowing or portion thereof to be prepaid; provided that, if a notice of prepayment is given in connection with a conditional notice of termination of the Commitments as contemplated by Section 2.09, then such notice of prepayment may be revoked if such notice of termination is revoked in accordance with Section 2.09. Promptly following receipt of any such notice relating to a Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each partial prepayment of any Borrowing shall be in an amount that is an integral multiple of $1,000,000 and not less than $1,000,000 in the case of an ABR Borrowing, or $3,000,000 in the case of a Eurodollar Borrowing. Each prepayment of a Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Loans included in the prepaid Borrowing. Prepayments shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the extent required by Section 2.13.

        Section 2.12.    Fees. (a) The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender a facility fee, which shall accrue at the Applicable Rate on the daily amount of the Commitment of such Lender (whether used or unused) during the period from and including the Effective Date to but excluding the date on which such Commitment terminates; provided that, if such Lender continues to have any Exposure after its Commitment terminates, then such facility fee shall continue to accrue on the daily amount of such Lender’s Exposure

21

from and including the date on which its Commitment terminates to but excluding the date on which such Lender ceases to have any Exposure. Accrued facility fees shall be payable in arrears on the last day of March, June, September and December of each year and on the date on which the Commitments terminate, commencing on the first such date to occur after the date hereof; provided that any facility fees accruing after the date on which the Commitments terminate shall be payable on demand. All facility fees and utilization fees shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in leap year) and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). In addition to the foregoing, the Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Lender a utilization fee, which shall accrue and be payable on Loans made hereunder at a rate of 0.125% per annum whenever the aggregate amount of “Loans” outstanding under the Multi-Year Credit Facility plus the 364-Day Credit Facility exceed 50% of the total “Commitments” thereunder (as such term is defined in the Multi-Year Credit Agreement and the 364-Day Credit Agreement), and Borrower shall notify Administrative Agent at any time such circumstance shall exist.

        (b)    The Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of Lenders, fees payable in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon among the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under that certain Fee Letter of even date herewith.

        (c)    All fees payable hereunder shall be paid on the dates due, in immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, or for distribution to the Lenders, as the case may be. Fees paid shall not be refundable under any circumstances.

        Section 2.13.    Interest. (a) The Loans comprising each ABR Borrowing shall bear interest at the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate.

        (b)    The Loans comprising each Eurodollar Borrowing shall bear interest at the LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Rate.

        (c)    Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any principal of or interest on any Loan or any fee or other amount payable by the Borrower hereunder is not paid when due, whether at stated maturity, upon acceleration or otherwise, such overdue amount shall bear interest, after as well as before judgment, at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of overdue principal of any Loan, 2% plus the rate otherwise applicable to such Loan as provided in the preceding paragraphs of this Section or (ii) in the case of any other amount, 2% plus the rate applicable to ABR Loans as provided in paragraph (a) of this Section.

        (d)    Accrued interest on each Loan shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date for such Loan and upon termination of the Commitments; provided that (i) interest accrued pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section shall be payable on demand, (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan (other than a prepayment of an ABR Loan prior to the end of the Availability Period), accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment and (iii) in the event of any conversion pursuant to Section 2.08 of any Eurodollar Loan prior to the end of the current Interest Period therefor, accrued interest on such Loan shall be payable on the effective date of such conversion.

22

        (e)    All interest determined by reference to the LIBO Rate or clause (b) of the definition of Alternate Base Rate shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, and all other interest shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year), and in each case shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). The applicable Alternate Base Rate or LIBO Rate shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

        (f)    The Borrower shall pay to each Lender, so long as such Lender shall be required under regulations of the Board to maintain reserves with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency Liabilities, additional interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Borrowing of such Lender during such periods as such Borrowing is a Eurodollar Borrowing, from the date of such Borrowing until such principal amount is paid in full, at an interest rate per annum equal at all times to the remainder obtained by subtracting (i) the LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Eurodollar Borrowing from (ii) the rate obtained by dividing such LIBO Rate by a percentage equal to 100% minus the Eurodollar Rate Reserve Percentage of such Lender for such Interest Period. Such additional interest shall be determined by such Lender. The Borrower shall from time to time, within 15 days after demand (which demand shall be accompanied by a certificate comporting with the requirements set forth in Section 2.15(c)) by such Lender (with a copy of such demand and certificate to the Administrative Agent) pay to the Lender giving such notice such additional interest; provided, however, that the Borrower shall not be required to pay to such Lender any portion of such additional interest that accrued more than 90 days prior to any such demand, unless such additional interest was not determinable on the date that is 90 days prior to such demand.

        Section 2.14.    Alternate Rate of Interest. If prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Borrowing:

        (a)    the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the LIBO Rate, as applicable, for such Interest Period; or

        (b)    the Administrative Agent is advised by the Required Lenders that the LIBO Rate, as applicable, for such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (or Lender) of making or maintaining their Loans (or its Loan) included in such Borrowing for such Interest Period;

then the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Borrower and the Lenders by telephone or telecopy as promptly as practicable thereafter and, until the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrower and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, (i) any Interest Election Request that requests the conversion of any Borrowing to, or continuation of any Borrowing as, a Eurodollar Borrowing shall be ineffective, and (ii) if any Borrowing Request requests a Eurodollar Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be made as an ABR Borrowing.

        Section 2.15.    Illegality; Increased Costs. (a) If any Change in Law shall make it unlawful or impossible for any Lender to make, maintain or fund its Eurodollar Loans, such

23

Lender shall so notify the Administrative Agent. Upon receipt of such notice, the Administrative Agent shall immediately give notice thereof to the other Lenders and to the Borrower, whereupon until such Lender notifies the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that the circumstances giving rise to such suspension no longer exist, the obligation of such Lender to make Eurodollar Loans shall be suspended. If such Lender shall determine that it may not lawfully continue to maintain and fund any of its outstanding Eurodollar Loans to maturity and shall so specify in such notice, the Borrower shall immediately prepay (which prepayment shall not be subject to Section 2.11) in full the then outstanding principal amount of such Eurodollar Loans, together with the accrued interest thereon.

        (b)   If any Change in Law shall:

(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any Lender (except any such reserve requirement reflected in Section 2.13(f);

(ii) impose on any Lender or the London interbank market any other condition affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Loans made by such Lender;

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining any Eurodollar Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan) or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise), then the Borrower will pay to such Lender, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

        (c)    If any Lender determines that any Change in Law regarding capital requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Loans made by such Lender to a level below that which such Lender or such Lender’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time the Borrower will pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Lender’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

        (d)    A certificate of a Lender setting forth, in reasonable detail showing the computation thereof, the amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Such certificate shall further certify that such Lender is making similar demands of its other similarly structured borrowers. The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof, if such certificate complies herewith.

        (e)    Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s right to demand such compensation;

24

provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than 90 days prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided further that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 90-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof (to the extent that such period of retroactive effect is not already included in such 90-day period).

        Section 2.16.    Break Funding Payments. In the event of (a) the payment of any principal of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default), (b) the conversion of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, (c) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any Loan on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto (regardless of whether such notice may be revoked under Section 2.11(b) and is revoked in accordance therewith), or (d) the assignment of any Eurodollar Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto as a result of a request by the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.19, then, in any such event, the Borrower shall compensate each Lender for the loss, cost and expense (excluding loss of anticipated profits) attributable to such event. A certificate of any Lender setting forth, in reasonable detail showing the computation thereof, any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section shall be delivered to the Borrower and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof, if such certificate complies herewith.

        Section 2.17.    Taxes. (a) Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes; provided that if the Borrower shall be required to deduct any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes from such payments, then (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the Administrative Agent or any Lender (as the case may be) receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the Borrower shall make such deductions and (iii) the Borrower shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

        (b)    In addition, the Borrower shall pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

        (c)    The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent and each Lender within 10 days after written demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes paid by the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, on or with respect to any payment by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to indemnify or reimburse a Lender pursuant to this Section for any Indemnified

25

Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted more than 90 days prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrower of the Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted and of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided further that, if the Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted giving rise to such claims are retroactive, then the 90-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof (to the extent that such period of retroactive effect is not already included in such 90-day period). A certificate setting forth, in reasonable detail showing the computation thereof, the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by a Lender or by the Administrative Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

        (d)    As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by the Borrower to a Governmental Authority, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

        (e)    Any Foreign Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding tax under the law of the jurisdiction in which the Borrower is located, or any treaty to which such jurisdiction is a party, with respect to payments under this Agreement shall deliver to the Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at the time or times prescribed by applicable law, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at such reduced rate.

        (f)    Should any Lender or the Administrative Agent during the term of this Agreement ever receive any refund, credit or deduction from any taxing authority to which such Lender or the Administrative Agent would not be entitled but for the payment by the Borrower of Taxes (it being understood that the decision as to whether or not to claim, and if claimed, as to the amount of any such refund, credit or deduction shall be made by such Lender or the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion), such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, thereupon shall repay to the Borrower an amount with respect to such refund, credit or deduction equal to any net reduction in taxes actually obtained by such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, and determined by such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, to be attributable to such refund, credit or deduction.

        (g)    Except for a request by the Borrower under Section 2.19(b), no Foreign Lender shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.17(a) or 2.17(c) if withholding tax is imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party to this Agreement or designates a new lending office.

        Section 2.18.    Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs. (a) The Borrower shall make each payment required to be made by it hereunder (whether of principal, interest or fees, or of amounts payable under Section 2.15, 2.16 or 2.17, or otherwise) prior to 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date when due, in immediately available funds, without set-off or counterclaim. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All such payments shall be made to the

26

Administrative Agent at its offices at 301 South College Street, Charlotte, North Carolina 28288-0608, except that payments pursuant to Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 9.03 shall be made directly to the Persons entitled thereto. The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by it for the account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof. If any payment hereunder shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension. All payments hereunder shall be made in dollars.

        (b)    If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first, towards payment of interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii) second, towards payment of principal then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal then due to such parties.

        (c)    If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of set-off or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment (other than any payment to a dissenting Lender pursuant to Section 2.01(c)) in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Loans resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Loans and accrued interest thereon than the proportion received by any other Lender, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans of other Lenders to the extent necessary so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Loans; provided that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by the Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans to any assignee or participant, other than to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof (as to which the provisions of this paragraph shall apply). The Borrower consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against the Borrower rights of set-off and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation.

        (d)    Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from the Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Lenders hereunder that the Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders the amount due. In such event, if the Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds

27

Effective Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation.

        (e)    If any Lender shall fail to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.07(b) or 2.18(d), then the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion (notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof), apply any amounts thereafter received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender to satisfy such Lender’s obligations under such Sections until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid.

        Section 2.19.    Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders. (a) If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.15 or Section 2.13(f), or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.17, then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.13(f), 2.15 or 2.17, as the case may be, in the future and (ii) would not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment. Subject to the foregoing, Lenders agree to use reasonable efforts to select lending offices which will minimize taxes and other costs and expenses for the Borrower.

        (b)    If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.13(f) or Section 2.15, or if the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.17, or if any Lender defaults in its obligation to fund Loans hereunder, or if any Lender refuses to consent to an extension pursuant to Section 2.01(c), then the Borrower may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.04), all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (i) the Borrower shall have received the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, (ii) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder, from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts) and (iii) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.13(f) or Section 2.15 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.17, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments. A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment and delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Borrower to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply. If any Lender refuses to assign and delegate all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement after the Borrower has required such Lender to do so as a result of a claim for compensation under Section 2.13(f) or Section 2.15 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.17, such Lender shall not be entitled to receive such compensation or required payments.

28

ARTICLE III – Representations and Warranties

        The Borrower represents and warrants to the Lenders that:

        Section 3.01.    Organization; Powers. Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is duly formed, validly existing and (if applicable) in good standing (except, with respect to Subsidiaries (other than Material Subsidiaries), where the failure to be in good standing, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect) under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business in all material respects as now conducted and, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, is qualified to do business in, and (if applicable) is in good standing in, every jurisdiction where such qualification is required.

        Section 3.02.    Authorization; Enforceability. The Transactions are within the Borrower’s partnership powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary partnership and, if required, partner action. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Borrower and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Borrower, enforceable against the Borrower in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

        Section 3.03.    Governmental Approvals; No Conflicts. The Transactions and the consummation of the acquisition described in Section 4.01(l): (a) do not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any Governmental Authority, except such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect, (b) will not violate any law or regulation applicable to the Borrower or the limited partnership agreement, charter, by-laws or other organizational documents of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or any order of any Governmental Authority to which the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, (c) will not violate or result in a default under any material indenture, agreement or other instrument binding upon the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or its assets, or give rise to a right thereunder to require any payment to be made by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, and (d) will not result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any asset of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that is prohibited hereby.

        Section 3.04.    Financial Condition; No Material Adverse Change. (a) The Borrower has heretofore furnished to the Lenders its audited consolidated and unaudited consolidating balance sheets of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries and the related audited consolidated (and, as to statements of income, unaudited consolidating) statements of income, equity and cash flow of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries (i) as of and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2002, and (ii) as of and for the fiscal quarter and the portion of the fiscal year ended September 30, 2003, certified by its chief financial officer. Such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position and results of operations and cash flows of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of such dates and for such periods in accordance with GAAP, subject to year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes in the case of the statements referred to in clause (ii) above.

29

        (b)    No Material Adverse Change exists.

        Section 3.05.     Intentionally Omitted.

        Section 3.06.    Litigation and Environmental Matters. (a) There are no actions, suits or proceedings by or before any arbitrator or Governmental Authority pending against or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against or affecting the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries (i) as to which there is a reasonable possibility of an adverse determination and that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect (other than the Disclosed Matters) or (ii) that involve this Agreement or the Transactions.

        (b)    Except for the Disclosed Matters and except with respect to any other matters that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries (i) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has become subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) has received notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability or (iv) knows of any basis for any Environmental Liability.

        (c)    Since the date of this Agreement, there has been no change in the status of the Disclosed Matters that, individually or in the aggregate, has resulted in, or materially increased the likelihood of, a Material Adverse Effect.

        Section 3.07.    Compliance with Laws. Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is in compliance with all laws, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No Default has occurred and is continuing.

        Section 3.08.    Investment and Holding Company Status. Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is (a) an “investment company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940 or (b) a “holding company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935.

        Section 3.09.    Taxes. Each of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries has timely filed or caused to be filed all Tax returns and reports required to have been filed and has paid or caused to be paid all Taxes required to have been paid by it, except (a) Taxes that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as applicable, has set aside on its books adequate reserves or (b) to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

        Section 3.10.    ERISA. No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events for which liability is reasonably expected to occur, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

30

        Section 3.11.    Disclosure. None of the reports, financial statements, certificates or other information furnished by or on behalf of the Borrower to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time.

        Section 3.12.    Subsidiaries. As of the Effective Date, Borrower has no Subsidiaries other than those listed on Schedule 3.12 hereto. As of the Effective Date, Schedule 3.12 sets forth the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of each such Subsidiary, the percentage of Borrower’s ownership of the outstanding Equity Interests of each Subsidiary directly owned by Borrower, and the percentage of each Subsidiary’s ownership of the outstanding Equity Interests of each other Subsidiary.

        Section 3.13.    Margin Securities. Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulations U or X of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), and no part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used to purchase or carry any margin stock in violation of said Regulations U or X or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock in violation of said Regulations U or X.

        Section 3.14.    Not a “Reportable Transaction”. The Borrower does not intend to treat the Borrowings and related transactions as being a “reportable transaction” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4). In the event the Borrower determines to take any action inconsistent with such intention, it will promptly notify the Administrative Agent thereof. If the Borrower so notifies the Administrative Agent, the Borrower acknowledges that one or more of the Lenders may treat its Loans as part of a transaction that is subject to Treasury Regulation Section 301.6112-1, and such Lender or Lenders will maintain the lists and other records required by such Treasury Regulation.

ARTICLE IV – Conditions

        Section 4.01.    Effective Date. The obligations of the Lenders to make Loans hereunder shall not become effective until the Effective Date which is scheduled to occur when each of the following conditions is satisfied:

        (a)    The Administrative Agent (or its counsel) shall have received from each party hereto either (i) a counterpart of this Agreement signed on behalf of such party or (ii) written evidence satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which may include telecopy transmission of a signed signature page of this Agreement) that such party has signed a counterpart of this Agreement.

        (b)    The Administrative Agent shall have received a favorable written opinion (addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and dated the Effective Date) of

31

Bracewell & Patterson LLP, counsel for the Borrower and the Limited Partner, substantially in the form of Exhibit E.

        (c)    The Administrative Agent shall have received such documents and certificates as the Administrative Agent or its counsel may reasonably request relating to the organization and existence of the Borrower and the Limited Partner, the authorization of the Transactions and any other legal matters relating to the Borrower, this Agreement, the Transactions or the GulfTerra Merger Transactions, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel, and, with respect to the Limited Partner, the authorization of the Guaranty Agreement and the GulfTerra Merger Transactions and any other legal matters relating to the Limited Partner.

        (d)    The Administrative Agent shall have received the Guaranty Agreement dated as of the date hereof, duly and validly executed by the Limited Partner.

        (e)    The Administrative Agent shall have received each promissory note requested by a Lender pursuant to Section 2.10(e), each duly completed and executed by the Borrower.

        (f)    The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, dated the Effective Date and signed by the President, an Executive Vice President or a Financial Officer of the Borrower, confirming compliance with the conditions set forth in paragraphs (a) and (b) of Section 4.02.

        (g)    The Administrative Agent shall have received all fees and other amounts due and payable on or prior to the Effective Date, including, to the extent invoiced five (5) Business Days prior to closing, reimbursement or payment of all out?of?pocket expenses required to be reimbursed or paid by the Borrower hereunder.

        (h)    As of the Effective Date, no Material Adverse Change exists.

        (i)    There shall not have been any disruption or adverse change in the financial or capital markets generally or in the market for loan syndications in particular, which the Administrative Agent, in its reasonable judgment, deems material.

        (j)    The Lenders shall have received the audited financial statements for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the period ended December 31, 2002 and unaudited financial statements and Limited Partner’s Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2003.

        (k)    All necessary governmental and third-party approvals, if any, required to be obtained by the Borrower in connection with the Transactions and otherwise referred to herein shall have been obtained and remain in effect (except where failure to obtain such approvals will not have a Material Adverse Effect), and all applicable waiting periods shall have expired without any action being taken by any applicable authority.

        (l)    Borrower or its Subsidiary shall contemporaneously consummate the conveyance by El Paso Corporation or its subsidiary to Borrower or such Subsidiary of Class B Membership Interests in GulfTerra General Partner having a “Sharing Ratio” (as defined in GulfTerra General Partner’s limited liability company agreement) of fifty percent (50%), for an aggregate cash

32

amount equal to $425,000,000, and El Paso Corporation or its subsidiary shall be the sole record and beneficial owner of 100% of the limited liability company interest in GulfTerra General Partner (other than the interests conveyed as referenced above), all as provided in the GulfTerra Merger Transactions.

The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the Effective Date, and such notice shall be conclusive and binding.

        Section 4.02.    Each Credit Event. The obligation of each Lender to make a Loan on the occasion of any Borrowing (exclusive of continuations and conversions of a Borrowing) is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions:

        (a)    The representations and warranties of the Borrower set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Borrowing.

        (b)    At the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Borrowing no Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

Each Borrowing shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Borrower on the date thereof as to the matters specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section.

ARTICLE V – Affirmative Covenants

        Until the Commitments have expired or been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees payable hereunder shall have been paid in full, the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:

        Section 5.01.    Financial Statements and Other Information. The Borrower will furnish, or cause to be furnished, to the Administrative Agent and each Lender:

        (a)    within 15 days after filing same with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), copies of each annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly report on Form 10-Q and report on Form 8-K (or any successor or substitute forms) that the Limited Partner is required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any successor statute (the “Exchange Act”);

        (b)    within 15 days after filing same with the SEC, copies of each annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly report on Form 10-Q and report on Form 8-K (or any successor or substitute forms) that the Borrower is required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

        (c)    if the Borrower is not subject to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and the Limited Partner owns direct subsidiaries (other than the Borrower and its Subsidiaries), promptly after becoming available and in any event within 105 days after the close of each fiscal year of the Borrower (i) the audited consolidated balance sheets of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such year and (ii) the audited consolidated statements of income, equity and cash flow of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries for such year setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding figures for the

33

preceding fiscal year, which report shall be to the effect that such statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP;

        (d)    if the Borrower is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act and the Limited Partner owns direct subsidiaries (other than the Borrower and its Subsidiaries), promptly after their becoming available and in any event within 60 days after the close of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower, (i) the unaudited consolidated balance sheets of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such quarter and (ii) the unaudited consolidated statements of income, equity and cash flow of the Borrower for such quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form the corresponding figures for the preceding fiscal year, all of the foregoing certified by a Financial Officer of the Borrower to have been prepared in accordance with GAAP subject to normal changes resulting from year?end adjustment and accompanied by a written discussion of the financial performance and operating results, including the major assets, of the Borrower for such quarter; and

        (e)    within 60 days after the end of each fiscal quarter of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a certificate of a Financial Officer of the Borrower substantially in the form of Exhibit F (i) certifying as to whether a Default has occurred that is then continuing and, if a Default has occurred that is then continuing, specifying the details thereof and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto, (ii) setting forth in reasonable detail calculations demonstrating compliance with Section 6.07.

        Section 5.02.    Notices of Material Events. The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent and each Lender prompt written notice of the following:

        (a)    the occurrence of any Event of Default; and

        (b)    any other development that results in, or could reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.

Each notice delivered under this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Financial Officer or other executive officer of the Borrower setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

        Section 5.03.    Existence; Conduct of Business. The Borrower will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its legal existence and the rights, licenses, permits, privileges and franchises material to the conduct of its business; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution not prohibited under Section 6.03.

        Section 5.04.   Intentionally Omitted.

        Section 5.05.    Maintenance of Properties; Insurance. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, (a) keep and maintain all property material to the conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and (b) maintain, with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, insurance in such

34

amounts and against such risks as are customarily maintained by companies engaged in the same or similar businesses operating in the same or similar locations.

        Section 5.06.    Books and Records; Inspection Rights. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, keep in accordance with GAAP proper books of record and account in which full, true and correct entries are made in all material respects of all dealings and transactions in relation to its business and activities. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, permit any representatives designated by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, upon reasonable prior notice, to visit and inspect its properties, to examine and make extracts from its books and records, and to discuss its affairs, finances and condition with its officers and independent accountants, all at such reasonable times and as often as reasonably requested.

        Section 5.07.    Compliance with Laws. The Borrower will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, comply with all laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property, except where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

        Section 5.08.    Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of the Loans will be used only (i) to partially finance the purchase price due in consideration of the conveyance by El Paso Corporation or its subsidiary to Borrower or its Subsidiary of Class B Membership Interests in GulfTerra General Partner having a “Sharing Ratio” (as defined in GulfTerra General Partner’s limited liability company agreement) of fifty percent (50%) pursuant to the GulfTerra Merger Transactions, and (ii) for the payment of any expenses associated therewith. No part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used, whether directly or indirectly, for any purpose that entails a violation of any of the Regulations of the Board, including Regulations U and X.

        Section 5.09.    Environmental Matters. The Borrower has established and implemented, or will establish and implement, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to establish and implement, such procedures as may be necessary to assure that any failure of the following does not have a Material Adverse Effect: (i) all property of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries and the operations conducted thereon are in compliance with and do not violate the requirements of any Environmental Laws, (ii) no oil or solid wastes are disposed of or otherwise released on or to any property owned by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries except in compliance with Environmental Laws, (iii) no Hazardous Materials will be released on or to any such property in a quantity equal to or exceeding that quantity which requires reporting pursuant to Section 103 of CERCLA, and (iv) no oil or Hazardous Materials is released on or to any such property so as to pose an imminent and substantial endangerment to public health or welfare or the environment.

        Section 5.10.    ERISA Information. The Borrower will furnish to the Administrative Agent:

        (a)    within 15 Business Days after the institution of or the withdrawal or partial withdrawal by the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate from any Multiemployer Plan, which would cause the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any ERISA Affiliate to incur withdrawal liability in excess of $5,000,000 (in the aggregate for all such withdrawals), a written notice thereof signed by an executive officer of the Borrower stating the applicable details; and

35

        (b)    within 15 Business Days after an officer of the Borrower becomes aware of any material action at law or at equity brought against the Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries, any ERISA Affiliate, or any fiduciary of a Plan in connection with the administration of any Plan or the investment of assets thereunder, a written notice signed by an executive officer of the Borrower specifying the nature thereof and what action the Borrower is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

        Section 5.11.    Taxes. Pay and discharge, or cause to be paid and discharged, promptly or make, or cause to be made, timely deposit of all taxes (including Federal Insurance Contribution Act) payments and withholding taxes), assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon the Borrower or any Subsidiary or upon the income or any property of the Borrower or any Subsidiary; provided, however, that neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary shall be required to pay any such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim if the amount, applicability or validity thereof shall currently be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted by or on behalf of the Borrower or its Subsidiary, and if the Borrower or its Subsidiary shall have set up reserves therefor adequate under GAAP or if no Material Adverse Effect shall be occasioned by all such failures in the aggregate..

ARTICLE VI – Negative Covenants

        Until the Commitments have expired or terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees payable hereunder have been paid in full, the Borrower covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:

        Section 6.01.    Indebtedness. The Borrower will not permit any Subsidiary to create, incur or assume any Indebtedness, except:

        (a)    Indebtedness of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower, to the extent such Indebtedness is outstanding at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower and was not incurred in contemplation thereof and Indebtedness refinancing (but not increasing) such Indebtedness, and Indebtedness assumed by any Subsidiary in connection with its acquisition (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets or acquisition that results in the ownership of greater than fifty percent (50%) of the Equity Interests of a Person) of another Person and Indebtedness refinancing (but not increasing) such Indebtedness, provided that at the time of and after giving effect to the incurrence or assumption of such Indebtedness or refinancing Indebtedness and the application of the proceeds thereof, as the case may be, the aggregate principal amount of all such Indebtedness, and of all Indebtedness previously incurred or assumed pursuant to this Section 6.01(a), and then outstanding, shall not exceed 75% of Consolidated EBITDA for the period of four full fiscal quarters of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (and such Person on a pro forma basis) then most recently ended; further provided, however, Indebtedness assumed in connection with the acquisition of equity interests in Seminole Pipeline Company, a Delaware corporation, shall be included as Indebtedness assumed pursuant to this Section 6.01(a);

        (b)    Indebtedness of the Subsidiaries not otherwise permitted by this Section 6.01, provided that at the time of and after giving effect to the incurrence of such Indebtedness and the application of the proceeds thereof the aggregate principal amount of all such Indebtedness, and

36

of all Indebtedness previously incurred pursuant to this Section 6.01(b), and then outstanding, shall not exceed 25% of Consolidated EBITDA for the period of four fiscal quarters of the Borrower and the Subsidiaries then most recently ended;

        (c)    Indebtedness of Project Finance Subsidiaries;

        (d)    intercompany Indebtedness;

        (e)    Indebtedness existing on the date hereof and set forth on Schedule 6.01; and

        (f)    other unsecured Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding $25,000,000 at any time outstanding;

provided, however, that no Subsidiary (other than a Project Finance Subsidiary) shall create, incur or assume any Indebtedness pursuant to any provision of this Section 6.01 if an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from such creation, incurrence or assumption.

        Section 6.02.    Liens. The Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary (other than Project Finance Subsidiaries) or the Limited Partner to, create, assume, incur or suffer to exist any Lien, other than a Permitted Lien, on any Principal Property or upon any Equity Interests of the Borrower or any Subsidiary (other than Project Finance Subsidiaries) owning or leasing any Principal Property, now owned or hereafter acquired by the Borrower or such Subsidiary to secure any Indebtedness of the Borrower, the Limited Partner or any other Person (other than the Indebtedness under this Agreement), without in any such case making effective provision whereby any and all Indebtedness under this Agreement then outstanding will be secured by a Lien equally and ratably with, or prior to, such Indebtedness for so long as such Indebtedness shall be so secured. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower may, and may permit any Subsidiary (other than a Project Finance Subsidiary) and the Limited Partner to, create, assume, incur or suffer to exist any Lien upon any Principal Property to secure Indebtedness of the Borrower, the Limited Partner or any other Person (other than the Indebtedness under this Agreement), other than a Permitted Lien without securing the Indebtedness under this Agreement, provided that the aggregate principal amount of all Indebtedness then outstanding secured by such Lien and all similar Liens together with the aggregate amount of Attributable Indebtedness deemed to be outstanding in respect of all Sale/Leaseback Transactions (exclusive of any Permitted Sale/Leaseback Transactions), does not exceed 10% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.

        Section 6.03.    Fundamental Changes. The Borrower will not merge into or consolidate with any other Person, or permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate with it, or sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets, or all or substantially all of the Equity Interests of any of its Subsidiaries(other than Project Finance Subsidiaries) (in each case, whether now owned or hereafter acquired), or liquidate or dissolve, except that, if at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto no Default shall have occurred and be continuing (i) any Person may merge into or consolidate with the Borrower in a transaction in which the Borrower is the

37

surviving entity and (ii) Borrower may sell or otherwise dispose of all or any portion of the Equity Interests of any of its Subsidiaries.

        Section 6.04.    Investment Restriction. Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary (other than a Project Finance Subsidiary) will make investments in Project Finance Subsidiaries in excess of $50,000,000 in the aggregate at any one time outstanding.

        Section 6.05.    Restricted Payments. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries (other than Project Finance Subsidiaries) to, declare or make, or agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except as long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, (i) the Borrower and the Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments necessary to fund the Program, (ii) the Borrower may make Restricted Payments from Available Cash (as defined in the Partnership Agreement) from Operating Surplus (as defined in the Partnership Agreement) cumulative from January 1, 1999 through the date of such Restricted Payment, and (iii) any Subsidiary may buy back any of its own Equity Interests; provided, that even if an Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing, no Subsidiary shall be prohibited from upstreaming dividends or other payments to the Borrower or any Subsidiary (which is not a Project Finance Subsidiary) or making, in the case of any Subsidiary that is not wholly-owned (directly or indirectly) by the Borrower, ratable dividends or payments, as the case may be, to the other owners of Equity Interests in such Subsidiary.

        Section 6.06.    Restrictive Agreements. The Borrower will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries (other than Project Finance Subsidiaries) to, directly or indirectly, enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other arrangement with any Person, other than the Lenders pursuant hereto or restrictions or conditions existing on the date hereof and identified on Schedule 6.06, which prohibits, restricts or imposes any conditions upon the ability of any Subsidiary (other than Project Finance Subsidiaries) to (a) pay dividends or make other distributions or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or (b) make subordinate loans or advances to or make other investments in the Borrower or any Subsidiary.

        Section 6.07.    Financial Condition Covenants.

        (a)    Minimum Net Worth. The Borrower will not permit its Consolidated Net Worth as of the last day of any fiscal quarter of the Borrower to be less than $750,000,000.

        (b)    Ratio of Consolidated Indebtedness to Consolidated EBITDA. The Borrower shall not permit its ratio of Consolidated Indebtedness to Consolidated EBITDA in each case for the four full fiscal quarters most recently ended (including, without limitation, the four fiscal quarter period ending December 31, 2003) to exceed:

        5.25 to 1.00 as of December 31, 2003 and as of March 31, 2004; and

        4.75 to 1.00 as of June 30, 2004 and as of the last day of any fiscal quarter of the Borrower thereafter.

For purposes of calculating such ratio the Project Finance Subsidiaries shall be disregarded. For purposes of this Section 6.07(b), if during any period of four fiscal quarters the Borrower or any

38

Subsidiary acquires any Person (or any interest in any Person) or all or substantially all of the assets of any Person, the EBITDA attributable to such assets or an amount equal to the percentage of ownership of the Borrower or a Subsidiary, as the case may be, in such Person times the EBITDA of such Person, for such period determined on a pro forma basis (which determination, in each case, shall be subject to approval of the Administrative Agent, not to be unreasonably withheld) may be included as Consolidated EBITDA for such period as if such acquisition occurred on the first day of such four fiscal quarter period; provided that during the portion of such period that follows such acquisition, the computation in respect of the EBITDA of such Person or such assets, as the case may be, shall be made on the basis of actual (rather than pro forma) results.

ARTICLE VII – Events of Default

        If any of the following events (“Events of Default”) shall occur:

        (a)    the Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or otherwise;

        (b)    the Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in clause (a) of this Article) payable under this Agreement, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of five (5) Business Days;

        (c)    any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower, the Limited Partner or any Subsidiary in or in connection with this Agreement or any amendment or modification hereof or waiver hereunder, or in any report, certificate, financial statement or other document furnished pursuant to or in connection with this Agreement or any amendment or modification hereof or waiver hereunder, shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed made and such materiality is continuing;

        (d)    the Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Section 5.02, 5.03 (with respect to the Borrower’s existence) or 5.08 or in Article VI;

        (e)    the Borrower shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in this Agreement (other than those specified in clause (a), (b) or (d) of this Article), and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after written notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to the Borrower (which notice will be given at the request of any Lender);

        (f)    the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary (other than Project Finance Subsidiaries) shall fail to make any payment (whether of principal or interest and regardless of amount) in respect of any Material Indebtedness, when and as the same shall become due and payable subject to applicable grace periods;

        (g)    the Borrower or any of its Material Subsidiaries (other than Project Finance Subsidiaries) shall (i) fail to pay any principal of or premium or interest on any Material

39

Indebtedness of the Borrower or such Material Subsidiary (as the case may be), when the same becomes due and payable (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand or otherwise), and such failure shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in the agreement or instrument relating to such Material Indebtedness; or (ii) default in the observance or performance of any covenant or obligation contained in any agreement or instrument relating to any such Material Indebtedness that in substance is customarily considered a default in loan documents (in each case, other than a failure to pay specified in clause (i) of this subsection (g)) and such default shall continue after the applicable grace period, if any, specified in such agreement or instrument, if the effect thereof is to accelerate the maturity of such Material Indebtedness or require such Material Indebtedness to be prepaid prior to the stated maturity thereof; for the avoidance of doubt the parties acknowledge and agree that any payment required to be made under a guaranty of payment or collection described in clause (c) of the definition of Indebtedness shall be due and payable at the time such payment is due and payable under the terms of such guaranty (taking into account any applicable grace period) and such payment shall be deemed not to have been accelerated or required to be prepaid prior to its stated maturity as a result of the obligation guaranteed having become due;

        (h)    an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, reorganization or other relief in respect of the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary (other than Project Finance Subsidiaries) or its debts, or of a substantial part of its assets, under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect or (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary (other than Project Finance Subsidiaries) or for a substantial part of its assets, and, in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for 60 days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;

        (i)    the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary (other than Project Finance Subsidiaries) shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law now or hereafter in effect, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described in clause (h) of this Article, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary (other than Project Finance Subsidiaries) or for a substantial part of its assets, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or (vi) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;

        (j)    the Borrower or any Material Subsidiary (other than Project Finance Subsidiaries) shall become unable, admit in writing its inability or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due;

        (k)    one or more judgments for the payment of money in an aggregate uninsured amount equal to or greater than $25,000,000 shall be rendered against the Borrower, any Material Subsidiary (other than Project Finance Subsidiaries) or any combination thereof and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 30 consecutive days during which execution shall

40

not be effectively stayed, or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to attach or levy upon any assets of the Borrower or any such Material Subsidiary to enforce any such judgment;

        (l)    an ERISA Event shall have occurred that, when taken together with all other ERISA Events that have occurred, could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount exceeding (i) $5,000,000 in any year or (ii) $10,000,000 for all periods;

        (m)    the Limited Partner takes, suffers or permits to exist any of the events or conditions referred to in clauses (h), (i), (j) or (k) of this Article or if the section of the Guaranty Agreement that contains the payment obligation shall for any reason cease to be valid and binding on the Limited Partner or if the Limited partner shall so state in writing;

        (n)    the General Partner takes, suffers or permits to exist any of the events or conditions referred to in clauses (h), (i) or (j) of this Article;

        (o)    a Change in Control shall occur; or

        (p)    an “Event of Default” has occurred which is continuing under either the Multi-Year Credit Facility or the 364-Day Credit Facility;

then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to the Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of this Article), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent at the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the Borrower, take either or both of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate the Commitments, and thereupon the Commitments shall terminate immediately, and (ii) declare the Loans then outstanding to be due and payable in whole (or in part, in which case any principal not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter be declared to be due and payable), and thereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder, shall become due and payable immediately, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower; and in case of any event with respect to the Borrower described in clause (h) or (i) of this Article, the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Borrower accrued hereunder, shall automatically become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Borrower.

ARTICLE VIII – The Administrative Agent

        Each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent as its agent and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.

        The bank serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it

41

were not the Administrative Agent, and such bank and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if it were not the Administrative Agent hereunder.

        The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) the Administrative Agent shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.02), and (c) except as expressly set forth herein, the Administrative Agent shall not have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that is communicated to or obtained by the bank serving as Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. The Administrative Agent shall not be liable to the Lenders for any action taken or not taken by it with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary under the circumstances as provided in Section 9.02) or in the absence of its own gross negligence or wilful misconduct. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written notice thereof is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower or a Lender, and the Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or in connection herewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement or any other agreement, instrument or document, or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.

        The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to be made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

        The Administrative Agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of the preceding paragraphs shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in

42

connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent.

        Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Administrative Agent as provided in this paragraph, the Administrative Agent may resign at any time by notifying the Lenders and the Borrower. Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, with the Borrower’s approval (which will not be unreasonably withheld), to appoint a successor. If no successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may, with the Borrower’s approval (which will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and the Borrower’s approval shall not be required if an Event of Default has occurred which is continuing), on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Administrative Agent which shall be a bank with an office in New York, New York, or an Affiliate of any such bank and such bank, or its Affiliate, as applicable, shall have capital and surplus equal to or greater than $500,000,000. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder by a successor, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder. The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article and Section 9.03 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while it was acting as Administrative Agent.

        Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

ARTICLE IX – Miscellaneous

        Section 9.01.    Notices. Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone, all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy, as follows:

        (a)    if to the Borrower, to it at 2727 North Loop West, 7th Floor, Houston, Texas 77008 (for delivery), Attention of Treasurer; P. O. Box 4324, Houston Texas 77210 (for mail) (Telecopy No. 713/803-8200);

43

        (b)    if to the Administrative Agent, to Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., Loan Portfolio Group, 745 Seventh Avenue, 19th Floor, New York, NY 10019, Attention: Francis Chang (Telephone No. 212/526-5390; Telecopy No. 646/758-3864); and

        (c)    if to any other Lender, to it at its address (or telecopy number) set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire.

Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt.

        Section 9.02.    Waivers; Amendments. (a) No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereunder are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by the Borrower therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time.

        (b)    Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrower and the Required Lenders or by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders; provided that no such agreement shall (i) increase or extend the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender, except as provided in Section 2.01(c), (ii) reduce the principal amount of any Loan or reduce the rate of interest thereon, or reduce any fees payable hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby, (iii) postpone the scheduled date of payment of the principal amount of any Loan or any interest thereon, or any fees payable hereunder, or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, or postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any Commitment, without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby, (iv) change Section 2.18(b) or (c) in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby, without the written consent of each Lender, (v) release the Limited Partner from any of its obligations under the Guaranty Agreement without the written consent of each Lender, or (vi) change any of the provisions of this Section or the definition of “Required Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to waive, amend or modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender; provided further that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent.

44

        Section 9.03.    Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver. (a) The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent and its Affiliates, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of one law firm, as counsel for the Administrative Agent, in connection with the syndication (prior to the date hereof) of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation and administration of this Agreement or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), and (ii) all out-of-pocket expenses reasonably incurred during the existence of an Event of Default by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Administrative Agent or any Lender, in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with this Agreement, including its rights under this Section, or in connection with the Loans made, including all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans.

        (b)    The Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent and each Lender, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “Indemnitee”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses, including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or the consummation of the Transactions or any other transactions contemplated hereby, (ii) any Loan or the use of the proceeds therefrom, (iii) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available (x) to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses resulted from the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of such Indemnitee or any Related Party of such Indemnitee, or (y) in connection with disputes among or between the Administrative Agent, Lenders and/or their respective Related Parties.

        (c)    To the extent that the Borrower fails to pay any amount required to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent under paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section, each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s Applicable Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount; provided that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such.

        (d)    To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower shall not assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the Transactions, any Loan or the use of the proceeds thereof.

45

All amounts due under this Section shall be payable not later than 30 days after written demand therefor, and such demand to be in reasonable detail setting forth the basis for and method of calculation of such amounts.

        Section 9.04.    Successors and Assigns. (a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by the Borrower without such consent shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

        (b)    Any Lender may assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it); provided that (i) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender, each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent must give their prior written consent to such assignment (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), (ii) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment, the amount of the Commitment of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Acceptance with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $10,000,000 unless each of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent, (iii) each partial assignment shall result in the assignee retaining a Commitment of not less than $10,000,000 and shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, (iv) the parties (other than the Borrower) to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Acceptance, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500, (v) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire and (vi) no assignment to a Foreign Bank shall be made hereunder unless, at the time of such assignment, there is no withholding tax applicable with respect to such Foreign Lender for which the Borrower would be or become responsible under Section 2.17; and provided further that any consent of the Borrower otherwise required under this paragraph shall not be required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (d) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Acceptance the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Acceptance, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 9.03 as to matters occurring on or prior to date of assignment). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this paragraph shall be treated for purposes of

46

this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (e) of this Section.

        (c)    The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at one of its offices in The City of New York, the address of which shall be made available to any party to this Agreement upon request; a copy of each Assignment and Acceptance delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of, and principal amount of the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

        (d)    Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Acceptance executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the assignee’s completed Administrative Questionnaire (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph (b) of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Acceptance and record the information contained therein in the Register. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.

        (e)    Any Lender may, without the consent of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrower, the Administrative Agent and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in the first proviso to Section 9.02(b) that affects such Participant.

        (f)    A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.15 or 2.17 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent. A Participant that would be a Foreign Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 2.17 unless the Borrower is notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrower, to comply with Section 2.17(e) as though it were a Lender and has zero withholding at the time of participation.

47

        (g)    Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender to a Federal Reserve Bank, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

        Section 9.05.    Survival. All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Borrower herein and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of any Loans, regardless of any investigation made by any such other party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement is outstanding and unpaid and so long as the Commitments have not expired or terminated. The provisions of Sections 2.15, 2.16, 2.17 and 9.03 and Article VIII shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Loans, the expiration or termination of the Commitments or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof.

        Section 9.06.    Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

        Section 9.07.    Severability. Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction.

        Section 9.08.    Right of Setoff. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Required Lenders have directed the Administrative Agent to accelerate under Article VII, each Lender and each of its Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other obligations at any

48

time owing by such Lender or Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any of and all the obligations of the Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement held by such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement and although such obligations may be unmatured. The rights of each Lender under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have.

        Section 9.09.    Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process. (a) This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York.

        (b)    The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State or, to the extent permitted by law, in such Federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement against the Borrower or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

        (c)    The Borrower hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

        (d)    Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.01. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

        Section 9.10.    WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE

49

BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

        Section 9.11.    Headings. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

        Section 9.12.    Confidentiality. Each of the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Co-Documentation Agents, and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its and its Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority, (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party to this Agreement, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or the enforcement of rights hereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement, (g) with the consent of the Borrower or (h) to the extent such Information (i) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (ii) becomes available to the Administrative Agent, Syndication Agent, the Co-Documentation Agents or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Borrower and its Related Parties. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Information shall not include, and the Administrative Agent and each Lender may disclose without limitation of any kind, any Information with respect to the “tax treatment” and “tax structure” (in each case, within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4) of the transactions contemplated hereby and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided to the Administrative Agent or such Lender relating to such tax treatment and tax structure; provided that with respect to any document or similar item that in either case contains Information concerning the tax treatment or tax structure of the transaction as well as other Information, this sentence shall only apply to such portions of the document or similar item that relate to the tax treatment or tax structure of the Loans and transactions contemplated hereby. For the purposes of this Section, “Information” means all information received from the Borrower relating to the Borrower or its business, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by the Borrower.

        Section 9.13.    Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Loan, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which are treated as interest on such Loan under applicable law (collectively the “Charges”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “Maximum Rate”) which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender holding such Loan in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such Loan but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section shall be cumulated and the

50

interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together (to the extent lawful) with interest thereon at the Federal Funds Effective Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Lender.

        Section 9.14.    Liability of General Partner. It is hereby understood and agreed that the General Partner shall have no personal liability, as general partner or otherwise, for the payment of any amount owing or to be owing hereunder.

51

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING L.P.
By:	Enterprise Products OLPGP, Inc., General Partner
	By	/s/ W. Randall Fowler
		Name:  W. Randall Fowler Title:  Vice President and Treasurer

[Credit Agreement - Signature Page 1]

LEHMAN COMMERCIAL PAPER INC., as Administrative Agent
By	/s/ Francis Chang
	Name:  Francis Chang Title:  Authorized Signatory
LEHMAN BROTHERS BANK, FSB, as a Lender
By	/s/ G. Andrew Keith
	Name:  G. Andrew Keith Title:  Vice President

[Credit Agreement - Signature Page 2]

BANK ONE, NA (Main Office-Chicago), individually and as Co-Syndication Agent
By	/s/ Jane Bek Keil
	Name:  Jane Bek Keil Title:  Director

[Credit Agreement - Signature Page 3]

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, individually and as Co-Syndication Agent
By	/s/ N. Bell
	Name:  N. Bell Title:  Senior Manager

[Credit Agreement - Signature Page 4]

SUNTRUST BANK, individually and as Co-Syndication Agent
By	/s/ David H. Eidson
	Name:  David H. Eidson Title:  Senior Vice President
		Sun Trust Bank

[Credit Agreement - Signature Page 5]

WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, individually and as Co-Syndication Agent
By	/s/ Russell Clingman
	Name:  Russell Clingman Title:  Director

[Credit Agreement - Signature Page 6]

SCHEDULE 2.01
COMMITMENTS

Lender	Commitment
Lehman Brothers Bank, FSB	$	45,000,000	.00
Bank One, NA (Main Office - Chicago)	$	45,000,000	.00
The Bank of Nova Scotia	$	45,000,000	.00
SunTrust Bank	$	45,000,000	.00
Wachovia Bank, National Association	$	45,000,000	.00
TOTAL	$	225,000,000	.00

Schedule 3.06

Disclosed Matters

None

Schedule 3.12

SUBSIDIARIES

Name of Subsidiary	Type of Entity	Jurisdiction of Formation	Effective Ownership by the Borrower or a Subsidiary	Material Subsidiary
Acadian Acquisition, LLC	Limited Liability Company	Delaware	Borrower - 100%	No
Acadian Consulting LLC	Limited Liability Company	Delaware	Borrower - 100%	No
Acadian Gas LLC	Limited Liability Company	Delaware	Borrower - 100%	Yes
Acadian Gas Pipeline System	General Partnership	Texas	TXO-Acadian Gas Pipeline, LLC - 50% MCN-Acadian Gas Pipeline, LLC - 50%	No
Belvieu Environmental Fuels	General Partnership		Borrower - 66.66% Third Party - 33.33%	No
Calcasieu Gas Gathering System	General Partnership	Texas	TXO-Acadian Gas Pipeline, LLC - 50% MCN-Acadian Gas Pipeline, LLC - 50%	No
Cajun Pipeline Company, LLC	Limited Liability Company	Texas	Borrower - 100%	No
Chunchula Pipeline Company, LLC	Limited Liability Company	Texas	Borrower - 100%	No
Cypress Gas Marketing, LLC	Limited Liability Company	Delaware	Borrower - 100%	No
Cypress Gas Pipeline, LLC	Limited Liability Company	Delaware	Borrower - 100%	No
Deep Gulf Development, LLC	Limited Liability Company	Delaware	Enterprise Offshore Development, LLC - 90.0% Third Party - 10%	No
E-Cypress, LLC	Limited Liability Company	Delaware	Borrower - 100%	No
E-Oaktree, LLC	Limited Liability Company	Delaware	Borrower - 98.0% Third Party - 2.0%	Yes
EPOLP 1999 Grantor Trust	Trust	Texas	Borrower - 100%	No
Enterprise Fractionation LLC	Limited Liability Company	Delaware	Borrower - 100%	No
Enterprise Gas Liquids LLC	Limited Liability Company	Delaware	Borrower - 100%	No
Enterprise Gas Processing LLC, a	Limited Liability Company	Delaware	Borrower - 100%	Yes
Enterprise Lou-Tex NGL Pipeline L.P.	Limited Partnership	Texas	Borrower - 99.0% HSC Pipeline Partnership L.P. - 1.0%	No
Enterprise Lou-Tex Propylene Pipeline L.P.	Limited Partnership	Texas	Borrower - 99% Propylene Pipeline Partnership L.P. - 1.0%	No
Enterprise NGL Pipelines, LLC	Limited Liability Company	Delaware	Borrower - 100%	No
Enterprise NGL Private Lines & Storage LLC	Limited Liability Company	Delaware	Borrower - 100%	No
Enterprise Norco LLC	Limited Liability Company	Delaware	Enterprise Gas Processing, LLC - 100%	No
Enterprise Offshore Development, LLC	Limited Liability Company	Delaware	Moray Pipeline Company, LLC - 100%	No
Enterprise Products GTM, LLC	Limited Liability Company	Delaware	Enterprise Products Operating L.P. - 100%	No
Enterprise Products Texas Operating, L.P.	Limited Partnership	Texas	Borrower - 99.0% Enterprise Products Partners L.P. - 1.0%	Yes

Schedule 3.12 – Page 1

Name of Subsidiary	Type of Entity	Jurisdiction of Formation	Effective Ownership by the Borrower or a Subsidiary	Material Subsidiary
Enterprise Terminalling L.P.	Limited Partnership		Borrower - 99.0% Enterprise Gas Liquids LLC 1.0%	No
Enterprise Terminals & Storage, LLC	Limited Liability Company	Delaware	Mapletree, LLC - 100%	No
Evangeline Gulf Coast Gas, LLC	Limited Liability Company	Delaware	Acadian Gas, LLC - 100%	No
Grande Isle Pipeline LLC	Limited Liability Company	Delaware	Borrower - 100%	No
HSC Pipeline Partnership, L.P.	Limited Partnership	Texas	Borrower - 99.0% Enterprise Products Partners L.P. - 1.0%	No
MCN Acadian Gas Pipeline, LLC	Limited Liability Company	Delaware	Acadian Gas, LLC - 100%	No
MCN Pelican Interstate Gas, LLC	Limited Liability Company	Delaware	Acadian Gas, LLC - 100%	No
MCN Pelican Transmission LLC	Limited Liability Company	Delaware	Borrower - 100%	No
Mapletree, LLC	Limited Liability Company	Delaware	Borrower - 98.0% Third Party - 2.0%	Yes
Mid-America Pipeline Company, LLC	Limited Liability Company	Delaware	Mapletree, LLC - 100%	Yes
Moray Pipeline Company, LLC	Limited Liability Company	Delaware	Borrower - 100%	No
Neches Pipeline System	General Partnership	Texas	TXO-Acadian Gas Pipeline, LLC - 50% MCN-Acadian Gas Pipeline, LLC - 50%	No
Norco-Tends Pipeline, LLC	Limited Liability Company	Delaware	Enterprise NGL Private Lines & Storage, LLC - 100%
Olefins Terminal Corporation	Corporation	Delaware	Borrower - 50% Third Party - 50%	No
Ponchatrain Natural Gas System	General Partnership	Texas	TXO-Acadian Gas Pipeline, LLC - 50% MCN-Acadian Gas Pipeline, LLC - 50%	No
Port Neches GP, LLC	Limited Liability Company		Borrower - 100%	No
Port Neches Pipeline L.P.	Limited Partnership		Borrower - 99.0% Port Neches GP, LLC - 1.0%	No
Propylene Pipeline Partnership, L.P.	Limited Partnership	Texas	Borrower - 99.0% Enterprise Products Partners L.P. - 1.0%	No
Sabine Propylene Pipeline L.P.	Limited Partnership	Texas	Borrower - 99% Propylene Pipeline Partnership L.P. - 1%	No
Sailfish Pipeline Company, LLC	Limited Liability Company	Delaware	Borrower - 100%	No
Seminole Pipeline Company	Corporation	Delaware	E-Oaktree - 80.0% Third Parties - 20%	Yes
Sorrento Pipeline Company, LLC	Limited Liability Company	Texas	Borrower - 100%	No
TXO-Acadian Gas Pipleine, LLC	Limited Liability Company	Delaware	Borrower - 100%	No
Tejas-Magnolia Energy, LLC	Limited Liability Company	Delaware	Ponchatrain Natural Gas System - 96.6% MCN-Pelican Interstate Gas, LLC - 3.4%	No
Wilprise Pipeline Company, LLC	Limited Liability Company	Delaware	Borrower - 74.7%	No
Venice Pipeline LLC	Limited Liability Company	Delaware	Borrower - 100%	No

Schedule 3.12 – Page 2

Schedule 6.01

Existing Indebtedness of Subsidiaries

Note Agreement dated as of December 1, 1993, by and between Seminole Pipeline Company and the Purchasers named therein; Re: $75,000,000 6.67% Senior Notes Due December 1, 2005

Schedule 6.06

Restrictive Agreements

None

EXHIBIT A

FORM OF

ASSIGNMENT AND ACCEPTANCE

        Reference is made to the Interim Term Loan Agreement dated as of December 12, 2003 (as amended and in effect on the date hereof, the “Loan Agreement”), among Enterprise Products Operating L.P., the Lenders named therein and Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., as Administrative Agent for the Lenders. Terms defined in the Loan Agreement are used herein with the same meanings.

        The Assignor named herein sells and assigns, without recourse, to the Assignee named herein, and the Assignee hereby purchases and assumes, without recourse, from the Assignor, effective as of the Assignment Date set forth herein, the interests set forth herein (the “Assigned Interest”) in the Assignor’s rights and obligations under the Loan Agreement, including, without limitation, the interests set forth herein in the Commitment of the Assignor on the Assignment Date and Loans owing to the Assignor which are outstanding on the Assignment Date, held by the Assignor on the Assignment Date, but excluding accrued interest and fees to and excluding the Assignment Date. The Assignee hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Loan Agreement. From and after the Assignment Date (i) the Assignee shall be a party to and be bound by the provisions of the Loan Agreement and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest, have the rights and obligations of a Lender thereunder and (ii) the Assignor shall, to the extent of the Assigned Interest, relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under the Loan Agreement.

        This Assignment and Acceptance is being delivered to the Administrative Agent together with (i) if the Assignee is a Foreign Lender, any documentation required to be delivered by the Assignee pursuant to Section 2.17(e) of the Loan Agreement, duly completed and executed by the Assignee, and (ii) if the Assignee is not already a Lender under the Loan Agreement, an Administrative Questionnaire in the form supplied by the Administrative Agent, duly completed by the Assignee. The [Assignee/Assignor] shall pay the fee payable to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.04(b) of the Loan Agreement.

        This Assignment and Acceptance shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

Date of Assignment:

Legal Name of Assignor:

Legal Name of Assignee:

Assignee’s Address for Notices:

Effective Date of Assignment
(“Assignment Date”):

A-1

Facility	Principal Amount Assigned	Percentage Assigned of Facility/Commitment (set forth, to at least 8 decimals, as a percentage of the Facility and the aggregate Commitments of all Lenders thereunder)
Commitment Assigned:	$	%
Loans:

The terms set forth above are hereby agreed to:

[Name of Assignor], as Assignor
By:
	Name:
	Title:
[Name of Assignee], as Assignee
By:
	Name:
	Title:

A-2

The undersigned hereby consent to the within assignment:

Enterprise Products Operating L.P.		Lehman Commercial Paper Inc.,
		as Administrative Agent
By:	Enterprise Products OLPGP, Inc.,
	General Partner
By:		By:
	Name:		Name:
	Title:		Title:

A-3

EXHIBIT B

FORM OF BORROWING REQUEST

Dated __________

Lehman Commercial Paper Inc.
as Administrative Agent
Loan Portfolio Group
745 Seventh Avenue
19th Floor, New York, NY 10019
Attention: Francis Chang

Ladies and Gentlemen:

        This Borrowing Request is delivered to you by Enterprise Products Operating L.P. (the “Borrower”), a Delaware limited partnership, under Section 2.03 of the Interim Term Loan Agreement dated as of December 12, 2003 (as restated, amended, modified, supplemented and in effect, the “Loan Agreement”), by and among the Borrower, the Lenders party thereto, and Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., as Administrative Agent.

        1.    The Company hereby requests that the Lenders make a term Loan or Loans in the aggregate principal amount of $______________ (the “Loan” or the “Loans”).¹

        2.    The Company hereby requests that the Loan or Loans be made on the following Business Day:²

        3.    The Company hereby acknowledges that initially the Loan or Loans shall bear interest at the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Margin.

        4.    The Company hereby requests that the funds from the Loan or Loans be disbursed to the following bank account: ______________________________.

        5.    After giving effect to the requested Loan, the sum of the Exposures outstanding as of the date hereof (including the requested Loans) does not exceed the maximum amount permitted to be outstanding pursuant to the terms of the Loan Agreement.

        6.    All of the conditions applicable to the Loans requested herein as set forth in the Loan Agreement have been satisfied as of the date hereof and will remain satisfied to the date of such Loans.

________________________
¹Complete with an amount in accordance with Section 2.03 of the Loan Agreement.
²Comlpete with a Business Day in accordance with Section 2.03 of the Loan Agreement.

B-1

        7.    All capitalized undefined terms used herein have the meanings assigned thereto in the Loan Agreement.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Borrowing Request this _____ day of____________,_____.

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING L.P.
By:	Enterprise Products OLPGP, Inc., its General Partner
	By:
	Name:
	Title:

B-2

EXHIBIT C

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

C-1

EXHIBIT D

FORM OF
INTEREST ELECTION REQUEST

Dated _____________

Lehman Commercial Paper Inc.
as Administrative Agent
Global Leveraged Finance
745 Seventh Avenue
19th Floor, New York, NY 10019
Attention: Francis Chang

Ladies and Gentlemen:

        This irrevocable Interest Election Request (the “Request”) is delivered to you under Section 2.08 of the Interim Term Loan Agreement dated as of December 12, 2003 (as restated, amended, modified, supplemented and in effect from time to time, the “Loan Agreement”), by and among Enterprise Products Operating L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “Company”), the Lenders party thereto (the “Lenders”), and Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., as Administrative Agent.

1. This Interest Election Request is submitted for the purpose of:

(a) ¹[Converting] [Continuing] a ____________ Loan [into] [as] a ____________ Loan.

(b) The aggregate outstanding principal balance of such Loan is $______________.

(c) The last day of the current Interest Period for such Loan is _____________.²

(d) The principal amount of such Loan to be [converted] [continued] is $_____________.³

(e) The requested effective date of the [conversion] [continuation] of such Loan is _______________.⁴

______________________________
¹Delete the bracketed language and insert “Alternate Base Rate” or “LIBO Rate”, as applicable, in each blank.
²Insert applicable date for any Eurodollar Loan being converted or continued.
³Complete with an amount in compliance with Section 2.08 of the Loan Agreement.

D-1

(f) The requested Interest Period applicable to the [converted] [continued] Loan is ____________________.⁵

2. With respect to a Borrowing to be converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Borrowing, no Event of Default exists, and none will exist upon the conversion or continuation of the Borrowing requested herein.

3. All capitalized undefined terms used herein have the meanings assigned thereto in the Loan Agreement.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Interest Election Request this _____ day of_______________, _____.

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING L.P.
By:	Enterprise Products OLPGP, Inc., its General Partner
	By:
	Name:
	Title:

⁴Complete with a Business Day in compliance with Section 2.08 of the Loan Agreement.
⁵Complete for each Eurodollar Loan in compliance with the definition of the term “Interest Period” specified in Section 1.01.

D-2

EXHIBIT E

FORM OF
OPINION OF BRACEWELL & PATTERSON LLP,
COUNSEL FOR THE BORROWER AND THE LIMITED PARTNER

E-1

EXHIBIT F

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

        The undersigned hereby certifies that he is the ____________________________ of ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, general partner of ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “Borrower”), and that as such he is authorized to execute this certificate on behalf of the Borrower. With reference to the Interim Term Loan Agreement dated as of December 12, 2003 (as restated, amended, modified, supplemented and in effect from time to time, the “Agreement”), among the Borrower, Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., as Administrative Agent, for the lenders (the “Lenders”), which are or become a party thereto, and such Lenders, the undersigned represents and warrants as follows (each capitalized term used herein having the same meaning given to it in the Agreement unless otherwise specified);

(a) [There currently does not exist any Default under the Agreement.] [Attached hereto is a schedule specifying the details of [a] certain Default[s] which exist under the Agreement and the action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.]

(b) Attached hereto are the detailed computations necessary to determine whether the Borrower is in compliance with Sections 6.07(a) and (b) of the Agreement as of the end of the [fiscal quarter][fiscal year] ending ________________.

        EXECUTED AND DELIVERED this ____ day of _________________, 20__.

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING L.P.
By:	Enterprise Products OLPGP, Inc., its General Partner
	By:
	Name:
	Title:

F-1

EXHIBIT G

FORM OF NOTE
(Interim Term Loan Facility)

$_____________ _______, 2003

        ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “Borrower”), for value received, promises and agrees to pay to ______________________________ (the “Lender”), or order, at the payment office of LEHMAN COMMERCIAL PAPER INC., as Administrative Agent, at 745 Seventh Avenue, 19th Floor, New York, NY 10019, the principal sum of ______________________________ AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($_____________), or such lesser amount as shall equal the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Loans owed to the Lender under the Loan Agreement, as hereafter defined, in lawful money of the United States of America and in immediately available funds, on the dates and in the principal amounts provided in the Loan Agreement, and to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount as provided in the Loan Agreement for such Loans, at such office, in like money and funds, for the period commencing on the date of each such Loan until such Loan shall be paid in full, at the rates per annum and on the dates provided in the Loan Agreement.

        This note evidences the Loans owed to the Lender under that certain Interim Term Loan Agreement dated as of December 12, 2003, by and among the Borrower, Lehman Commercial Paper Inc., as Administrative Agent, and the other financial institutions parties thereto (including the Lender) (such Loan Agreement, together with all amendments or supplements thereto, being the “Loan Agreement”), and shall be governed by the Loan Agreement. Capitalized terms used in this note and not defined in this note, but which are defined in the Loan Agreement, have the respective meanings herein as are assigned to them in the Loan Agreement.

        The Lender is hereby authorized by the Borrower to endorse on Schedule A (or a continuation thereof) attached to this note, the Type of each Loan owed to the Lender, the amount and date of each payment or prepayment of principal of each such Loan received by the Lender and the Interest Periods and interest rates applicable to each Loan, provided that any failure by the Lender to make any such endorsement shall not affect the obligations of the Borrower under the Loan Agreement or under this note in respect of such Loans.

        This note may be held by the Lender for the account of its applicable lending office and, except as otherwise provided in the Loan Agreement, may be transferred from one lending office of the Lender to another lending office of the Lender from time to time as the Lender may determine.

G-1

        Except only for any notices which are specifically required by the Loan Agreement, the Borrower and any and all co-makers, endorsers, guarantors and sureties severally waive notice (including but not limited to notice of intent to accelerate and notice of acceleration, notice of protest and notice of dishonor), demand, presentment for payment, protest, diligence in collecting and the filing of suit for the purpose of fixing liability, and consent that the time of payment hereof may be extended and re-extended from time to time without notice to any of them. Each such person agrees that his, her or its liability on or with respect to this note shall not be affected by any release of or change in any guaranty or security at any time existing or by any failure to perfect or maintain perfection of any lien against or security interest in any such security or the partial or complete unenforceability of any guaranty or other surety obligation, in each case in whole or in part, with or without notice and before or after maturity.

        The Loan Agreement provides for the acceleration of the maturity of this note upon the occurrence of certain events and for prepayment of Loans upon the terms and conditions specified therein. Reference is made to the Loan Agreement for all other pertinent purposes.

        This Note is issued pursuant to and is entitled to the benefits of the Loan Agreement.

        It is hereby understood and agreed that Enterprise Products GP, LLC, the general partner of the Borrower, shall have no personal liability, as general partner or otherwise, for the payment of any amount owing or to be owing hereunder.

        THIS NOTE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND BE GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA FROM TIME TO TIME IN EFFECT.

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING L.P.
By:	Enterprise Products OLPGP, Inc., its General Partner
	By:
	Name:
	Title:

G-2

SCHEDULE A
TO
NOTE
(Interim Term Loan Facility)

This note evidences the Loans owed to the Lender under the Loan Agreement, in the principal amount set forth below and the applicable Interest Periods and rates for each such Loan, subject to the payments of principal set forth below:

SCHEDULE
OF
LOANS AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST

Date Interest
Period Rate Principal
Amount of
Loan Amount of
Principal
Paid or
Prepaid Interest
Paid Balance
of
Loans Notation
Made
by

EX-4

EXHIBIT 4.4

FIFTH AMENDMENT AND SUPPLEMENT
TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
(Multi-Year Revolving Credit Facility)

        THIS FIFTH AMENDMENT AND SUPPLEMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “Fifth Amendment”) is made and entered into as of the 22nd day of December, 2003, (the “Fifth Amendment Effective Date”), among ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Borrower”); WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (formerly known as First Union National Bank), as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for each of the lenders (the “Lenders”) that is a signatory or which becomes a signatory to the hereinafter defined Credit Agreement; and the Lenders party hereto.

R E C I T A L S:

        A.    On November 17, 2000, the Borrower, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent entered into a certain Credit Agreement (as amended by First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated April 19, 2001, and as further amended and supplemented by Second Amendment and Supplement to Credit Agreement dated as of April 24, 2002, and as further amended and supplemented by Third Amendment and Supplement to Credit Agreement dated as of July 31, 2002, and as further amended and supplemented by Fourth Amendment and Supplement to Credit Agreement dated as of October 30, 2003 and effective as of September 30, 2003, the “Credit Agreement”) whereby, upon the terms and conditions therein stated, the Lenders agreed to make certain Loans (as defined in the Credit Agreement) and extend certain credit to the Borrower.

        B.    The parties hereto mutually desire to further amend the Credit Agreement as hereinafter set forth.

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the Borrower, the Lenders party hereto and the Administrative Agent hereby agree as follows:

1.      Certain Definitions.

        1.1    Terms Defined Above. As used in this Fifth Amendment, the terms “Administrative Agent,” “Borrower,” “Credit Agreement,” “Fifth Amendment” and “Fifth Amendment Effective Date,” shall have the meanings indicated above.

        1.2    Terms Defined in Agreement. Unless otherwise defined herein, all terms beginning with a capital letter which are defined in the Credit Agreement shall have the same meanings herein as therein unless the context hereof otherwise requires.

2.       Amendments to Credit Agreement.

        2.1     Defined Terms.

        (a)    The term “Agreement,” as defined in Section1.02 of the Credit Agreement, is hereby amended to mean the Credit Agreement, as amended and supplemented by this Fifth Amendment and as the same may from time to time be further amended or supplemented.

        (b)    The pricing grid set forth in the definition of “Applicable Rate” as defined in Section 1.02 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

Index Debt Ratings: (Moody’s/S&P)		Eurodollar Spread	ABR Spread	Facility Fee Rate
Category 1	greater than or equal to A3/A-	0.375%	0.0%	0.125%
Category 2	greater than or equal to Baa1/BBB+	0.475%	0.0%	0.150%
Category 3	greater than or equal to Baa2/BBB	0.575%	0.0%	0.175%
Category 4	greater than or equal to Baa3/BBB-	0.750%	0.0%	0.250%
Category 5	greater than or equal to Ba1/BB+	0.950%	0.0%	0.300%
Category 6	<Ba1/BB+	1.100%	0.0%	0.400%

        2.2    Additional Defined Term. Section1.02 of the Credit Agreement is hereby further amended and supplemented by adding the following new definitions, which read in their entirety as follows:

        “Fifth Amendment” means that certain Fifth Amendment and Supplement to Credit Agreement dated as of December 22, 2003, among the Borrower, the Lenders party thereto and the Administrative Agent.

        “Fifth Amendment Effective Date” means December 22, 2003.

        2.3     Debt to EBITDA Ratio. Section 6.07(b) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

(b) Ratio of Consolidated Indebtedness to Consolidated EBITDA. The Borrower shall not permit its ratio of Consolidated Indebtedness to Consolidated EBITDA in each case for the four full fiscal quarters most recently ended (including, without limitation, the four fiscal quarter period ending December 31, 2003) to exceed:

5.25 to 1.00 as of December 31, 2003 and as of March 31, 2004; and

4.75 to 1.00 as of June 30, 2004 and as of the last day of any fiscal quarter of the Borrower thereafter.

For purposes of calculating such ratio the Project Finance Subsidiaries shall be disregarded. For purposes of this Section 6.07(b), if during any period of four fiscal quarters the Borrower or any Subsidiary acquires any Person (or any interest in any Person) or all or substantially all of the assets of any Person, the EBITDA attributable to such assets or an amount equal to the percentage of ownership of the Borrower or a Subsidiary, as the case may be, in such Person times the EBITDA of such Person, for such period determined on a pro forma basis (which determination, in each case, shall be

-2-

subject to approval of the Administrative Agent, not to be unreasonably withheld) may be included as Consolidated EBITDA for such period as if such acquisition occurred on the first day of such four fiscal quarter period; provided that during the portion of such period that follows such acquisition, the computation in respect of the EBITDA of such Person or such assets, as the case may be, shall be made on the basis of actual (rather than pro forma) results.

        2.4    Conditions Precedent. In addition to all other applicable conditions precedent contained in the Credit Agreement, the obligation of the Lenders party hereto and the Administrative Agent to enter into this Fifth Amendment shall be conditioned upon the following conditions precedent:

        (a)    The Administrative Agent shall have received a copy of this Fifth Amendment, duly completed and executed by the Borrower and the Required Lenders; and acknowledged and ratified by the Limited Partner;

        (b)    The Administrative Agent shall have received such other information, documents or instruments as it or its counsel may reasonably request.

3.       Representations and Warranties. The Borrower represents and warrants that:

        (a)    there exists no Default or Event of Default, or any condition or act which constitutes, or with notice or lapse of time or both would constitute, an Event of Default under the Credit Agreement, as hereby amended and supplemented;

        (b)    the Borrower has performed and complied with all covenants, agreements and conditions contained in the Credit Agreement, as hereby amended and supplemented, required to be performed or complied with by it; and

        (c)    the representations and warranties of the Borrower contained in the Credit Agreement, as hereby amended and supplemented, were true and correct in all material respects when made, and are true and correct in all material respects at and as of the time of delivery of this Fifth Amendment, except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date.

4.       Extent of Amendments. Except as expressly herein set forth, all of the terms, conditions, defined terms, covenants, representations, warranties and all other provisions of the Credit Agreement are herein ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

5.       Counterparts. This Fifth Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, and it shall not be necessary that the signatures of all parties hereto be contained on any one counterpart hereof; each counterpart shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and same instrument.

6.       References. On and after the Fifth Amendment Effective Date, the terms “Agreement,” “hereof,” “herein,” “hereunder,” and terms of like import when used in the Credit Agreement

-3-

shall, except where the context otherwise requires, refer to the Credit Agreement, as amended and supplemented by this Fifth Amendment.

7.       Governing Law. This Fifth Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York and applicable federal law.

        THIS FIFTH AMENDMENT, THE CREDIT AGREEMENT, AS AMENDED HEREBY, THE NOTES AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES

      THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

        This Fifth Amendment shall benefit and bind the parties hereto, as well as their respective assigns, successors, heirs and legal representatives.

[Signatures Begin on Next Page]

-4-

        EXECUTED as of the Fifth Amendment Effective Date.

BORROWER:
ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING L.P.
By:	Enterprise Products OLPGP, Inc., General Partner
By:	/s/ W. Randall Fowler
	Name:  W. Randall Fowler Title:    Vice President and Treasurer
LENDERS AND AGENTS:
WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (formerly known as First Union National Bank), Individually and as Administrative Agent
By:	/s/ Russell Clingman
	Name:  Russell Clingman Title:    Director
BANK ONE, NA (Main Office - Chicago), Individually and as Documentation Agent
By:	/s/ Kenneth J. Fatur
	Name:  Kenneth J. Fatur Title:    Director, Capital Markets
BANK OF TOKYO-MITSUBISHI, LTD., HOUSTON AGENCY, Individually and as Co- Agent
By:	/s/ John W. McGhee
	Name:  John W. McGhee Title:    Vice President & Manager

-5-

SUNTRUST BANK, Individually and as Co-Agent
By:	/s/ David J. Edge
	Name:  David J. Edge Title:    Director
WESTLB AG, NEW YORK BRANCH, Individually and as Co-Agent
By:	/s/ Salvatore Battinelli
	Name:  Salvatore Battinelli Title:    Managing Director
By:	/s/ Jeffrey S. Davidson
	Name:  Jeffrey S. Davidson Title:    Associate Director
FLEET NATIONAL BANK, Individually and as Managing Agent
By:	/s/ Mark Serie
	Name:  Mark Serice Title:    Vice President
MIZUHO CORPORATE BANK, Ltd., Individually and as Managing Agent
By:	/s/ Jun Shimmachi
	Name:  Jun Shimmachi Title:    Vice President

NATIONAL AUSTRALIA BANK LIMITED, A.C.N. 004044937, Individually and as Managing Agent
By:
	Name:
	Title:

-6-

THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA
By:	/s/ N. Bell
	Name:  N. Bell Title:    Senior Manager
BAYERISCHE HYPO-UND VEREINSBANK AG, NEW YORK BRANCH
By:	/s/ Y. Dankmer
	Name:  Yoran Dankmer Title:    Mrg. Dir.
By:	/s/ S. Beverle
	Name:  Sebastian Beverle Title:    Associate Director
CITIBANK, N.A.
By:	/s/ Todd J. Mogil
	Name:  Todd J. Mogil Title:    Attorney-in-Fact

DEN NORSKE BANK ASA
By:	/s/ Peter M. Dodge	/s/ Nils Fykse
	Name:  Peter M. Dodge Title:    First Vice President	Nils Fykse Senior Vice President

GUARANTY BANK
By:	/s/ Jim R. Hamilton
	Name:  Jim R. Hamilton Title:    Senior Vice President
HIBERNIA NATIONAL BANK
By:	/s/ Nancy G. Moragas
	Name:  Nancy G. Moragas Title:    Vice President

-7-

ROYAL BANK OF CANADA
By:	/s/ Tom J. Oberaigner
	Name:  Tom J. Oberaigner Title:    Attorney-in-Fact

-8-

ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND RATIFICATION OF GUARANTOR

        The undersigned (“Guarantor”) hereby expressly (i)acknowledges the terms of the foregoing Fifth Amendment and Supplement to Credit Agreement; (ii)ratifies and affirms its obligations under its Guaranty Agreement dated as of November 17, 2000, in favor of the Administrative Agent; (iii)acknowledges, renews and extends its continued liability under said Guaranty Agreement and Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guaranty Agreement remains in full force and effect; and (iv) guarantees to the Administrative Agent the prompt payment when due of all amounts owing or to be owing by it under its Guaranty Agreement pursuant to the terms and conditions thereof, as modified hereby.

        The foregoing acknowledgment and ratification of the undersigned Guarantor shall be evidenced by signing the spaces provided below, to be effective as of the Fifth Amendment Effective Date.

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P., a Delaware limited partnership
By:	Enterprise Products GP, LLC, General Partner
By:	/s/ W. Randall Fowler
	Name:  W. Randall Fowler Title:    Vice President & Treasurer

-9-

EX-10

EXHIBIT 10.1

FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED
ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AGREEMENT
(formerly called, EPCO AGREEMENT)

by and among

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS COMPANY

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING L.P.

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS GP, LLC

and

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OLPGP, INC.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE 1: DEFINITIONS

1.1	Definitions	1
1.2	Construction	2
ARTICLE 2: SERVICES
2.1	Services; Term	2
2.2	Compensation	2
2.3	Dispute Regarding Services or Calculation of Costs	3
2.4	Invoices	3
2.5	Disputes; Default	3
2.6	Input	3
2.7	Limitation	3
2.8	Representations Regarding Use of Services	4
2.9	Warranty; Limitation of Liability	4
2.10	Force Majeure	4
2.11	Affiliates	4
ARTICLE 3: USE OF NAME AND MARK
3.1	Grant of License	4
3.2	Use	4
3.3	Variations	5
3.4	Nontransferable	5
3.5	Indemnity	5
3.6	Termination	5
ARTICLE 4: INDEMNIFICATION
4.1	Indemnification	5
4.2	Indemnification Procedures	6
ARTICLE 5: OTHER AGREEMENTS
5.1	Prohibited Activities	6
5.2	Insurance Matters	6
5.3	Common Carrier Transportation Contract	7
5.4	Sublease of Equipment	7
5.5	Agreement Regarding Certain Assets Retained By EPCO	7
ARTICLE 6: MISCELLANEOUS
6.1	Choice of Law; Submission to Jurisdiction	7
6.2	Notices	7
6.3	Entire Agreement; Supersedure	8

i

6.4	Effect of Waiver of Consent	8
6.5	Amendment or Modification	8
6.6	Assignment	8
6.7	Counterparts	8
6.8	Severability	8
6.9	Further Assurances	8
6.10	Withholding or Granting of Consent	8
6.11	U.S. Currency	9
6.12	Laws and Regulations	9
6.13	Negation of Rights of Third Parties	9

Attachment I   Defined Terms

ii

FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED
ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AGREEMENT

        THIS FIRST AMENDED AND RESTATED ADMINISTRATIVE SERVICES AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into effective as of January 1, 2004 (the “Effective Date”) by and among Enterprise Products Company, a Texas corporation (“EPCO”), Enterprise Product Partners L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “MLP”), Enterprise Products Operating L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (the “OLP”), Enterprise Products GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Enterprise GP”), and Enterprise Products OLPGP, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Enterprise OLPGP” and collectively with Enterprise GP, the “General Partner”).

R E C I T A L S

        The purpose of this Agreement is to amend and restate, in its entirety, the EPCO Agreement, dated as of July 31, 1998, among the parties hereto (other than Enterprise OLPGP).

        Effective as of December 10, 2003, Enterprise OLPGP succeeded Enterprise GP as the general partner of the OLP.

        EPCO, the MLP, the OLP and the General Partner desire, by their execution of this Agreement, to evidence their understanding, as more fully set forth in Article 2 of this Agreement, with respect to the terms and conditions upon which EPCO and its Affiliates will provide certain services to the General Partner on and after the Effective Date.

        EPCO, the MLP, the OLP and the General Partner desire by their execution of this Agreement to evidence their understanding, as more fully set forth in Article 3 of this Agreement, with respect to the use of EPCO’s Name and Mark by the MLP and the OLP.

        EPCO, the MLP, the OLP and the General Partner desire by their execution of this Agreement to evidence their understanding, as more fully set forth in Article 4 of this Agreement, with respect to certain indemnification obligations of EPCO in favor of the Partnership Entities.

        EPCO, the MLP, the OLP and the General Partner desire by their execution of this Agreement to evidence their understanding, as more fully set forth in Article 5 of this Agreement, with respect to a variety of additional matters.

A G R E E M E N T S

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants, conditions, and agreements contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1: DEFINITIONS

        1.1    Definitions. The definitions listed on Attachment I shall be for all purposes, unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary, applied to the terms used in this Agreement.

Any other capitalized term that is used but not defined herein shall have the meaning given such term in the MLP Agreement.

        1.2    Construction. Unless the context requires otherwise: (a) any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa; (b) references to Articles and Sections refer to Articles and Sections of this Agreement; and (c) “include” or “includes” means includes, without limitation, and “including” means including, without limitation.

ARTICLE 2: SERVICES

        2.1    Services; Term. During the period beginning on the Effective Date and ending on July 31, 2008, subject to the terms of this Article 2 and in exchange for the reimbursement described in Section 2.2, EPCO hereby agrees to provide the Partnership Entities with the following services (collectively, the “Services”):

(a) such management and operating services (other than SGA Services) as may be necessary to manage and operate the business, properties and assets of the Partnership Entities in substantially the same manner that such business, properties and assets have been managed and operated by EPCO and its Affiliates prior to the Effective Date; it being understood and agreed by the Parties that in connection with the provision of such management and operating services EPCO shall employ or otherwise retain the services of such personnel as may be necessary to cause the business, properties and assets of the Partnership Entities to be so managed and operated; and

(b) such selling, general and administrative services (the “SGA Services”) as may be reasonably necessary to cause the business of the Partnership Entities to be conducted in substantially the same manner in which EPCO’s business was conducted prior to July 31, 1998.

All Services provided by EPCO or its Affiliates hereunder shall be substantially identical in nature and quality to the services of such type provided by EPCO and its Affiliates with respect to the business, properties and assets of the Partnership Entities during the one year period prior to the Effective Date. In addition, EPCO shall use reasonable care in providing the Services.

        2.2    Compensation. As compensation for the provision by EPCO to the Partnership Entities of the Services, EPCO shall be entitled to receive, and the Partnership Entities agree to pay to EPCO, an amount equal to the sum of all costs and expenses (direct or indirect) incurred by EPCO and its Affiliates which are directly or indirectly related to the business or activities of the Partnership Entities (including, without limitation, expenses, direct or indirect, reasonably allocated to the Partnership Entities by EPCO). The aggregate amount payable by the Partnership Entities to EPCO pursuant to this Section 2.2 with respect to a given period of time shall be referred to herein as the “Administrative Services Fee”. In addition, the Partnership Entities shall pay all sales, use, excise, value added or similar taxes, if any, that may be applicable from time to time in respect of the Services provided to it by EPCO.

-2-

        2.3    Dispute Regarding Services or Calculation of Costs. Should there be a dispute over the nature or quality of the Services or the calculation of the Administrative Services Fee relating to the Services, EPCO and the Partnership Entities agree that the prior practice of EPCO with respect to the Services previously provided with respect to the business, properties and assets of the Partnership Entities or the calculation of the Administrative Services Fee relating to such Services, as determined from the books and records of EPCO and its Affiliates, shall be conclusive as to the nature and quality of the Services and the reasonableness of the calculation of the Administrative Services Fee relating to such Services, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties hereto recognize that prior to the Effective Date the Administrative Services Fee for the aggregate SGA Services was a fixed fee, as previously described in the EPCO Agreement; therefore, any dispute over the calculation of the Administrative Services Fee for any SGA Services during the period of one year following the Effective Date shall not be settled by reference to prior practice of EPCO with respect to such SGA Services, but shall be settled in the sole discretion of the Audit and Conflicts Committee.

        2.4    Invoices. EPCO shall invoice the OLP on or before the last day of each month for the estimated Administrative Services Fee for the next succeeding month, plus or minus any adjustment necessary to correct prior estimated billings to actual billings. All invoices shall be due and payable on the last day of the month of the invoice. Upon request of any of the Partnership Entities, EPCO shall furnish in reasonable detail a description of the Services performed during any month.

        2.5    Disputes; Default. Notwithstanding any provision of this Article 2 to the contrary, should the Partnership Entities fail to pay EPCO when due any amounts owing to EPCO in respect of the Services, EPCO may, except as set forth in the third succeeding sentence, upon 30 days’ notice to the Partnership Entities, terminate this Article 2 as to those Services that relate to the unpaid portion of the invoice. Should there be a dispute as to the propriety of invoiced amounts, the Partnership Entities shall pay all undisputed amounts on each invoice, but shall be entitled to withhold payment of any amount in dispute and shall promptly notify EPCO of such disputed amount. EPCO shall provide the Partnership Entities with records relating to the disputed amount so as to enable the parties to resolve the dispute. So long as the parties are attempting in good faith to resolve the dispute, EPCO shall not be entitled to terminate the Services that relate to the disputed amount.

        2.6    Input. Any records, information or other input from the Partnership Entities that is necessary for EPCO to perform any Services shall be submitted to EPCO by the Partnership Entities in a manner consistent with the practices utilized by EPCO and its Affiliates during the one year period prior to the Effective Date, which manner shall not be altered except by mutual agreement of the parties. If the Partnership Entities’ failure to supply such input renders EPCO’s performance of any Services unreasonably difficult, EPCO, upon reasonable notice to the Partnership Entities, may refuse to perform such Services.

        2.7    Limitation. The Partnership Entities acknowledge that the Services shall be provided only with respect to the business of the Partnership Entities as operated on the Effective Date or as otherwise mutually agreed by EPCO and the Partnership Entities. EPCO shall not be required to perform any Services for the benefit of any Person other than the Partnership Entities.

-3-

        2.8    Representations Regarding Use of Services. Each of the Partnership Entities represents and agrees that it will use the Services only in accordance with all applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations, and in accordance with the reasonable conditions, rules, regulations, and specifications that may be set forth in any manuals, materials, documents, or instructions furnished from time to time by the Partnership Entities to EPCO or by EPCO to the Partnership Entities. EPCO reserves the right to take all actions, including, without limitation, termination of any particular Services, that EPCO reasonably believes to be necessary to assure compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

        2.9    Warranty; Limitation of Liability. The Services shall be of the same or similar quality as those provided by EPCO with respect to the business, properties and assets of the Partnership Entities during the one-year period prior to the Effective Date. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE IMMEDIATELY PRECEDING SENTENCE, EPCO MAKES NO (AND HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND NEGATES ANY AND ALL) WARRANTIES OR REPRESENTATIONS WHATSOEVER, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, WITH RESPECT TO THE SERVICES. IN NO EVENT SHALL EPCO OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES BE LIABLE TO ANY OF THE PARTNERSHIP ENTITIES OR ANY OTHER PERSON FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, OR SPECIAL DAMAGES RESULTING FROM ANY ERROR IN THE PERFORMANCE OF SERVICES, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER EPCO, ITS AFFILIATES, OR OTHERS WHO MAY BE WHOLLY, CONCURRENTLY, PARTIALLY, OR SOLELY NEGLIGENT OR OTHERWISE AT FAULT.

        2.10    Force Majeure. EPCO shall have no obligation to perform the Services if its failure to do so is caused by or results from any act of God, governmental action, natural disaster, strike, failure of essential equipment, or any other cause or circumstance, whether similar or dissimilar to the foregoing causes or circumstances, beyond the reasonable control of EPCO.

        2.11    Affiliates. At its election, EPCO may cause one or more of its Affiliates or third party contractors reasonably acceptable to the Partnership Entities to provide the Services; however, EPCO shall remain responsible for the provision of the Services in accordance with this Agreement.

ARTICLE 3: USE OF NAME AND MARK

        3.1    Grant of License. EPCO hereby grants to each of the General Partner, the MLP and the OLP and the other Partnership Entities, but only so long as such other Partnership Entities are Affiliates of the MLP (individually, a “Licensee”), and each Licensee hereby accepts, a nontransferable, nonexclusive royalty-free right and license to use the Name and Mark in connection with the business conducted by each such Licensee.

        3.2    Use. All use of and reference to the Name and Mark by each Licensee shall be generally approved by EPCO prior to such use or reference, and all such use and reference shall conform with such instructions and quality standards as EPCO from time to time may issue. In no event shall use of or reference to the Name and Mark be inconsistent in form or content with the sole ownership of the Name and Mark by EPCO. All use of the Name and Mark by each Licensee, its agents, servants, employees and vendees, shall inure solely to the benefit of EPCO.

-4-

EPCO shall have the right to make inspection of Licensee’s services rendered in connection with the Name and Mark to protect the goodwill of EPCO associated with the Name and Mark.

        3.3    Variations. No Licensee shall adopt and commence using any variations of the Name and Mark, or any other names and marks confusingly similar thereto, without the prior approval of EPCO.

        3.4    Nontransferable. The license granted to each Licensee to use the Name and Mark is not assignable or transferable, and it shall not inure to the benefit of any other Person, including, without limitation, a trustee in bankruptcy or any other successor to any Licensee, whether by operation of law or otherwise.

        3.5    Indemnity. Each Licensee agrees to be solely responsible for and to defend and indemnify EPCO from and against any and all claims, demands and causes of action, and all costs, liabilities, expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorney’s fees), damages or judgments sustained in connection therewith, arising out of, resulting from or related to the use of the Name and Mark by such Licensee, its agents, servants, employees and representatives, even if such claim, demand or cause of action is based on the sole, partial or concurrent negligence of EPCO, except that EPCO shall defend and indemnify each Licensee from and against all claims, demands or causes of action for trademark infringement arising from the use of the Name and Mark by such Licensee. If requested by EPCO, such Licensee shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to EPCO to represent EPCO, and such Licensee shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel relating to such claim, demand, or cause of action. EPCO shall be consulted with respect to all matters concerning such claim, demand, or cause of action, and settlement of such claim, demand, or cause of action shall not be made without the prior written approval of EPCO.

        3.6    Termination. The license granted by this Article 3 shall terminate automatically upon the expiration of the Applicable Period. As promptly as practicable (but in no event more than 180 days) following the termination of this license, each Licensee shall cease all use of the Name and Mark and any and all other names and marks confusingly similar thereto. Termination of the license shall not terminate each Licensee’s continuing obligation of indemnification under Section 3.5.

ARTICLE 4: INDEMNIFICATION

        4.1    Indemnification. From and after the date hereof and subject to the remaining provisions of this Article 4, EPCO shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Partnership Entities from and against any loss, cost, claim, liability, prepayment or similar penalty, damage, expense, attorneys fees, judgment, award or settlement of any kind or nature whatsoever (other than out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by the Partnership Entities in connection with the discharge of their obligations pursuant to Section 4.2(b)) (collectively, “Losses”) incurred by the Partnership Entities in connection with the Excluded Liabilities; provided, however, in no event shall such indemnification obligation, or the term “Losses,” cover or include consequential, indirect, or incidental damages or lost profits suffered by the Partnership Entities in connection with the Excluded Liabilities, except to the extent such consequential, indirect or incidental damages or lost profits are actually paid to a third party.

-5-

        4.2     Indemnification Procedures.

(a) EPCO shall have the right to control all aspects of the defense of any claims (and any counterclaims) related to the Excluded Liabilities, including, without limitation, the selection of counsel, determination of whether to appeal any decision of any court and the settling of any such matter or any issues relating thereto; provided, however, that no such settlement shall be entered into without the consent of the Partnership Entities unless (i) it includes a full release of the Partnership Entities from such matter or issues, as the case may be or (ii) following such settlement there is no realistic scenario under which the Partnership Entities could be held liable for such matter or issues.

(b) The Partnership Entities agree, at their own cost and expense, to cooperate fully with EPCO with respect to all aspects of the defense of any claims related to the Excluded Liabilities, including, without limitation, the prompt furnishing to EPCO of any correspondence or other notice relating thereto that the Partnership Entities may receive, permitting the names of the Partnership Entities to be utilized in connection with such defense and the making available to EPCO of any files, records or other information of the Partnership Entities that EPCO considers relevant to such defense; provided, however, that in connection therewith EPCO agrees to use reasonable efforts to minimize the impact thereof on the operations of such Partnership Entities. In no event shall the obligation of the Partnership Entities to cooperate with EPCO as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence be construed as imposing upon the Partnership Entities an obligation to hire and pay for counsel in connection with the defense of any claims related to the Excluded Litigation.

ARTICLE 5: OTHER AGREEMENTS

        5.1    Prohibited Activities. During the Applicable Period, EPCO agrees that it will not, and will cause its Affiliates not to, engage in any Restricted Activity, unless (a) notice of the opportunity to engage in such Restricted Activity has first been given by EPCO to the Partnership Entities, which notice shall describe in reasonable detail the specific Restricted Activity that EPCO or its applicable Affiliate desires to engage in, (b) the Partnership Entities have notified EPCO of their decision to permit EPCO or one of its Affiliates to undertake such Restricted Activity to the exclusion of the Partnership Entities and (c) the Audit and Conflicts Committee has approved such decision. The Partnership Entities agree to give prompt consideration to any such notice. EPCO agrees and acknowledges that the Partnership Entities do not have an adequate remedy at law for the breach by EPCO or its Affiliates of the foregoing agreement, and that any breach by EPCO or its Affiliates of the foregoing agreement would result in irreparable injury to the Partnership Entities. EPCO further agrees and acknowledges that the Partnership Entities may, in addition to the other remedies which may be available to the Partnership Entities, file a suit in equity to enjoin EPCO and its Affiliates from such breach.

        5.2    Insurance Matters. EPCO hereby agrees to cause the Partnership Entities to be named as additional insureds in EPCO’s insurance program, as in effect from time to time. Each of the Partnership Entities shall be allocated, and pay for, such insurance coverage in an amount equal to EPCO’s cost of insuring the assets and operations of such Partnership Entity, and generally in accordance with the allocations and methodology used prior to the Effective Date.

-6-

        5.3    Common Carrier Transportation Contract. Effective June 1, 1998, EPCO and the OLP entered into a Common Carrier Transportation Contract pursuant to which EPCO agreed to provide trucking and other transportation services to the OLP.

        5.4    Sublease of Equipment. Effective June 1, 1998, EPCO and the OLP entered into one or more Sublease Agreements (the “Sublease Agreements”) pursuant to which EPCO agreed to sublease certain of its equipment to the OLP. EPCO hereby assigns to the OLP all options held by EPCO to purchase any and all equipment subject to the Sublease Agreements.

        5.5    Agreement Regarding Certain Assets Retained By EPCO. With respect to any assets or properties of EPCO and/or any of its Affiliates that would have been a part of the assets and properties transferred by EPCO or such Affiliate to any of the Partnership Entities on or prior to July 31, 1998 (by operation of law or otherwise) but for the existence of prohibitions against or conditions to such transfer that, if not satisfied, would result in the breach by EPCO or one of its Affiliates of a third party agreement or would terminate or give a third party the right to terminate any rights of EPCO or such Affiliate in and to such asset or property (any such asset or property being herein referred to as a “Restricted Asset” and any such prohibition or condition being herein referred to as a “Restriction”), EPCO agrees to (a) use commercially reasonable efforts to cause such Restriction to be satisfied or waived, (b) transfer such Restricted Asset to the appropriate Partnership Entity when and if such Restriction is satisfied or waived, provided that such Restriction is satisfied or waived within 21 years of the death of the last to die of the descendants of Joseph P. Kennedy, father of the late President John F. Kennedy, who were living on July 31, 1998, and (c) pending the satisfaction or waiver of such Restriction and to the extent permitted by applicable law and the terms of any applicable contracts or agreements, and subject to any written agreements between EPCO and the Partnership Entities regarding specific Restricted Assets, hold the Restricted Assets for the benefit of and use by the Partnership Entities in order to permit the Partnership Entities to realize, receive, and enjoy rights and benefits, and bear burdens and obligations of the Restricted Assets, in each case that are substantially similar to those that the Partnership Entities would have been able to realize, receive and enjoy, or bear, as applicable, had such Restriction been satisfied or waived.

ARTICLE 6: MISCELLANEOUS

        6.1    Choice of Law; Submission to Jurisdiction. This Agreement shall be subject to and governed by the laws of the State of Texas, excluding any conflicts-of-law rule or principle that might refer the construction or interpretation of this Agreement to the laws of another state. Each party hereby submits to the jurisdiction of the state and federal courts in the State of Texas and to venue in Houston, Harris County, Texas.

        6.2    Notices. All notices or requests or consents provided for or permitted to be given pursuant to this Agreement must be in writing and must be given by depositing same in the United States mail, addressed to the Person to be notified, postpaid, and registered or certified with return receipt requested or by delivering such notice in person or by telecopier or telegram to such party. Notice given by personal delivery or mail shall be effective upon actual receipt. Notice given by telegram or telecopier shall be effective upon actual receipt if received during

-7-

the recipient’s normal business hours, or at the beginning of the recipient’s next business day after receipt if not received during the recipient’s normal business hours. All notices to be sent to a party pursuant to this Agreement shall be sent to or made at the address set forth below such party’s signature to this Agreement, or at such other address as such party may stipulate to the other parties in the manner provided in this Section 6.2.

        6.3    Entire Agreement; Supersedure. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties relating to the matters contained herein, superseding all prior contracts or agreements, whether oral or written, relating to the matters contained herein.

        6.4    Effect of Waiver of Consent. No waiver or consent, express or implied, by any party to or of any breach or default by any Person in the performance by such Person of its obligations hereunder shall be deemed or construed to be a consent or waiver to or of any other breach or default in the performance by such Person of the same or any other obligations of such Person hereunder. Failure on the part of a party to complain of any act of any Person or to declare any Person in default, irrespective of how long such failure continues, shall not constitute a waiver by such party of its rights hereunder until the applicable statute of limitations period has run.

        6.5    Amendment or Modification. This Agreement may be amended or modified from time to time only by the agreement of all the parties hereto; provided, however, that the MLP may not, without the prior approval of the Audit and Conflicts Committee, agree to any amendment or modification of this Agreement that, in the reasonable discretion of Enterprise GP, will adversely affect the Holders of Common Units.

        6.6    Assignment. No party shall have the right to assign its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the consent of the other parties hereto.

        6.7    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts with the same effect as if all signatory parties had signed the same document. All counterparts shall be construed together and shall constitute one and the same instrument.

        6.8    Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any Person or circumstance shall be held invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision to other Persons or circumstances shall not be affected thereby and shall be enforced to the greatest extent permitted by law.

        6.9    Further Assurances. In connection with this Agreement and all transactions contemplated by this Agreement, each signatory party hereto agrees to execute and deliver such additional documents and instruments and to perform such additional acts as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate, carry out and perform all of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Agreement and all such transactions.

        6.10    Withholding or Granting of Consent. Each party may, with respect to any consent or approval that it is entitled to grant pursuant to this Agreement, grant or withhold such consent or approval in its sole and uncontrolled discretion, with or without cause, and subject to such conditions as it shall deem appropriate.

-8-

        6.11    U.S. Currency. All sums and amounts payable or to be payable pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement shall be payable in coin or currency of the United States of America that, at the time of payment, is legal tender for the payment of public and private debts in the United States of America.

        6.12    Laws and Regulations. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, no party hereto shall be required to take any act, or fail to take any act, under this Agreement if the effect thereof would be to cause such party to be in violation of any applicable law, statute, rule or regulation.

        6.13    Negation of Rights of Third Parties. The provisions of this Agreement are enforceable solely by the parties to this Agreement, and no Limited Partner, Assignee or other Person shall have the right, separate and apart from the MLP or the OLP, to enforce any provision of this Agreement or to compel any party to this Agreement to comply with the terms of this Agreement.

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement on, and effective as of, the Effective Date.

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS COMPANY
By:	/s/ Michael A. Creel
	Michael A. Creel Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Address for Notice: P.O. Box 4324 Houston, Texas 77210-4324

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.
By:	ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS GP, LLC its sole general partner
	By:	/s/ Michael A. Creel
		Michael A. Creel Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Address for Notice: P.O. Box 4324 Houston, Texas 77210-4324

-9-

ENTERPRISE OPERATING PARTNERS L.P.
By:	ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OLPGP, INC., its sole general partner
	By:	/s/ Michael A. Creel
		Michael A. Creel Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Address for Notice: P.O. Box 4324 Houston, Texas 77210-4324
ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS GP, LLC
	By:	/s/ Michael A. Creel
		Michael A. Creel Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Address for Notice: P.O. Box 4324 Houston, Texas 77210-4324
ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OLPGP, INC.
	By:	/s/ Michael A. Creel
		Michael A. Creel Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Address for Notice: P.O. Box 4324 Houston, Texas 77210-4324

-10-

Attachment I

DEFINED TERMS

        “Administrative Services Fee” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2 hereto.

        “Affiliate” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in the MLP Agreement; provided, however, that for the purposes of this Agreement neither the Partnership Entities, the MLP, the OLP nor any Person controlled by the MLP or the OLP (as the term “control” is used in the definition of “Affiliate” in the MLP Agreement) shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of EPCO.

        “Agreement” shall mean this First Amended and Restated EPCO Agreement, as it may be amended, modified, or supplemented from time to time.

        “Applicable Period” shall mean the period commencing on the Effective Date and terminating on the date on which the general partner of the MLP ceases to be Enterprise Products GP, LLC or another Person that is an Affiliate of EPCO or the general partner of the OLP ceases to be Enterprise Products OLPGP, Inc. or another person that is an affiliate of EPCO.

        “Excluded Liabilities” shall mean the following liabilities and obligations:

(a) all indebtedness of EPCO and its Affiliates for borrowed money other than the Designated Indebtedness (as such term is defined in the Plan of Merger);

(b) any Retained Assets and Liabilities (as such term is defined in the Plan of Merger);

(c) all liabilities and obligations to brokers or finders arising prior to July 31, 1998, except to the extent any such liabilities and obligations were entered into in the normal and ordinary course of the day-to-day operation of the business or constitute a part of the “Underwriting Commissions and Offering Expenses” to be paid by the MLP as described in the Registration Statement under the Section entitled “Use of Proceeds”;

(d) any income tax liability of EPCO that may result from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and

(e) any liability or obligation of EPCO under any employment agreements with any of its employees or officers.

        “General Partner” shall mean Enterprise GP and Enterprise OLPGP and their successors as general partner of the MLP and the OLP, respectively, unless the context otherwise requires.

        “Licensee” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in Section 3.1.

        “Losses” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in Section 4.1.

-11-

        “MLP Agreement” shall mean that certain Third Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Enterprise Products Partners L.P., dated as of May 15, 2002, as amended, as same may be further amended from time to time.

        “Name” and “Mark” shall mean the name “Enterprise”, as described in Registration Number 1,236,995 registered on May 10, 1983 and issued by the United States Patent and Trademark Office, and the mark “Enterprise”, as described in Application Registration Number 1,292,612 registered on September 4, 1984 and issued by the United States Patent and Trademark Office.

        “Partnership Entities” shall mean the General Partner, the MLP, the OLP and any Affiliate controlled (and only so long as such Affiliates are controlled) by the General Partner, the MLP or the OLP.

        “Plan of Merger” shall mean that certain Plan of Merger dated June 1, 1998 by and among EPCO, HSC Pipeline Partnership, L.P., Chunchula Pipeline Company, LLC, Propylene Pipeline Partnership, L.P., Cajun Pipeline Company, LLC, and Enterprise Texas Operating L.P., as amended by that certain First Amendment to Plan of Merger among such parties dated effective as of June 1, 1998.

        “Restricted Activities” means the conduct within North America of the types of businesses and activities engaged in by the Partnership Entities as of May 31, 1998; provided, however, that such term shall not include any business or activities associated with the assets, properties or businesses of EPCO and its Affiliates as of July 31, 1998.

         “SGA Services” shall have the meaning attributed to such term in Section 2.1.

-12-

EX-4

EXHIBIT 4.3

FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT
(364-Day Revolving Credit Facility)

        THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “First Amendment”) is made and entered into as of the 22nd day of December, 2003, (the “First Amendment Effective Date”), among ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Borrower”); WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”) for each of the lenders (the “Lenders”) that is a signatory or which becomes a signatory to the hereinafter defined Credit Agreement; and the Lenders party hereto.

R E C I T A L S:

        A.    On October 30, 2003, the Borrower, the Lenders and the Administrative Agent entered into a certain Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) whereby, upon the terms and conditions therein stated, the Lenders agreed to make certain Loans (as defined in the Credit Agreement) and extend certain credit to the Borrower.

        B.     The parties hereto mutually desire to further amend the Credit Agreement as hereinafter set forth.

        NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the Borrower, the Lenders party hereto and the Administrative Agent hereby agree as follows:

1.       Certain Definitions.

        1.1    Terms Defined Above. As used in this First Amendment, the terms “Administrative Agent,” “Borrower,” “Credit Agreement,” “First Amendment” and “First Amendment Effective Date,” shall have the meanings indicated above.

        1.2    Terms Defined in Agreement. Unless otherwise defined herein, all terms beginning with a capital letter which are defined in the Credit Agreement shall have the same meanings herein as therein unless the context hereof otherwise requires.

2.       Amendments to Credit Agreement.

        2.1     Defined Terms.

        (a)     The term “Agreement,” as defined in Section1.02 of the Credit Agreement, is hereby amended to mean the Credit Agreement, as amended and supplemented by this First Amendment and as the same may from time to time be further amended or supplemented.

        (b)    The pricing grid set forth in the definition of “Applicable Rate” as defined in Section 1.02 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

Index Debt Ratings: (Moody’s/S&P)		Eurodollar Spread	ABR Spread	Facility Fee Rate
Category 1	greater than or equal to A3/A-	0.415%	0.0%	0.085%
Category 2	greater than or equal to Baa1/BBB+	0.525%	0.0%	0.100%
Category 3	greater than or equal to Baa2/BBB	0.625%	0.0%	0.125%
Category 4	greater than or equal to Baa3/BBB-	0.825%	0.0%	0.175%
Category 5	greater than or equal to Ba1/BB+	1.050%	0.0%	0.200%
Category 6	<Ba1/BB+	1.250%	0.0%	0.250%

        2.2    Additional Defined Term. Section1.02 of the Credit Agreement is hereby further amended and supplemented by adding the following new definitions, which read in their entirety as follows:

        “First Amendment” means that certain First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of December 22, 2003, among the Borrower, the Lenders party thereto and the Administrative Agent.

        “First Amendment Effective Date” means December 22, 2003.

        2.3    Debt to EBITDA Ratio. Section 6.07(b) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended in its entirety to read as follows:

(b) Ratio of Consolidated Indebtedness to Consolidated EBITDA. The Borrower shall not permit its ratio of Consolidated Indebtedness to Consolidated EBITDA in each case for the four full fiscal quarters most recently ended (including, without limitation, the four fiscal quarter period ending December 31, 2003) to exceed:

5.25 to 1.00 as of December 31, 2003 and as of March 31, 2004; and

4.75 to 1.00 as of June 30, 2004 and as of the last day of any fiscal quarter of the Borrower thereafter.

For purposes of calculating such ratio the Project Finance Subsidiaries shall be disregarded. For purposes of this Section 6.07(b), if during any period of four fiscal quarters the Borrower or any Subsidiary acquires any Person (or any interest in any Person) or all or substantially all of the assets of any Person, the EBITDA attributable to such assets or an amount equal to the percentage of ownership of the Borrower or a Subsidiary, as the case may be, in such Person times the EBITDA of such Person, for such period determined on a pro forma basis (which determination, in each case, shall be subject to approval of the Administrative Agent, not to be unreasonably withheld) may be included as Consolidated EBITDA for such period as if such acquisition occurred on the first day of such four fiscal quarter period; provided that during the portion of such period that follows such acquisition, the computation in respect of the EBITDA of such Person or such assets, as the case may be, shall be made on the basis of actual (rather than pro forma) results.

- 2 -

        2.4    Conditions Precedent. In addition to all other applicable conditions precedent contained in the Credit Agreement, the obligation of the Lenders party hereto and the Administrative Agent to enter into this First Amendment shall be conditioned upon the following conditions precedent:

        (a)     The Administrative Agent shall have received a copy of this First Amendment, duly completed and executed by the Borrower and the Required Lenders; and acknowledged and ratified by the Limited Partner;

        (b)     The Administrative Agent shall have received such other information, documents or instruments as it or its counsel may reasonably request.

3.       Representations and Warranties. The Borrower represents and warrants that:

        (a)     there exists no Default or Event of Default, or any condition or act which constitutes, or with notice or lapse of time or both would constitute, an Event of Default under the Credit Agreement, as hereby amended and supplemented;

        (b)     the Borrower has performed and complied with all covenants, agreements and conditions contained in the Credit Agreement, as hereby amended and supplemented, required to be performed or complied with by it; and

        (c)     the representations and warranties of the Borrower contained in the Credit Agreement, as hereby amended and supplemented, were true and correct in all material respects when made, and are true and correct in all material respects at and as of the time of delivery of this First Amendment, except to the extent such representations and warranties relate to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date.

4.       Extent of Amendments. Except as expressly herein set forth, all of the terms, conditions, defined terms, covenants, representations, warranties and all other provisions of the Credit Agreement are herein ratified and confirmed and shall remain in full force and effect.

5.       Counterparts. This First Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, and it shall not be necessary that the signatures of all parties hereto be contained on any one counterpart hereof; each counterpart shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and same instrument.

6.       References. On and after the First Amendment Effective Date, the terms “Agreement,” “hereof,” “herein,” “hereunder,” and terms of like import when used in the Credit Agreement shall, except where the context otherwise requires, refer to the Credit Agreement, as amended and supplemented by this First Amendment.

7.       Governing Law. This First Amendment shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York and applicable federal law.

        THIS FIRST AMENDMENT, THE CREDIT AGREEMENT, AS AMENDED HEREBY, THE NOTES AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE

- 3 -

FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES

        THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

        This First Amendment shall benefit and bind the parties hereto, as well as their respective assigns, successors, heirs and legal representatives.

[Signatures Begin on Next Page]

- 4 -

        EXECUTED as of the First Amendment Effective Date.

BORROWER:
ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS OPERATING L.P.
By	Enterprise Products OLPGP, Inc., General Partner
By:	/s/ W. Randall Fowler
	Name:  W. Randall Title:    Vice President & Treasurer
LENDERS AND AGENTS:
WACHOVIA BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, individually and as Administrative Agent
By	/s/ Russell Clingman
	Name:  Russell Clingman Title:    Director
BANK ONE, NA (Main Office-Chicago), individually and as Syndication Agent
By	/s/ Kenneth J. Fatur
	Name:  Kenneth J. Fatur Title:    Director, Capital Markets
ROYAL BANK OF CANADA, individually and as Co-Documentation Agent
By	/s/ Tom J. Oberaigner
	Name:  Tom J. Oberaigner Title:    Attorney-in-Fact
THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA, individually and as Co-Documentation Agent
By	/s/ N. Bell
	Name:  N. Bell Title:    Senior Manager

- 5 -

SUNTRUST BANK, individually and as Co-Documentation Agent
By	/s/ David J. Edge
	Name:  David J. Edge Title:    Director
AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAND BANKING GROUP LIMITED
By	/s/ Martin Cleaver
	Name:  Martin Cleaver Title:    Chief Operating Officer - USA
BMO NESBITT BURNS FINANCING, INC.
By	/s/ Cahal B. Carmody
	Name:  Cahal B. Carmody Title:    Vice President
BANK OF TOKYO - MITSUBISHI, LTD., HOUSTON AGENCY
By	/s/ John W. McGhee
	Name:  John W. McGhee Title:    Vice President & Manager
BARCLAYS BANK PLC
By	/s/ Nicholas A Bell
	Name:  Nicholas A. Bell Title:    Director              Loan Transaction Management
BNP PARIBAS
By	/s/ J. Onischuk
	Name:  J. Onischuk Title:    Director
By	/s/ Greg Smothers
	Name:  Greg Smothers Title:    Vice President

- 6 -

CITIBANK, N.A.
By	/s/ Todd J. Mogil
	Name:  Todd J. Mogil Title:    Attorney-in-Fact

DEN NORSKE BANK ASA
By	/s/ Peter M. Dodge	/s/ Nils Fykse
	Name:  Peter M. Dodge Title:    First Vice President	Nils Fykse Senior Vice President

FLEET NATIONAL BANK
By	/s/ Mark Serice
	Name:  Mark Serice Title:    Vice President
GUARANTY BANK
By	/s/ Jim R. Hamilton
	Name:  Jim R. Hamilton Title:    Senior Vice President
HIBERNIA NATIONAL BANK
By	/s/ Corwin Dupree
	Name:  Corwin Dupree Title:    Asst. Vice President
KEY BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
By	/s/ Keven D. Smith
	Name:  Keven D. Smith Title:    Vice President
MIZUHO CORPORATE BANK, LTD.
By	/s/ Jun Shimmachi
	Name:  Jun Shimmachi Title:    Vice President

- 7 -

	UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC
/s/ Wilfred V. Saint	By	/s/ Joselin Fernandes
Wilfred V. Saint Associate Director, Banking Products Services, US		Name:  Joselin Fernandes Title:     Associate Director, Banking Products Services, US
	WESTLB AG, NEW YORK BRANCH
	By	/s/ Salvatore Battinelli
		Name:  Salvatore Battinelli Title:    Managing Director Credit Department
	By	/s/ Jeffrey S. Davidson
		Name:  Jeffrey S. Davidson Title:    Associate Director

- 8 -

ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND RATIFICATION OF GUARANTOR

        The undersigned (“Guarantor”) hereby expressly (i)acknowledges the terms of the foregoing First Amendment and Supplement to Credit Agreement; (ii)ratifies and affirms its obligations under its Guaranty Agreement dated as of October 30, 2003, in favor of the Administrative Agent; (iii)acknowledges, renews and extends its continued liability under said Guaranty Agreement and Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guaranty Agreement remains in full force and effect; and (iv) guarantees to the Administrative Agent the prompt payment when due of all amounts owing or to be owing by it under its Guaranty Agreement pursuant to the terms and conditions thereof, as modified hereby.

        The foregoing acknowledgment and ratification of the undersigned Guarantor shall be evidenced by signing the spaces provided below, to be effective as of the First Amendment Effective Date.

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P., a Delaware limited partnership
By:	Enterprise Products GP, LLC, General Partner
By	/s/ W. Randall Fowler
	Name:  W. Randall Fowler Title:    Vice President & Treasurer

- 9 -

EX-3

EXHIBIT 3.1

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED

AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

OF

ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

As Amended by:

Amendment No. 1, dated August 7, 2002
Amendment No. 2, dated December 17, 2002
Amendment No. 3, dated December 10, 2003
Amendment No. 4, dated December 17, 2003

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS
1.1	Definitions	2
1.2	Construction	2
ARTICLE II ORGANIZATION
2.1	Formation	2
2.2	Name	2
2.3	Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other Offices	2
2.4	Purpose and Business	3
2.5	Powers	3
2.6	Power of Attorney	3
2.7	Term	4
2.8	Title to Partnership Assets	4
ARTICLE III RIGHTS OF LIMITED PARTNERS
3.1	Limitation of Liability	5
3.2	Management of Business	5
3.3	Outside Activities of the Limited Partners	5
3.4	Rights of Limited Partners	5
ARTICLE IV CERTIFICATES; RECORD HOLDERS; TRANSFER OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS; REDEMPTION OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS
4.1	Certificates	6
4.2	Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates	6
4.3	Record Holders	7
4.4	Transfer Generally	7
4.5	Registration and Transfer of Limited Partner Interests	8
4.6	Transfer of General Partner Interest	9
4.7	Restrictions on Transfers	9
4.8	Citizenship Certificates; Non-citizen Assignees	10
4.9	Redemption of Partnership Interests of Non-citizen Assignees	10
ARTICLE V CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ISSUANCE OF PARTNERSHIP INTEREST
5.1	Prior Contributions	11
5.2	Continuation of General Partner and Limited Partner Interests; Initial Offering; Issuance of
	Class A Special Units; Contributions by the General Partner	12
5.3	Contributions by the Underwriters	12
5.4	Interest and Withdrawal	13
5.5	Capital Accounts	13
5.6	Issuances of Additional Partnership Securities	15
5.7	Limitations on Issuance of Additional Partnership Securities	16
5.8	Conversion of Subordinated Units	17
5.9	Limited Preemptive Right	19
5.10	Splits and Combinations	19
5.11	Fully Paid and Non-Assessable Nature of Limited Partner Interests	20
5.12	Creation and Conversion of Class A Special Units	20

i

5.13	Creation of Class B Special Units	21
ARTICLE VI ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
6.1	Allocations for Capital Account Purposes	22
6.2	Allocations for Tax Purposes	28
6.3	Requirement and Characterization of Distributions; Distributions to Record Holders	29
6.4	Distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus	30
6.5	Distributions of Available Cash from Capital Surplus	31
6.6	Adjustment of Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution Levels	31
6.7	Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of Subordinated Units and Class A Special Units	32
6.8	Entity-Level Taxation	32
ARTICLE VII MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF BUSINESS
7.1	Management	33
7.2	Certificate of Limited Partnership	35
7.3	Restrictions on General Partner’s Authority	35
7.4	Reimbursement of the General Partner	35
7.5	Outside Activities	36
7.6	Loans from the General Partner; Loans or Contributions from the Partnership; Contracts with
	Affiliates; Certain Restrictions on the General Partner	37
7.7	Indemnification	38
7.8	Liability of Indemnitees	40
7.9	Resolution of Conflicts of Interest	40
7.10	Other Matters Concerning the General Partner	41
7.11	Purchase or Sale of Partnership Securities	42
7.12	Registration Rights of the General Partner and its Affiliates	42
7.13	Reliance by Third Parties	44
ARTICLE VIII BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS
8.1	Records and Accounting	44
8.2	Fiscal Year	44
8.3	Reports	44
ARTICLE IX TAX MATTERS
9.1	Tax Returns and Information	45
9.2	Tax Elections	45
9.3	Tax Controversies	46
9.4	Withholding	46
ARTICLE X ADMISSION OF PARTNERS
10.1	Admission of Initial Limited Partners	46
10.2	Admission of Substituted Limited Partner	46
10.3	Admission of Successor General Partner	46
10.4	Admission of Additional Limited Partners	47
10.5	Amendment of Agreement and Certificate of Limited Partnership	47
ARTICLE XI WITHDRAWAL OR REMOVAL OF PARTNERS
11.1	Withdrawal of the General Partner	47
11.2	Removal of the General Partner	49
11.3	Interest of Departing Partner and Successor General Partner	49

ii

11.4	Termination of Subordination Period, Conversion of Subordinated Units and Extinguishment of
	Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages	50
11.5	Withdrawal of Limited Partners	50
ARTICLE XII DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION
12.1	Dissolution	50
12.2	Continuation of the Business of the Partnership After Dissolution	51
12.3	Liquidator	51
12.4	Liquidation	52
12.5	Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership	53
12.6	Return of Contributions	53
12.7	Waiver of Partition	53
12.8	Capital Account Restoration	53
ARTICLE XIII AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT; MEETINGS; RECORD DATE
13.1	Amendment to be Adopted Solely by the General Partner	53
13.2	Amendment Procedures	54
13.3	Amendment Requirements	54
13.4	Special Meetings	55
13.5	Notice of a Meeting	55
13.6	Record Date	55
13.7	Adjournment	56
13.8	Waiver of Notice	56
13.9	Quorum	56
13.10	Conduct of a Meeting	56
13.11	Action Without a Meeting	57
13.12	Voting and Other Rights	57
ARTICLE XIV MERGER
14.1	Authority	57
14.2	Procedure for Merger or Consolidation	58
14.3	Approval by Limited Partners of Merger or Consolidation	58
14.4	Certificate of Merger	59
14.5	Effect of Merger	59
ARTICLE XV RIGHT TO ACQUIRE LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS
15.1	Right to Acquire Limited Partner Interests	60
ARTICLE XVI GENERAL PROVISIONS
16.1	Addresses and Notices	62
16.2	Further Action	62
16.3	Binding Effect	62
16.4	Integration	62
16.5	Creditors	62
16.6	Waiver	62
16.7	Counterparts	62
16.8	Applicable Law	62
16.9	Invalidity of Provisions	63
16.10	Consent of Partners	63
16.11	Amendments to Reflect GP Reorganization Agreement	63

iii

THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
OF ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P.

        THIS THIRD AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT OF LIMITED PARTNERSHIP OF ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS PARTNERS L.P. dated as of May 15, 2002, is entered into by and among Enterprise Products GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the General Partner, and the Limited Partners as provided herein. In consideration of the covenants, conditions and agreements contained herein, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

1

ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS

        1.1    Definitions. The definitions listed on Attachment I shall be for all purposes, unless otherwise clearly indicated to the contrary, applied to the terms used in this Agreement.

        1.2    Construction. Unless the context requires otherwise: (a) any pronoun used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neuter forms, and the singular form of nouns, pronouns and verbs shall include the plural and vice versa; (b) references to Articles and Sections refer to Articles and Sections of this Agreement; and (c) “include” or “includes” means includes, without limitation, and “including” means including, without limitation.

ARTICLE II
ORGANIZATION

        2.1    Formation. The Partnership has been previously formed as a limited partnership pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Act. The General Partner and the Limited Partners hereby amend and restate in its entirety the Agreement of Limited Partnership of Enterprise Products Partners L.P., dated April 9, 1998, as amended by that certain First Amendment to Agreement of Limited Partnership of Enterprise Products Partners L.P., dated as of June 1, 1998, as amended by that certain Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Enterprise Products Partners L.P., dated as of July 31, 1998, as amended by that certain Second Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Enterprise Products Partners L.P., dated September 17, 1999, as amended by Amendment No. 1, dated as of June 9, 2000, to the Second Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Enterprise Products Partners L.P. The purpose of this amendment and restatement is to reflect the various numerical changes resulting from the two-for-one split in Common Units, Subordinated Units and Class A Special Units (the “Unit Split”) declared by the General Partner on February 27, 2002, having a record date of April 30, 2002 and a payment date of May 15, 2002. The Unit Split was effectuated in accordance with Section 5.10 of this Agreement, and all such numerical changes are reflected as if the Unit Split had occurred at the beginning of the Partnership. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, the General Partner and the Limited Partners hereby continue the Partnership as a limited partnership pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Act. This amendment and restatement shall become effective on the date of this Agreement. Except as expressly provided to the contrary in this Agreement, the rights, duties (including fiduciary duties), liabilities and obligations of the Partners and the administration, dissolution and termination of the Partnership shall be governed by the Delaware Act. All Partnership Interests shall constitute personal property of the owner thereof for all purposes and a Partner has no interest in specific Partnership property.

        2.2    Name. The name of the Partnership shall be “Enterprise Products Partners L.P.” The Partnership’s business may be conducted under any other name or names deemed necessary or appropriate by the General Partner in its sole discretion, including the name of the General Partner. The words “Limited Partnership,” “L.P.,”“Ltd.” or similar words or letters shall be included in the Partnership’s name where necessary for the purpose of complying with the laws of any jurisdiction that so requires. The General Partner in its discretion may change the name of the Partnership at any time and from time to time and shall notify the Limited Partners of such change in the next regular communication to the Limited Partners.

        2.3    Registered Office; Registered Agent; Principal Office; Other Offices. Unless and until changed by the General Partner, the registered office of the Partnership in the State of Delaware shall be located at 1209 Orange Street, New Castle County, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, and the registered agent for service of process on the Partnership in the State of Delaware at such registered office shall be The Corporation Trust Company. The principal office of the Partnership shall be located at P.O. Box 4324, Houston, Texas 77210-4324 or such other place as the General Partner may from time to time designate by notice to the Limited Partners. The Partnership may maintain offices at such other place or places within or outside the State of Delaware as the General Partner deems necessary or appropriate. The

2

address of the General Partner shall be P.O. Box 4324, Houston, Texas 77210-4324 or such other place as the General Partner may from time to time designate by notice to the Limited Partners.

        2.4    Purpose and Business. The purpose and nature of the business to be conducted by the Partnership shall be:

(a) to serve as a limited partner in the Operating Partnership and any of its Subsidiary partnerships and, in connection therewith, to exercise all of the rights and powers conferred upon the Partnership as a limited partner in such partnerships pursuant to the partnership agreements for such entities or otherwise;

(b) to engage directly in, or enter into or form any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other arrangement to engage indirectly in, any business activity that the Operating Partnership is permitted to engage in by the Operating Partnership Agreement and, in connection therewith, to exercise all of the rights and powers conferred upon the Partnership pursuant to the agreements relating to such business activity;

(c) to engage directly in, or enter into or form any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other arrangement to engage indirectly in, any business activity that is approved by the General Partner and which lawfully may be conducted by a limited partnership organized pursuant to the Delaware Act and, in connection therewith, to exercise all of the rights and powers conferred upon the Partnership pursuant to the agreements relating to such business activity; provided, however, that the General Partner determines in good faith, prior to the conduct of such activity, that the conduct by the Partnership of such activity is not likely to result in the Partnership being treated as an association taxable as a corporation for federal income tax purposes; and

(d) to do anything necessary or appropriate to the foregoing, including the making of capital contributions or loans to any Group Member.

The General Partner has no obligation or duty to the Partnership, the Limited Partners or any Assignee to propose or approve, and in its sole discretion may decline to propose or approve, the conduct by the Partnership of any business.

        2.5    Powers. The Partnership shall be empowered to do any and all acts and things necessary, appropriate, proper, advisable, incidental to or convenient for the furtherance and accomplishment of the purposes and business described in Section 2.4 and for the protection and benefit of the Partnership.

        2.6    Power of Attorney.

(a) Each Limited Partner and each Assignee hereby constitutes and appoints the General Partner and, if a Liquidator (other than the General Partner) shall have been selected pursuant to Section 12.3, the Liquidator, severally (and any successor to either thereof by merger, transfer, assignment, election or otherwise) and each of their authorized officers and attorneys-in-fact, as the case may be, with full power of substitution, as his true and lawful agent and attorney-in-fact, with full power and authority in his name, place and stead, to:

(i) execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record in the appropriate public offices (A) all certificates, documents and other instruments (including this Agreement and the Certificate of Limited Partnership and all amendments or restatements hereof or thereof) that the General Partner or the Liquidator deems necessary or appropriate to form, qualify or continue the existence or qualification of the Partnership as a limited partnership (or a partnership in which the

3

limited partners have limited liability) in the State of Delaware and in all other jurisdictions in which the Partnership may conduct business or own property; (B) all certificates, documents and other instruments that the General Partner or the Liquidator deems necessary or appropriate to reflect, in accordance with its terms, any amendment, change, modification or restatement of this Agreement; (C) all certificates, documents and other instruments (including conveyances and a certificate of cancellation) that the General Partner or the Liquidator deems necessary or appropriate to reflect the dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership pursuant to the terms of this Agreement; (D) all certificates, documents and other instruments relating to the admission, withdrawal, removal or substitution of any Partner pursuant to, or other events described in, Article IV, X, XI or XII; (E) all certificates, documents and other instruments relating to the determination of the rights, preferences and privileges of any class or series of Partnership Securities issued pursuant to Section 5.6; and (F) all certificates, documents and other instruments (including agreements and a certificate of merger) relating to a merger or consolidation of the Partnership pursuant to Article XIV; and

(ii) execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record all ballots, consents, approvals, waivers, certificates, documents and other instruments necessary or appropriate, in the discretion of the General Partner or the Liquidator, to make, evidence, give, confirm or ratify any vote, consent, approval, agreement or other action that is made or given by the Partners hereunder or is consistent with the terms of this Agreement or is necessary or appropriate, in the discretion of the General Partner or the Liquidator, to effectuate the terms or intent of this Agreement; provided, that when required by Section 13.3 or any other provision of this Agreement that establishes a percentage of the Limited Partners or of the Limited Partners of any class or series required to take any action, the General Partner and the Liquidator may exercise the power of attorney made in this Section 2.6(a)(ii) only after the necessary vote, consent or approval of the Limited Partners or of the Limited Partners of such class or series, as applicable.

Nothing contained in this Section 2.6(a) shall be construed as authorizing the General Partner to amend this Agreement except in accordance with Article XIII or as may be otherwise expressly provided for in this Agreement.

(b) The foregoing power of attorney is hereby declared to be irrevocable and a power coupled with an interest, and it shall survive and, to the maximum extent permitted by law, not be affected by the subsequent death, incompetency, disability, incapacity, dissolution, bankruptcy or termination of any Limited Partner or Assignee and the transfer of all or any portion of such Limited Partner’s or Assignee’s Partnership Interest and shall extend to such Limited Partner’s or Assignee’s heirs, successors, assigns and personal representatives. Each such Limited Partner or Assignee hereby agrees to be bound by any representation made by the General Partner or the Liquidator acting in good faith pursuant to such power of attorney; and each such Limited Partner or Assignee, to the maximum extent permitted by law, hereby waives any and all defenses that may be available to contest, negate or disaffirm the action of the General Partner or the Liquidator taken in good faith under such power of attorney. Each Limited Partner or Assignee shall execute and deliver to the General Partner or the Liquidator, within 15 days after receipt of the request therefor, such further designation, powers of attorney and other instruments as the General Partner or the Liquidator deems necessary to effectuate this Agreement and the purposes of the Partnership.

        2.7    Term. The term of the Partnership commenced upon the filing of the Certificate of Limited Partnership in accordance with the Delaware Act and shall continue in existence until the close of Partnership business on December 31, 2088 or until the earlier termination of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of Article XII. The existence of the Partnership as a separate legal entity shall continue until the cancellation of the Certificate of Limited Partnership as provided in the Delaware Act.

        2.8    Title to Partnership Assets. Title to Partnership assets, whether real, personal or mixed and whether tangible or intangible, shall be deemed to be owned by the Partnership as an entity, and no Partner or Assignee, individually or collectively, shall have any ownership interest in such Partnership assets or any portion thereof. Title to

4

any or all of the Partnership assets may be held in the name of the Partnership, the General Partner, one or more of its Affiliates or one or more nominees, as the General Partner may determine. The General Partner hereby declares and warrants that any Partnership assets for which record title is held in the name of the General Partner or one or more of its Affiliates or one or more nominees shall be held by the General Partner or such Affiliate or nominee for the use and benefit of the Partnership in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement; provided, however, that the General Partner shall use reasonable efforts to cause record title to such assets (other than those assets in respect of which the General Partner determines that the expense and difficulty of conveyancing makes transfer of record title to the Partnership impracticable) to be vested in the Partnership as soon as reasonably practicable; provided, further, that, prior to the withdrawal or removal of the General Partner or as soon thereafter as practicable, the General Partner shall use reasonable efforts to effect the transfer of record title to the Partnership and, prior to any such transfer, will provide for the use of such assets in a manner satisfactory to the General Partner. All Partnership assets shall be recorded as the property of the Partnership in its books and records, irrespective of the name in which record title to such Partnership assets is held.

ARTICLE III
RIGHTS OF LIMITED PARTNERS

        3.1    Limitation of Liability. The Limited Partners and the Assignees shall have no liability under this Agreement except as expressly provided in this Agreement or the Delaware Act.

        3.2    Management of Business. No Limited Partner or Assignee, in its capacity as such, shall participate in the operation, management or control (within the meaning of Section 17-303(a) of the Delaware Act) of the Partnership’s business, transact any business in the Partnership’s name or have the power to sign documents for or otherwise bind the Partnership. Any action taken by any Affiliate of the General Partner or any officer, director, employee, member, general partner, agent or trustee of the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, or any officer, director, employee, member, general partner, agent or trustee of a Group Member, in its capacity as such, shall not be deemed to be participation in the control of the business of the Partnership by a limited partner of the Partnership (within the meaning of Section 17-303(a) of the Delaware Act) and shall not affect, impair or eliminate the limitations on the liability of the Limited Partners or Assignees under this Agreement.

        3.3    Outside Activities of the Limited Partners. Subject to the provisions of Section 7.5, which shall continue to be applicable to the Persons referred to therein, regardless of whether such Persons shall also be Limited Partners or Assignees, any Limited Partner or Assignee shall be entitled to and may have business interests and engage in business activities in addition to those relating to the Partnership, including business interests and activities in direct competition with the Partnership Group. Neither the Partnership nor any of the other Partners or Assignees shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement in any business ventures of any Limited Partner or Assignee.

        3.4     Rights of Limited Partners.

(a) In addition to other rights provided by this Agreement or by applicable law, and except as limited by Section 3.4(b), each Limited Partner shall have the right, for a purpose reasonably related to such Limited Partner’s interest as a limited partner in the Partnership, upon reasonable written demand and at such Limited Partner’s own expense:

(i) to obtain true and full information regarding the status of the business and financial condition of the Partnership;

(ii) promptly after becoming available, to obtain a copy of the Partnership’s federal, state and local income tax returns for each year;

5

(iii) to have furnished to him a current list of the name and last known business, residence or mailing address of each Partner;

(iv) to have furnished to him a copy of this Agreement and the Certificate of Limited Partnership and all amendments thereto, together with a copy of the executed copies of all powers of attorney pursuant to which this Agreement, the Certificate of Limited Partnership and all amendments thereto have been executed;

(v) to obtain true and full information regarding the amount of cash and a description and statement of the Net Agreed Value of any other Capital Contribution by each Partner and which each Partner has agreed to contribute in the future, and the date on which each became a Partner; and

(vi) to obtain such other information regarding the affairs of the Partnership as is just and reasonable.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner may keep confidential from the Limited Partners and Assignees, for such period of time as the General Partner deems reasonable, (i) any information that the General Partner reasonably believes to be in the nature of trade secrets or (ii) other information the disclosure of which the General Partner in good faith believes (A) is not in the best interests of the Partnership Group, (B) could damage the Partnership Group or (C) that any Group Member is required by law or by agreement with any third party to keep confidential (other than agreements with Affiliates of the Partnership the primary purpose of which is to circumvent the obligations set forth in this Section 3.4).

ARTICLE IV
CERTIFICATES; RECORD HOLDERS; TRANSFER OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS;
REDEMPTION OF PARTNERSHIP INTERESTS

        4.1    Certificates. Upon the Partnership’s issuance of Common Units, Subordinated Units or Class A Special Units to any Person, the Partnership shall issue one or more Certificates in the name of such Person evidencing the number of such Units being so issued. In addition, (a) upon the General Partner’s request, the Partnership shall issue to it one or more Certificates in the name of the General Partner evidencing its interests in the Partnership and (b) upon the request of any Person owning any Partnership Securities, the Partnership shall issue to such Person one or more Certificates evidencing such Partnership Securities. Certificates shall be executed on behalf of the Partnership by the Chairman of the Board, President or any Executive Vice President or Vice President and the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the General Partner. No Common Unit Certificate shall be valid for any purpose until it has been countersigned by the Transfer Agent. Subject to the requirements of Section 6.7(b), the Partners holding Certificates evidencing Subordinated Units may exchange such Certificates for Certificates evidencing Common Units on or after the date on which such Subordinated Units are converted into Common Units pursuant to the terms of Section 5.8. Subject to the requirements of Section 6.7(b), the Partners holding Certificates evidencing Class A Special Units may exchange such Certificates for Certificates evidencing Common Units on or after the date on which such Class A Special Units are converted into Common Units pursuant to the terms of Section 5.12.

        4.2     Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Certificates.

(a) If any mutilated Certificate is surrendered to the Transfer Agent, the appropriate officers of the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership shall execute, and the Transfer Agent shall countersign and deliver in exchange therefor, a new Certificate evidencing the same number and type of Partnership Securities as the Certificate so surrendered.

6

(b) The appropriate officers of the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership shall execute and deliver, and the Transfer Agent shall countersign a new Certificate in place of any Certificate previously issued if the Record Holder of the Certificate:

(i) makes proof by affidavit, in form and substance satisfactory to the Partnership, that a previously issued Certificate has been lost, destroyed or stolen;

(ii) requests the issuance of a new Certificate before the Partnership has notice that the Certificate has been acquired by a purchaser for value in good faith and without notice of an adverse claim;

(iii) if requested by the Partnership, delivers to the Partnership a bond, in form and substance satisfactory to the Partnership, with surety or sureties and with fixed or open penalty as the Partnership may reasonably direct, in its sole discretion, to indemnify the Partnership, the Partners, the General Partner and the Transfer Agent against any claim that may be made on account of the alleged loss, destruction or theft of the Certificate; and

(iv) satisfies any other reasonable requirements imposed by the Partnership.

If a Limited Partner or Assignee fails to notify the Partnership within a reasonable time after he has notice of the loss, destruction or theft of a Certificate, and a transfer of the Limited Partner Interests represented by the Certificate is registered before the Partnership, the General Partner or the Transfer Agent receives such notification, the Limited Partner or Assignee shall be precluded from making any claim against the Partnership, the General Partner or the Transfer Agent for such transfer or for a new Certificate.

(c) As a condition to the issuance of any new Certificate under this Section 4.2, the Partnership may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Transfer Agent) reasonably connected therewith.

        4.3    Record Holders. The Partnership shall be entitled to recognize the Record Holder as the Partner or Assignee with respect to any Partnership Interest and, accordingly, shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such Partnership Interest on the part of any other Person, regardless of whether the Partnership shall have actual or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by law or any applicable rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which such Partnership Interests are listed for trading. Without limiting the foregoing, when a Person (such as a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation or an agent of any of the foregoing) is acting as nominee, agent or in some other representative capacity for another Person in acquiring and/or holding Partnership Interests, as between the Partnership on the one hand, and such other Persons on the other, such representative Person (a) shall be the Partner or Assignee (as the case may be) of record and beneficially, (b) must execute and deliver a Transfer Application and (c) shall be bound by this Agreement and shall have the rights and obligations of a Partner or Assignee (as the case may be) hereunder and as, and to the extent, provided for herein.

        4.4     Transfer Generally.

(a) The term “transfer,” when used in this Agreement with respect to a Partnership Interest, shall be deemed to refer to a transaction by which the General Partner assigns its Partnership Interest as a general partner in the Partnership to another Person who becomes the General Partner, or by which the holder of a Limited Partner Interest assigns such Limited Partner Interest to another Person who is or becomes a Limited Partner or an Assignee, and includes a sale, assignment, gift, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation, mortgage, exchange or any other disposition by law or otherwise.

7

(b) No Partnership Interest shall be transferred, in whole or in part, except in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in this Article IV. Any transfer or purported transfer of a Partnership Interest not made in accordance with this Article IV shall be null and void.

(c) Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed to prevent a disposition by any member of the General Partner of any or all of the issued and outstanding member interests of the General Partner.

        4.5     Registration and Transfer of Limited Partner Interests.

(a) The Partnership shall keep or cause to be kept on behalf of the Partnership a register in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe and subject to the provisions of Section 4.5(b), the Partnership will provide for the registration and transfer of Limited Partner Interests. The Transfer Agent is hereby appointed registrar and transfer agent for the purpose of registering Common Units and transfers of such Common Units as herein provided. The Partnership shall not recognize transfers of Certificates evidencing Limited Partner Interests unless such transfers are effected in the manner described in this Section 4.5. Upon surrender of a Certificate for registration of transfer of any Limited Partner Interests evidenced by a Certificate, and subject to the provisions of Section 4.5(b), the appropriate officers of the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership shall execute and deliver, and in the case of Common Units, the Transfer Agent shall countersign and deliver, in the name of the holder or the designated transferee or transferees, as required pursuant to the holder’s instructions, one or more new Certificates evidencing the same aggregate number and type of Limited Partner Interests as was evidenced by the Certificate so surrendered.

(b) Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.9, the Partnership shall not recognize any transfer of Limited Partner Interests until the Certificates evidencing such Limited Partner Interests are surrendered for registration of transfer and such Certificates are accompanied by a Transfer Application duly executed by the transferee (or the transferee’s attorney-in-fact duly authorized in writing). No charge shall be imposed by the Partnership for such transfer; provided, that as a condition to the issuance of any new Certificate under this Section 4.5, the Partnership may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed with respect thereto.

(c) Limited Partner Interests may be transferred only in the manner described in this Section 4.5. The transfer of any Limited Partner Interests and the admission of any new Limited Partner shall not constitute an amendment to this Agreement.

(d) Until admitted as a Substituted Limited Partner pursuant to Section 10.2, the Record Holder of a Limited Partner Interest shall be an Assignee in respect of such Limited Partner Interest. Limited Partners may include custodians, nominees or any other individual or entity in its own or any representative capacity.

(e) A transferee of a Limited Partner Interest who has completed and delivered a Transfer Application shall be deemed to have (i) requested admission as a Substituted Limited Partner, (ii) agreed to comply with and be bound by and to have executed this Agreement, (iii) represented and warranted that such transferee has the right, power and authority and, if an individual, the capacity to enter into this Agreement, (iv) granted the powers of attorney set forth in this Agreement and (v) given the consents and approvals and made the waivers contained in this Agreement.

(f) The General Partner and its Affiliates shall have the right at any time to transfer its Subordinated Units and Common Units (whether issued upon conversion of the Subordinated Units or otherwise) to one or more Persons.

8

        4.6     Transfer of General Partner Interest.

(a) Subject to Section 4.6(c) below, prior to June 30, 2008, the General Partner shall not transfer all or any part of its General Partner Interest to a Person unless such transfer (i) has been approved by the prior written consent or vote of the holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units (excluding any Common Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates) or (ii) is of all, but not less than all, of its General Partner Interest to (A) an Affiliate of the General Partner or (B) another Person in connection with the merger or consolidation of the General Partner with or into another Person or the transfer by the General Partner of all or substantially all of its assets to another Person.

(b) Subject to Section 4.6(c) below, on or after June 30, 2008, the General Partner may transfer all or any of its General Partner Interest without Unitholder approval.

(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no transfer by the General Partner of all or any part of its General Partner Interest to another Person shall be permitted unless (i) the transferee agrees to assume the rights and duties of the General Partner under this Agreement and to be bound by the provisions of this Agreement, (ii) the Partnership receives an Opinion of Counsel that such transfer would not result in the loss of limited liability of any Limited Partner or of any member of the Operating Partnership or cause the Partnership or the Operating Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not already so treated or taxed) and (iii) such transferee also agrees to purchase all (or the appropriate portion thereof, if applicable) of the partnership interest of the General Partner as the general partner of each other Group Member. In the case of a transfer pursuant to and in compliance with this Section 4.6, the transferee or successor (as the case may be) shall, subject to compliance with the terms of Section 10.3, be admitted to the Partnership as a General Partner immediately prior to the transfer of the General Partner Interest, and the business of the Partnership shall continue without dissolution.

        4.7     Restrictions on Transfers.

(a) Except as provided in Section 4.7(d) below, but notwithstanding the other provisions of this Article IV, no transfer of any Partnership Interests shall be made if such transfer would (i) violate the then applicable federal or state securities laws or rules and regulations of the Commission, any state securities commission or any other governmental authority with jurisdiction over such transfer, (ii) terminate the existence or qualification of the Partnership or the Operating Partnership under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation, or (iii) cause the Partnership or the Operating Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not already so treated or taxed).

(b) The General Partner may impose restrictions on the transfer of Partnership Interests if a subsequent Opinion of Counsel determines that such restrictions are necessary to avoid a significant risk of the Partnership or the Operating Partnership becoming taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes. The restrictions may be imposed by making such amendments to this Agreement as the General Partner may determine to be necessary or appropriate to impose such restrictions; provided, however, that any amendment that the General Partner believes, in the exercise of its reasonable discretion, could result in the delisting or suspension of trading of any class of Limited Partner Interests on the principal National Securities Exchange on which such class of Limited Partner Interests is then traded must be approved, prior to such amendment being effected, by the holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Limited Partner Interests of such class.

9

(c) The transfer of a Subordinated Unit that has converted into a Common Unit shall be subject to the restrictions imposed by Section 6.7(b), and the transfer of a Class A Special Unit that has been converted into a Common Unit shall be subject to the restrictions imposed by Section 6.7(b).

(d) Nothing contained in this Article IV, or elsewhere in this Agreement, shall preclude the settlement of any transactions involving Partnership Interests entered into through the facilities of any National Securities Exchange on which such Partnership Interests are listed for trading.

        4.8     Citizenship Certificates; Non-citizen Assignees.

(a) If any Group Member is or becomes subject to any federal, state or local law or regulation that, in the reasonable determination of the General Partner, creates a substantial risk of cancellation or forfeiture of any property in which the Group Member has an interest based on the nationality, citizenship or other related status of a Limited Partner or Assignee, the General Partner may request any Limited Partner or Assignee to furnish to the General Partner, within 30 days after receipt of such request, an executed Citizenship Certification or such other information concerning his nationality, citizenship or other related status (or, if the Limited Partner or Assignee is a nominee holding for the account of another Person, the nationality, citizenship or other related status of such Person) as the General Partner may request. If a Limited Partner or Assignee fails to furnish to the General Partner within the aforementioned 30-day period such Citizenship Certification or other requested information or if upon receipt of such Citizenship Certification or other requested information the General Partner determines, with the advice of counsel, that a Limited Partner or Assignee is not an Eligible Citizen, the Partnership Interests owned by such Limited Partner or Assignee shall be subject to redemption in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.9. In addition, the General Partner may require that the status of any such Limited Partner or Assignee be changed to that of a Non-citizen Assignee and, thereupon, the General Partner shall be substituted for such Non-citizen Assignee as the Limited Partner in respect of his Limited Partner Interests.

(b) The General Partner shall, in exercising voting rights in respect of Limited Partner Interests held by it on behalf of Non-citizen Assignees, distribute the votes in the same ratios as the votes of Partners (including without limitation the General Partner) in respect of Limited Partner Interests other than those of Non-citizen Assignees are cast, either for, against or abstaining as to the matter.

(c) Upon dissolution of the Partnership, a Non-citizen Assignee shall have no right to receive a distribution in kind pursuant to Section 12.4 but shall be entitled to the cash equivalent thereof, and the Partnership shall provide cash in exchange for an assignment of the Non-citizen Assignee’s share of the distribution in kind. Such payment and assignment shall be treated for Partnership purposes as a purchase by the Partnership from the Non-citizen Assignee of his Limited Partner Interest (representing his right to receive his share of such distribution in kind).

(d) At any time after he can and does certify that he has become an Eligible Citizen, a Non-citizen Assignee may, upon application to the General Partner, request admission as a Substituted Limited Partner with respect to any Limited Partner Interests of such Non-citizen Assignee not redeemed pursuant to Section 4.9, and upon his admission pursuant to Section 10.2, the General Partner shall cease to be deemed to be the Limited Partner in respect of the Non-citizen Assignee’s Limited Partner Interests.

        4.9     Redemption of Partnership Interests of Non-citizen Assignees.

(a) If at any time a Limited Partner or Assignee fails to furnish a Citizenship Certification or other information requested within the 30-day period specified in Section 4.8(a), or if upon receipt of such Citizenship Certification or other information the General Partner determines, with the advice of counsel, that a

10

Limited Partner or Assignee is not an Eligible Citizen, the Partnership may, unless the Limited Partner or Assignee establishes to the satisfaction of the General Partner that such Limited Partner or Assignee is an Eligible Citizen or has transferred his Partnership Interests to a Person who is an Eligible Citizen and who furnishes a Citizenship Certification to the General Partner prior to the date fixed for redemption as provided below, redeem the Partnership Interest of such Limited Partner or Assignee as follows:

(i) The General Partner shall, not later than the 30th day before the date fixed for redemption, give notice of redemption to the Limited Partner or Assignee, at his last address designated on the records of the Partnership or the Transfer Agent, by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid. The notice shall be deemed to have been given when so mailed. The notice shall specify the Redeemable Interests, the date fixed for redemption, the place of payment, that payment of the redemption price will be made upon surrender of the Certificate evidencing the Redeemable Interests and that on and after the date fixed for redemption no further allocations or distributions to which the Limited Partner or Assignee would otherwise be entitled in respect of the Redeemable Interests will accrue or be made.

(ii) The aggregate redemption price for Redeemable Interests shall be an amount equal to the Current Market Price (the date of determination of which shall be the date fixed for redemption) of Partnership Interests of the class to be so redeemed multiplied by the number of Partnership Interests of each such class included among the Redeemable Interests. The redemption price shall be paid, in the discretion of the General Partner, in cash or by delivery of a promissory note of the Partnership in the principal amount of the redemption price, bearing interest at the rate of 10% annually and payable in three equal annual installments of principal together with accrued interest, commencing one year after the redemption date.

(iii) Upon surrender by or on behalf of the Limited Partner or Assignee, at the place specified in the notice of redemption, of the Certificate evidencing the Redeemable Interests, duly endorsed in blank or accompanied by an assignment duly executed in blank, the Limited Partner or Assignee or his duly authorized representative shall be entitled to receive the payment therefor.

(iv) After the redemption date, Redeemable Interests shall no longer constitute issued and Outstanding Partnership Interests.

(b) The provisions of this Section 4.9 shall also be applicable to Partnership Interests held by a Limited Partner or Assignee as nominee of a Person determined to be other than an Eligible Citizen.

(c) Nothing in this Section 4.9 shall prevent the recipient of a notice of redemption from transferring his Partnership Interest before the redemption date if such transfer is otherwise permitted under this Agreement. Upon receipt of notice of such a transfer, the General Partner shall withdraw the notice of redemption, provided the transferee of such Partnership Interest certifies to the satisfaction of the General Partner in a Citizenship Certification delivered in connection with the Transfer Application that he is an Eligible Citizen. If the transferee fails to make such certification, such redemption shall be effected from the transferee on the original redemption date.

ARTICLE V
CAPITAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ISSUANCE OF PARTNERSHIP INTEREST

        5.1    Prior Contributions. Prior to the date hereof, the General Partner made certain Capital Contributions to the Partnership in exchange for an interest in the Partnership and has been admitted as the General Partner of the

11

Partnership, and EPC Partners II made certain Capital Contributions to the Partnership in exchange for an interest in the Partnership and has been admitted as a Limited Partner of the Partnership.

        5.2     Continuation of General Partner and Limited Partner Interests; Initial Offering; Issuance of Class A Special Units; Contributions by the General Partner.

(a) The Partnership Interest of the General Partner in the Partnership shall be continued, subject to all of the rights, privileges and duties of the General Partner under this Agreement.

(b) On the Closing Date, the Partnership Interest of EPC Partners II in the Partnership was converted into 67,105,830 Common Units and 42,819,740 Subordinated Units, and such Partnership Interest shall be continued.

(c) All other Partnership Interests that were issued prior to the date hereof and are currently Outstanding shall be continued.

(d) Upon the issuance of the Class A Special Units (other than the Series 2002B Class A Special Units) and upon the issuance of any additional Limited Partner Interests by the Partnership, the General Partner shall be required to make additional Capital Contributions equal to 2/98ths of any amount contributed to the Partnership in exchange for such additional Limited Partner Interests. Except as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence and Article XII, the General Partner shall not be obligated to make any additional Capital Contributions to the Partnership.

        5.3     Contributions by the Underwriters.

(a) On the Closing Date and pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement, each Underwriter was required to contribute to the Partnership cash in an amount equal to the Issue Price per Initial Common Unit, multiplied by the number of Common Units specified in the Underwriting Agreement to be purchased by such Underwriter at the Closing Date. In exchange for such Capital Contributions by the Underwriters, the Partnership issued Common Units to each Underwriter on whose behalf such Capital Contribution was made in an amount equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the cash contribution to the Partnership by or on behalf of such Underwriter by (ii) the Issue Price per Initial Common Unit.

(b) Upon the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option, each Underwriter was required to contribute to the Partnership cash in an amount equal to the Issue Price per Initial Common Unit, multiplied by the number of Common Units specified in the Underwriting Agreement to be purchased by such Underwriter at the Option Closing Date. In exchange for such Capital Contributions by the Underwriters, the Partnership issued Common Units to each Underwriter on whose behalf such Capital Contribution was made in an amount equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (i) the cash contributions to the Partnership by or on behalf of such Underwriter by (ii) the Issue Price per Initial Common Unit.

(c) No Limited Partner Partnership Interests were issued or issuable as of or at the Closing Date other than (i) the Common Units issuable pursuant to subparagraph (a) hereof in aggregate number equal to 24,000,000, (ii) the “Option Units” as such term is used in the Underwriting Agreement in aggregate number up to 3,600,000 issuable upon exercise of the Over-Allotment Option pursuant to subparagraph (b) hereof, and (iii) the 67,105,830 Common Units and 42,819,749 Subordinated Units issuable to EPC Partners II pursuant to Section 5.2(b).

12

(d) On the date hereof, Tejas shall be issued 29,000,000 Class A Special Units and be admitted as a Limited Partner of the Partnership in exchange for certain Capital Contributions described in the Tejas Contribution Agreement. If, but only if, the Year 2000 Performance Test is fully satisfied and met, Tejas will be issued an additional 6,000,000 Class A Special Units in accordance with the Year 2000 Performance Test and, if, but only if, the Year 2001 Performance Test is fully satisfied and met, Tejas will be issued an additional 6,000,000 Class A Special Units in accordance with the Year 2001 Performance Test; provided, however, that if the Year 2000 Performance Test and/or the Year 2001 Performance Test is not met, the Class A Special Units that would have been but were not issued pursuant to such tests will be issued to Tejas in accordance with the Combined Performance Test if, but only if, the Combined Performance Test is met. In no event shall the aggregate number of Class A Special Units issued upon satisfaction of the Performance Tests (collectively, the “Series 2002B Class A Special Units”) exceed 12,000,000. Upon the issuance of any Series 2002B Class A Special Units pursuant to this Section 5.3(d), the Net Agreed Value of Tejas’ initial Capital Contribution shall be increased by an amount equal to the fair market value of such Series 2002B Class A Special Units discounted at a 5.42% rate to the date hereof.

        5.4    Interest and Withdrawal. No interest shall be paid by the Partnership on Capital Contributions. No Partner or Assignee shall be entitled to the withdrawal or return of its Capital Contribution, except to the extent, if any, that distributions made pursuant to this Agreement or upon termination of the Partnership may be considered as such by law and then only to the extent provided for in this Agreement. Except to the extent expressly provided in this Agreement, no Partner or Assignee shall have priority over any other Partner or Assignee either as to the return of Capital Contributions or as to profits, losses or distributions. Any such return shall be a compromise to which all Partners and Assignees agree within the meaning of 17-502(b) of the Delaware Act.

        5.5     Capital Accounts.

(a) The Partnership shall maintain for each Partner (or a beneficial owner of Partnership Interests held by a nominee in any case in which the nominee has furnished the identity of such owner to the Partnership in accordance with Section 6031(c) of the Code or any other method acceptable to the General Partner in its sole discretion) owning a Partnership Interest a separate Capital Account with respect to such Partnership Interest in accordance with the rules of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv). Such Capital Account shall be increased by (i) the amount of all Capital Contributions made to the Partnership with respect to such Partnership Interest pursuant to this Agreement and (ii) all items of Partnership income and gain (including, without limitation, income and gain exempt from tax) computed in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and allocated with respect to such Partnership Interest pursuant to Section 6.1, and decreased by (A) the amount of cash or Net Agreed Value of all actual and deemed distributions of cash or property made with respect to such Partnership Interest pursuant to this Agreement and (B) all items of Partnership deduction and loss computed in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and allocated with respect to such Partnership Interest pursuant to Section 6.1.

(b) For purposes of computing the amount of any item of income, gain, loss or deduction which is to be allocated pursuant to Article VI and is to be reflected in the Partners’ Capital Accounts, the determination, recognition and classification of any such item shall be the same as its determination, recognition and classification for federal income tax purposes (including, without limitation, any method of depreciation, cost recovery or amortization used for that purpose), provided, that:

(i) Solely for purposes of this Section 5.5, the Partnership shall be treated as owning directly its proportionate share (as determined by the General Partner based upon the provisions of the Operating Partnership Agreement) of all property owned by the Operating Partnership.

(ii) All fees and other expenses incurred by the Partnership to promote the sale of (or to sell) a Partnership Interest that can neither be deducted nor amortized under Section 709 of the Code, if any, shall, for purposes of Capital Account maintenance, be treated as an item of deduction at the

13

time such fees and other expenses are incurred and shall be allocated among the Partners pursuant to Section 6.1.

(iii) Except as otherwise provided in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), the computation of all items of income, gain, loss and deduction shall be made without regard to any election under Section 754 of the Code which may be made by the Partnership and, as to those items described in Section 705(a)(1)(B) or 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code, without regard to the fact that such items are not includable in gross income or are neither currently deductible nor capitalized for federal income tax purposes. To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Section 734(b) or 743(b) of the Code is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment in the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain or loss.

(iv) Any income, gain or loss attributable to the taxable disposition of any Partnership property shall be determined as if the adjusted basis of such property as of such date of disposition were equal in amount to the Partnership’s Carrying Value with respect to such property as of such date.

(v) In accordance with the requirements of Section 704(b) of the Code, any deductions for depreciation, cost recovery or amortization attributable to any Contributed Property shall be determined as if the adjusted basis of such property on the date it was acquired by the Partnership were equal to the Agreed Value of such property. Upon an adjustment pursuant to Section 5.5(d) to the Carrying Value of any Partnership property subject to depreciation, cost recovery or amortization, any further deductions for such depreciation, cost recovery or amortization attributable to such property shall be determined (A) as if the adjusted basis of such property were equal to the Carrying Value of such property immediately following such adjustment and (B) using a rate of depreciation, cost recovery or amortization derived from the same method and useful life (or, if applicable, the remaining useful life) as is applied for federal income tax purposes; provided, however, that, if the asset has a zero adjusted basis for federal income tax purposes, depreciation, cost recovery or amortization deductions shall be determined using any reasonable method that the General Partner may adopt.

(vi) If the Partnership’s adjusted basis in a depreciable or cost recovery property is reduced for federal income tax purposes pursuant to Section 48(q)(1) or 48(q)(3) of the Code, the amount of such reduction shall, solely for purposes hereof, be deemed to be an additional depreciation or cost recovery deduction in the year such property is placed in service and shall be allocated among the Partners pursuant to Section 6.1. Any restoration of such basis pursuant to Section 48(q)(2) of the Code shall, to the extent possible, be allocated in the same manner to the Partners to whom such deemed deduction was allocated.

(c) (i)   A transferee of a Partnership Interest shall succeed to a pro rata portion of the Capital Account of the transferor relating to the Partnership Interest so transferred.

(ii) Immediately prior to the transfer of (A) a Subordinated Unit or of a Subordinated Unit that has converted into a Common Unit pursuant to Section 5.8 by a holder thereof (other than a transfer to an Affiliate unless the General Partner elects to have this subparagraph 5.5(c)(ii) apply) or (B) a Class A Special Unit that has converted into a Common Unit pursuant to Section 5.12, the Capital Account maintained for such Person with respect to its Subordinated Units, converted Subordinated Units or converted Class A Special Units will (x) first, be allocated to the Subordinated Units, converted Subordinated Units or converted Class A Special Units to be transferred in an amount equal to the product of (1) the number of such Subordinated Units, converted Subordinated Units or converted Class A Special Units to be transferred and (2) the Per Unit Capital Amount for a Common

14

Unit, and (y) second, any remaining balance in such Capital Account will be retained by the transferor, regardless of whether it has retained any Subordinated Units, converted Subordinated Units or converted Class A Special Units. Following any such allocation, the transferor’s Capital Account, if any, maintained with respect to the retained Subordinated Units, converted Subordinated Units or converted Class A Special Units, if any, will have a balance equal to the amount allocated under clause (y) hereinabove, and the transferee’s Capital Account established with respect to the transferred Subordinated Units, converted Subordinated Units or converted Class A Special Units will have a balance equal to the amount allocated under clause (x) hereinabove. If the transferor has not retained any Subordinated Units, converted Subordinated Units or converted Class A Special Units, any remaining balance in such Capital Account will be retained by transferor, such Capital Account interest having rights to receive distributions pursuant to Section 12.4(c) and being allocated Net Termination Losses pursuant to Section 6.1(c)(ii)(C).

(d) (i)   In accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), on an issuance of additional Partnership Interests for cash or Contributed Property or the conversion of the General Partner’s Combined Interest to Common Units pursuant to Section 11.3(c), the Capital Account of all Partners and the Carrying Value of each Partnership property immediately prior to such issuance shall be adjusted upward or downward to reflect any Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such Partnership property, as if such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss had been recognized on an actual sale of each such property immediately prior to such issuance and had been allocated to the Partners at such time pursuant to Section 6.1 in the same manner as any item of gain or loss actually recognized during such period would have been allocated. In determining such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss, the aggregate cash amount and fair market value of all Partnership assets (including, without limitation, cash or cash equivalents) immediately prior to the issuance of additional Partnership Interests shall be determined by the General Partner using such reasonable method of valuation as it may adopt; provided, however, that the General Partner, in arriving at such valuation, must take fully into account the fair market value of the Partnership Interests of all Partners at such time. The General Partner shall allocate such aggregate value among the assets of the Partnership (in such manner as it determines in its discretion to be reasonable) to arrive at a fair market value for individual properties.

(ii) In accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(f), immediately prior to any actual or deemed distribution to a Partner of any Partnership property (other than a distribution of cash that is not in redemption or retirement of a Partnership Interest), the Capital Accounts of all Partners and the Carrying Value of all Partnership property shall be adjusted upward or downward to reflect any Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such Partnership property, as if such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss had been recognized in a sale of such property immediately prior to such distribution for an amount equal to its fair market value, and had been allocated to the Partners, at such time, pursuant to Section 6.1 in the same manner as any item of gain or loss actually recognized during such period would have been allocated. In determining such Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss the aggregate cash amount and fair market value of all Partnership assets (including, without limitation, cash or cash equivalents) immediately prior to a distribution shall (A) in the case of an actual distribution which is not made pursuant to Section 12.4 or in the case of a deemed contribution and/or distribution occurring as a result of a termination of the Partnership pursuant to Section 708 of the Code, be determined and allocated in the same manner as that provided in Section 5.5(d)(i) or (B) in the case of a liquidating distribution pursuant to Section 12.4, be determined and allocated by the Liquidator using such reasonable method of valuation as it may adopt.

        5.6     Issuances of Additional Partnership Securities.

(a) Subject to Section 5.7, the Partnership may issue additional Partnership Securities and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to the Partnership Securities for any Partnership purpose at any time and from time to time to such Persons for such consideration and on such terms and

15

conditions as shall be established by the General Partner in its sole discretion, all without the approval of any Limited Partners.

(b) Each additional Partnership Security authorized to be issued by the Partnership pursuant to Section 5.6(a) may be issued in one or more classes, or one or more series of any such classes, with such designations, preferences, rights, powers and duties (which may be senior to existing classes and series of Partnership Securities), as shall be fixed by the General Partner in the exercise of its sole discretion, including (i) the right to share Partnership profits and losses or items thereof; (ii) the right to share in Partnership distributions; (iii) the rights upon dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership; (iv) whether, and the terms and conditions upon which, the Partnership may redeem the Partnership Security; (v) whether such Partnership Security is issued with the privilege of conversion or exchange and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange; (vi) the terms and conditions upon which each Partnership Security will be issued, evidenced by certificates and assigned or transferred; and (vii) the right, if any, of each such Partnership Security to vote on Partnership matters, including matters relating to the relative rights, preferences and privileges of such Partnership Security.

(c) The General Partner is hereby authorized and directed to take all actions that it deems necessary or appropriate in connection with (i) each issuance of Partnership Securities and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to Partnership Securities pursuant to this Section 5.6, (ii) the conversion of the General Partner Interest into Units pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, (iii) the admission of Additional Limited Partners and (iv) all additional issuances of Partnership Securities. The General Partner is further authorized and directed to specify the relative rights, powers and duties of the holders of the Units or other Partnership Securities being so issued. The General Partner shall do all things necessary to comply with the Delaware Act and is authorized and directed to do all things it deems to be necessary or advisable in connection with any future issuance of Partnership Securities or in connection with the conversion of the General Partner Interest into Units pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including compliance with any statute, rule, regulation or guideline of any federal, state or other governmental agency or any National Securities Exchange on which the Units or other Partnership Securities are listed for trading.

        5.7    Limitations on Issuance of Additional Partnership Securities. The issuance of Partnership Securities pursuant to Section 5.6 shall be subject to the following restrictions and limitations:

(a) During the Subordination Period, the Partnership shall not issue (and shall not issue any options, rights, warrants or appreciation rights relating to) an aggregate of more than 95,550,000 additional Parity Units without the prior approval of the holders of a Unit Majority. The Class A Special Units issued hereunder shall be deemed to be Parity Units. In applying this limitation, there shall be excluded Common Units and other Parity Units issued (i) in connection with the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option, (ii) in accordance with Sections 5.7(b) and 5.7(c), (iii) upon conversion of Subordinated Units pursuant to Section 5.8, (iv) upon conversion of Class A Special Units pursuant to Section 5.12, (v) upon conversion of the General Partner Interest pursuant to Section 11.3(c), (vi) pursuant to the employee benefit plans of the General Partner, EPC, the Partnership or any other Group Member and (vii) in the event of a combination or subdivision of Common Units.

(b) The Partnership may also issue an unlimited number of Parity Units, prior to the end of the Subordination Period and without the approval of the Unitholders if such issuance occurs (i) in connection with an Acquisition or a Capital Improvement or (ii) within 365 days of an Acquisition or a Capital Improvement where the net proceeds from such issuance are used to repay debt incurred in connection with such Acquisition or Capital Improvement, in each case where such Acquisition or Capital Improvement involves assets that, if acquired by the Partnership as of the date that is one year prior to the first day of the Quarter in which such Acquisition is to be consummated or such Capital Improvement is to be completed, would have resulted, on a pro forma basis, in an increase in:

16

A. the amount of Adjusted Operating Surplus generated by the Partnership on a per-Unit basis (for all outstanding Units) with respect to each of the four most recently completed Quarters (on a pro forma basis), as compared to

B. the actual amount of Adjusted Operating Surplus generated by the Partnership on a per-Unit basis (for all outstanding Units) (excluding Adjusted Operating Surplus attributable to the Acquisition or Capital Improvement) with respect to each of such four most recently completed Quarters.

        If the issuance of Units with respect to an Acquisition or Capital Improvement occurs within the first four full Quarters after the Closing Date, then Adjusted Operating Surplus as used in clauses (A) (subject to the succeeding sentence) and (B) above will be calculated (i) for each Quarter, if any, that commenced after the closing of this offering for which actual results of operations are available, based on the actual Adjusted Operating Surplus of the Partnership generated with respect to such Quarter and (ii) for each other Quarter, on a pro forma basis not inconsistent with the procedures, as applicable, set forth in Appendix D to the Registration Statement. Furthermore, the amount in clause (A) shall be determined on a pro forma basis assuming that (1) all of the Parity Units to be issued in connection with (or as a part of but within 365 days of) such Acquisition or Capital Improvement had been issued and outstanding, (2) all indebtedness for borrowed money to be incurred or assumed in connection with such Acquisition or Capital Improvement (other than any such indebtedness that is to be repaid with the proceeds of such issuance) had been incurred or assumed, in each case as of the commencement of such four-Quarter period, (3) the personnel expenses that would have been incurred by the Partnership in the operation of the acquired assets are the personnel expenses for employees to be retained by the Partnership in the operation of the acquired assets, and (4) the non-personnel costs and expenses are computed on the same basis as those incurred by the Partnership in the operation of the Partnership’s business at similarly situated Partnership facilities.

(c) During the Subordination Period, the Partnership shall not issue (and shall not issue any options, rights, warrants or appreciation rights relating to) additional Partnership Securities having rights to distributions or in liquidation ranking prior or senior to the Common Units, without the prior approval of the holders of a Unit Majority.

(d) No fractional Units shall be issued by the Partnership.

        5.8     Conversion of Subordinated Units.

(a) A total of 10,704,936 of the Outstanding Subordinated Units will convert into Common Units on a one-for-one basis on the first day after the Record Date for distribution in respect of any Quarter ending on or after June 30, 2001, in respect of which:

(i) distributions under Section 6.4 in respect of all Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units with respect to each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-Quarter periods immediately preceding such date equaled or exceeded the sum of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all of the Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units during such periods;

(ii) the Adjusted Operating Surplus generated during each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-Quarter periods immediately preceding such date equaled or exceeded the sum of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all of the Common Units and Subordinated Units that were Outstanding during such periods on a fully diluted basis (i.e., taking into account for purposes of such determination all Outstanding Common Units, all Outstanding Subordinated Units, all Common Units and Subordinated Units issuable upon exercise of employee options that have, as of the date of determination, already vested or are scheduled to vest prior to the end of the Quarter immediately

17

following the Quarter with respect to which such determination is made, and all Common Units and Subordinated Units that have as of the date of determination, been earned by but not yet issued to management of the Partnership in respect of incentive compensation), plus the related distribution on the General Partner Interest; and

(iii) the Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage on all of the Common Units is zero.

(b) An additional 10,704,936 of the Outstanding Subordinated Units will convert into Common Units on a one-for-one basis on the first day after the Record Date for distribution in respect of any Quarter ending on or after June 30, 2002, in respect of which:

(i) distributions under Section 6.4 in respect of all Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units with respect to each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-Quarter periods immediately preceding such date equaled or exceeded the sum of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all of the Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units during such periods;

(ii) the Adjusted Operating Surplus generated during each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-Quarter periods immediately preceding such date equaled or exceeded the sum of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all of the Common Units and Subordinated Units that were outstanding during such periods on a fully diluted basis (i.e., taking into account for purposes of such determination all Outstanding Common Units, all Outstanding Subordinated Units, all Common Units and Subordinated Units issuable upon exercise of employee options that have, as of the date of determination, already vested or are scheduled to vest prior to the end of the Quarter immediately following the Quarter with respect to which such determination is made, and all Common Units and Subordinated Units that have as of the date of determination, been earned by but not yet issued to management of the Partnership in respect of incentive compensation), plus the related distribution on the General Partner Interest; and

(iii) the Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage on all of the Common Units is zero;

provided, however, that the conversion of Subordinated Units pursuant to this Section 5.8(b) may not occur until at least one year following the conversion of Subordinated Units pursuant to Section 5.8(a).

(c) In the event that less than all of the Outstanding Subordinated Units shall convert into Common Units pursuant to Section 5.8(a) or 5.8(b) at a time when there shall be more than one holder of Subordinated Units, then, unless all of the holders of Subordinated Units shall agree to a different allocation, the Subordinated Units that are to be converted into Common Units shall be allocated among the holders of Subordinated Units pro rata based on the number of Subordinated Units held by each such holder.

(d) Any Subordinated Units that are not converted into Common Units pursuant to Sections 5.8(a) and (b) shall convert into Common Units on a one-for-one basis on the first day following the Record Date for distributions in respect of the final Quarter of the Subordination Period.

(e) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, all the then Outstanding Subordinated Units will automatically convert into Common Units on a one-for-one basis as set forth in, and pursuant to the terms of, Section 11.4.

(f) A Subordinated Unit that has converted into a Common Unit shall be subject to the provisions of Section 6.7(b).

18

        5.9     Limited Preemptive Right.

        Except as provided in this Section 5.9, no Person shall have any preemptive, preferential or other similar right with respect to the issuance of any Partnership Security, whether unissued, held in the treasury or hereafter created. The General Partner shall have the right, which it may from time to time assign in whole or in part to any of its Affiliates, to purchase Partnership Securities from the Partnership whenever, and on the same terms that, the Partnership issues Partnership Securities to Persons other than the General Partner and its Affiliates, to the extent necessary to maintain the Percentage Interests of the General Partner and its Affiliates equal to that which existed immediately prior to the issuance of such Partnership Securities.

        5.10     Splits and Combinations.

(a) Subject to Sections 5.10(d), 6.6 and 6.8 (dealing with adjustments of distribution levels), the Partnership may make a Pro Rata distribution of Partnership Securities to all Record Holders or may effect a subdivision or combination of Partnership Securities so long as, after any such event, each Partner shall have the same Percentage Interest in the Partnership as before such event, and any amounts calculated on a per Unit basis (including any Common Unit Arrearage or Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage) or stated as a number of Units (including the number of Subordinated Units that may convert prior to the end of the Subordination Period, and the number of additional Parity Units that may be issued pursuant to Section 5.7 without a Unitholder vote, and the number of Common Units into which Class A Special Units are to be converted pursuant to Section 5.12) are proportionately adjusted retroactive to the beginning of the Partnership.

(b) Whenever such a distribution, subdivision or combination of Partnership Securities is declared, the General Partner shall select a Record Date as of which the distribution, subdivision or combination shall be effective and shall send notice thereof at least 20 days prior to such Record Date to each Record Holder as of a date not less than 10 days prior to the date of such notice. The General Partner also may cause a firm of independent public accountants selected by it to calculate the number of Partnership Securities to be held by each Record Holder after giving effect to such distribution, subdivision or combination. The General Partner shall be entitled to rely on any certificate provided by such firm as conclusive evidence of the accuracy of such calculation.

(c) Promptly following any such distribution, subdivision or combination, the Partnership may issue Certificates to the Record Holders of Partnership Securities as of the applicable Record Date representing the new number of Partnership Securities held by such Record Holders, or the General Partner may adopt such other procedures as it may deem appropriate to reflect such changes. If any such combination results in a smaller total number of Partnership Securities Outstanding, the Partnership shall require, as a condition to the delivery to a Record Holder of such new Certificate, the surrender of any Certificate held by such Record Holder immediately prior to such Record Date.

(d) The Partnership shall not issue fractional Units upon any distribution, subdivision or combination of Units. If a distribution, subdivision or combination of Units would result in the issuance of fractional Units but for the provisions of Section 5.7(d) and this Section 5.10(d), each fractional Unit shall be rounded to the nearest whole Unit (and a 0.5 Unit shall be rounded to the next higher Unit).

19

        5.11    Fully Paid and Non-Assessable Nature of Limited Partner Interests. All Limited Partner Interests issued pursuant to, and in accordance with the requirements of, this Article V shall be fully paid and non-assessable Limited Partner Interests in the Partnership, except as such non-assessability may be affected by Section 17-607 of the Delaware Act.

        5.12    Creation and Conversion of Class A Special Units. Pursuant to Section 5.6, the General Partner hereby designates and creates a special class of Units designated “Class A Special Units” and fixes the designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, powers and duties of the holders of the Class A Special Units as follows:

(a) The Class A Special Units shall be divided into four series as set forth below, and each series of Class A Special Units shall be evidenced by a distinct Certificate issued in accordance with Section 4.1. The number of Class A Special Units comprising each series of Class A Special Units shall automatically convert into Common Units on a one-for-one basis on the date set forth opposite such number below (the “Class A Special Units Conversation Dates”):

(i) 2,000,000 Series 2000 Class A Special Units — the first day following the Record Date for distribution in respect of the Quarter ended June 30, 2000;

(ii) 10,000,000 Series 2001 Class A Special Units — the first day following the Record Date for distribution in respect of the Quarter ended June 30, 2001;

(iii) 17,000,000 Series 2002 Class A Special Units plus the first 2,000,000 Series 2002B Class A Special Units, if any, issued pursuant to the second sentence of Section 5.3(d) upon satisfaction of the Performance Tests — the first day following the Record Date for distribution in respect of the Quarter ended June 30, 2002; and

(iv) other than the Series 2002B Class A Special Units converted pursuant to Section 5.12(a)(iii), the number of Series 2002B Class A Special Units, if any, issued pursuant to the second sentence of Section 5.3(d) upon satisfaction of the Performance Tests — the first day following the Record Date for distribution in respect of the Quarter ended June 30, 2003;

provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, the Class A Special Units will not convert or be convertible into Common Units until after such time as the issuance of such Common Units has been approved by holders of a majority of the Units (not including for this purpose the Class A Special Units) present and entitled to vote at a meeting of Unitholders called to consider and vote upon such issuance.

(b) Except as otherwise provided in this Section 5.12(b), upon conversion pursuant to Section 5.12(a), Class A Special Units to be converted shall cease to remain outstanding and shall have no rights or obligations under this Agreement. Upon a request from the General Partner, Partners holding Class A Special Units converted pursuant to Section 5.12(a) shall surrender the Certificates evidencing such Class A Special Units in exchange for Certificates issued in accordance with Section 4.1.

(c) Except for distributions pursuant to Section 12.4(c) and except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement by reference to the Class A Special Units, the Class A Special Units shall have no voting rights, rights to distributions, rights to allocation, rights upon dissolution and liquidation or other rights with respect to the Partnership.

20

(d) A Class A Special Unit that has converted into a Common Unit shall be subject to the provisions of Section 6.7(b).

        5.13     Creation of Class B Special Units

. Pursuant to Section 5.6, the General Partner hereby designates and creates a special class of units to be designated as “Class B Special Units” and fixes the designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, powers and duties of holders of the Class B Special Units as follows:

(a) Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, each Class B Special Unit shall be identical to a Common Unit, and each holder of a Class B Special Unit shall have all the rights of a holder of a Common Unit with respect to, without limitation, Partnership distributions and allocations of income, gain, loss or deductions.

(b) Holders of the Class B Special Units shall not have voting rights, and the Class B Special Units shall not be deemed to be Outstanding for purposes of determining whether a quorum is present or whether the approval of the requisite number of holders of Units has been obtained.

(c) Each Class B Special Unit shall be convertible from time to time, in whole, but not in part, at the option of the holder thereof, into one Common Unit from and after the date on which the issuance of Common Units upon conversion of the Class B Special Units has been approved either (i) by holders of not less than a majority of the Units (not including for this purpose the Class B Special Units) present and entitled to vote at a meeting of Unitholders called to consider and vote thereon, or (ii) by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Units (not including for this purpose the Class B Special Units) pursuant to written consents solicited by the Company without a meeting, in either case in accordance with all applicable rules and regulations promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission and the New York Stock Exchange. The Class B Special Units are not otherwise convertible except as provided in this Section 5.13(c).

(d) Before any holder of Class B Special Units shall be entitled to convert such holder’s Class B Special Units into Common Units, such holder shall surrender the Certificates evidencing the Class B Special Units, duly endorsed, at the office of the General Partner or of any transfer agent for the Class B Special Units, whereupon the Partnership shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Class B Special Units one or more Certificates evidencing Common Units, registered in the name of such holder, for the number of Common Units to which the holder shall be entitled. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made as of the date of the surrender of the Class B Special Units to be converted.

(e) The Certificates evidencing Class B Special Units shall be separately identified and shall not bear the same CUSIP number, if any, as the Certificates evidencing Common Units.

21

ARTICLE VI
ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

        6.1    Allocations for Capital Account Purposes. For purposes of maintaining the Capital Accounts and in determining the rights of the Partners among themselves, the Partnership’s items of income, gain, loss and deduction (computed in accordance with Section 5.5(b)) shall be allocated among the Partners in each taxable year (or portion thereof) as provided herein below.

(a) Net Income. After giving effect to the special allocations set forth in Section 6.1(d), Net Income for each taxable year and all items of income, gain, loss and deduction taken into account in computing Net Income for such taxable year shall be allocated as follows:

(i) First, 100% to the General Partner in an amount equal to the aggregate Net Losses allocated to the General Partner pursuant to Section 6.1(b)(iii) for all previous taxable years until the aggregate Net Income allocated to the General Partner pursuant to this Section 6.1(a)(i) for the current taxable year and all previous taxable years is equal to the aggregate Net Losses allocated to the General Partner pursuant to Section 6.1(b)(iii) for all previous taxable years;

(ii) Second, 2% to the General Partner in an amount equal to the aggregate Net Losses allocated to the General Partner pursuant to Section 6.1(b)(ii) for all previous taxable years and 98% to Unitholders holding Common Units and Subordinated Units in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests, until the aggregate Net Income allocated to such Partners pursuant to this Section 6.1(a)(ii) for the current taxable year and all previous taxable years is equal to the aggregate Net Losses allocated to such Partners pursuant to Section 6.1(b)(ii) for all previous taxable years; and

(iii) Third, the balance, if any, 100% to the General Partner and Unitholders holding Common Units and Subordinated Units in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.

(b) Net Losses. After giving effect to the special allocations set forth in Section 6.1(d), Net Losses for each taxable period and all items of income, gain, loss and deduction taken into account in computing Net Losses for such taxable period shall be allocated as follows:

(i) First, 2% to the General Partner and 98% to Unitholders holding Common Units and Subordinated Units in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests, until the aggregate Net Losses allocated pursuant to this Section 6.1(b)(i) for the current taxable year and all previous taxable years is equal to the aggregate Net Income allocated to such Partners pursuant to Section 6.1(a)(iii) for all previous taxable years; provided that the Net Losses shall not be allocated pursuant to this Section 6.1(b)(i) to the extent that such allocation would cause any Unitholder to have a deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account at the end of such taxable year (or increase any existing deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account);

(ii) Second, 2% to the General Partner and 98% to the Unitholders holding Common Units and Subordinated Units in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests; provided, that Net Losses shall not be allocated pursuant to this Section 6.1(b)(ii) to the extent that such allocation would cause any Unitholder to have a deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account at the end of such taxable year (or increase any existing deficit balance in its Adjusted Capital Account);

(iii) Third, the balance, if any, 100% to the General Partner.

22

(c) Net Termination Gains and Losses. After giving effect to the special allocations set forth in Section 6.1(d), all items of income, gain, loss and deduction taken into account in computing Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss for such taxable period shall be allocated in the same manner as such Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss is allocated hereunder. All allocations under this Section 6.1(c) shall be made after Capital Account balances have been adjusted by all other allocations provided under this Section 6.1 and after all distributions of Available Cash provided under Sections 6.4 and 6.5 have been made; provided, however, that solely for purposes of this Section 6.1(c), Capital Accounts shall not be adjusted for distributions made pursuant to Section 12.4.

(i) If a Net Termination Gain is recognized (or deemed recognized pursuant to Section 5.5(d)), such Net Termination Gain shall be allocated among the Partners in the following manner (and the Capital Accounts of the Partners shall be increased by the amount so allocated in each of the following subclauses, in the order listed, before an allocation is made pursuant to the next succeeding subclause):

A. First, to each Partner having a deficit balance in its Capital Account, in the proportion that such deficit balance bears to the total deficit balances in the Capital Accounts of all Partners, until each such Partner has been allocated Net Termination Gain equal to any such deficit balance in its Capital Account;

B. Second, if prior to the conversion of the last Outstanding Class A Special Unit, the Per Unit Capital Amount with respect to a Class A Special Unit is higher or lower than the Per Unit Capital Amount with respect to each Common Unit, 98% to the Unitholders holding Common Units and Class A Special Units in the manner and amount necessary to equalize, to the maximum extent possible, the Per Unit Capital Amount with respect to each Common Unit and each Class A Special Unit, and 2% to the General Partner;

C. Third, 98% to all Unitholders holding Common Units, in proportion to their relative Percentage Interests, and 2% to the General Partner until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is equal to the sum of (1) its Unrecovered Capital plus (2) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for the Quarter during which the Liquidation Date occurs, reduced by any distribution pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(i) or (b)(i) with respect to such Common Unit for such Quarter (the amount determined pursuant to this clause (2) is hereinafter defined as the “Unpaid MQD”), plus (3) any then existing Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage;

D. Fourth, if such Net Termination Gain is recognized (or is deemed to be recognized) prior to the expiration of the Subordination Period, 98% to all Unitholders holding Subordinated Units, in proportion to their relative Percentage Interests, and 2% to the General Partner until the Capital Account in respect of each Subordinated Unit then Outstanding equals the sum of (1) its Unrecovered Capital, determined for the taxable year (or portion thereof) to which this allocation of gain relates, plus (2) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for the Quarter during which the Liquidation Date occurs, reduced by any distribution pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(iii) with respect to such Subordinated Unit for such Quarter;

E. Fifth, 98% to all Unitholders, in accordance with their relative Percentage Interests, and 2% to the General Partner until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is equal to the sum of (1) its Unrecovered Capital, plus (2) the Unpaid MQD, plus (3) any then existing Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage, plus (4) the excess of (aa) the First Target Distribution less the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for each Quarter

23

of the Partnership’s existence over (bb) the cumulative per Unit amount of any distributions of Operating Surplus that was distributed pursuant to Sections 6.4(a)(iv) and 6.4(b)(ii) (the sum of (1) plus (2) plus (3) plus (4) is hereinafter defined as the “First Liquidation Target Amount”);

F. Sixth, 85% to all Unitholders, in accordance with their relative Percentage Interests, and 15% to the General Partner until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding is equal to the sum of (1) the First Liquidation Target Amount, plus (2) the excess of (aa) the Second Target Distribution less the First Target Distribution for each Quarter of the Partnership’s existence over (bb) the cumulative per Unit amount of any distributions of Operating Surplus that was distributed pursuant to Sections 6.4(a)(v) and 6.4(b)(iii); and

G. Finally, any remaining amount 75% to all Unitholders, in accordance with their relative Percentage Interests, and 25% to the General Partner.

(ii) If a Net Termination Loss is recognized (or deemed recognized pursuant to Section 5.5(d)), such Net Termination Loss shall be allocated among the Partners in the following manner (and the Capital Accounts of the Partners shall be decreased by the amount so allocated in each of the following subclauses, in the order listed, before an allocation is made pursuant to the next succeeding subclause):

A. First, prior to the conversion of the last Outstanding Subordinated Unit, 98% to the Unitholders holding Subordinated Units, in proportion to their relative Percentage Interests, and 2% to the General Partner until the Capital Account in respect of each Subordinated Unit then Outstanding has been reduced to zero;

B. Second, if, prior to the conversion of the last Outstanding Class A Special Unit, the Per Unit Capital Amount with respect to a Class A Special Unit is higher or lower than the Per Unit Capital Amount with respect to each Common Unit, 98% to the Unitholders holding Common Units and Class A Special Units in the manner and amount necessary to equalize, to the maximum extent possible, the Per Unit Capital Amount with respect to each Common Unit and each Class A Special Unit, and 2% to the General Partner;

C. Third, 98% to all Unitholders holding Common Units and Class A Special Units and to holders of Capital Account interests described in the last sentence of Section 5.5(c)(ii), in proportion to their relative Capital Account balances and 2% to the General Partner until the Capital Account in respect of each Common Unit and Class A Special Unit then Outstanding has been reduced to zero; and

D. Fourth, the balance, if any, 100% to the General Partner.

(d) Special Allocations. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1, the following special allocations shall be made for such taxable period:

(i) Partnership Minimum Gain Chargeback. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1, if there is a net decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain during any Partnership taxable period, each Partner shall be allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such period (and, if necessary, subsequent periods) in the manner and amounts provided in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(f)(6), 1.704-2(g)(2) and 1.704-2(j)(2)(i), or any successor provision. For purposes of this

24

Section 6.1(d), each Partner’s Adjusted Capital Account balance shall be determined, and the allocation of income or gain required hereunder shall be effected, prior to the application of any other allocations pursuant to this Section 6.1(d) with respect to such taxable period (other than an allocation pursuant to Sections 6.1(d)(vi) and 6.1(d)(vii)). This Section 6.1(d)(i) is intended to comply with the Partnership Minimum Gain chargeback requirement in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(f) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(ii) Chargeback of Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section 6.1 (other than Section 6.1(d)(i)), except as provided in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(4), if there is a net decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain during any Partnership taxable period, any Partner with a share of Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain at the beginning of such taxable period shall be allocated items of Partnership income and gain for such period (and, if necessary, subsequent periods) in the manner and amounts provided in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(i)(4) and 1.704-2(j)(2)(ii), or any successor provisions. For purposes of this Section 6.1(d), each Partner’s Adjusted Capital Account balance shall be determined, and the allocation of income or gain required hereunder shall be effected, prior to the application of any other allocations pursuant to this Section 6.1(d), other than Section 6.1(d)(i) and other than an allocation pursuant to Sections 6.1(d)(vi) and 6.1(d)(vii), with respect to such taxable period. This Section 6.1(d)(ii) is intended to comply with the chargeback of items of income and gain requirement in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(4) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith.

(iii) Priority Allocations.

A. If the amount of cash or the Net Agreed Value of any property distributed (except cash or property distributed pursuant to Section 12.4) to any Unitholder with respect to its Units for a taxable year is greater (on a per Unit basis) than the amount of cash or the Net Agreed Value of property distributed to the other Unitholders with respect to their Units (on a per Unit basis), then (1) each Unitholder receiving such greater cash or property distribution shall be allocated gross income in an amount equal to the product of (aa) the amount by which the distribution (on a per Unit basis) to such Unitholder exceeds the distribution (on a per Unit basis) to the Unitholders receiving the smallest distribution and (bb) the number of Units owned by the Unitholder receiving the greater distribution; and (2) the General Partner shall be allocated gross income in an aggregate amount equal to 2/98ths of the sum of the amounts allocated in clause (1) above.

B. After the application of Section 6.1(d)(iii)(A), all or any portion of the remaining items of Partnership gross income or gain for the taxable period, if any, shall be allocated 100% to the General Partner, until the aggregate amount of such items allocated to the General Partner pursuant to this paragraph 6.1(d)(iii)(B) for the current taxable year and all previous taxable years is equal to the cumulative amount of all Incentive Distributions made to the General Partner from the Closing Date to a date 45 days after the end of the current taxable year.

(iv) Qualified Income Offset. In the event any Partner unexpectedly receives any adjustments, allocations or distributions described in Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(4), 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(5), or 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d)(6), items of Partnership income and gain shall be specially allocated to such Partner in an amount and manner sufficient to eliminate, to the extent required by the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) of the Code, the deficit balance, if any, in its Adjusted Capital Account created by such adjustments, allocations or distributions as quickly as possible unless such deficit balance is otherwise eliminated pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(i) or (ii).

25

(v) Gross Income Allocations. In the event any Partner has a deficit balance in its Capital Account at the end of any Partnership taxable period in excess of the sum of (A) the amount such Partner is required to restore pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement and (B) the amount such Partner is deemed obligated to restore pursuant to Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(g) and 1.704-2(i)(5), such Partner shall be specially allocated items of Partnership gross income and gain in the amount of such excess as quickly as possible; provided, that an allocation pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(v) shall be made only if and to the extent that such Partner would have a deficit balance in its Capital Account as adjusted after all other allocations provided for in this Section 6.1 have been tentatively made as if this Section 6.1(d)(v) were not in this Agreement.

(vi) Nonrecourse Deductions. Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable period shall be allocated to the Partners in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests. If the General Partner determines in its good faith discretion that the Partnership’s Nonrecourse Deductions must be allocated in a different ratio to satisfy the safe harbor requirements of the Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 704(b) of the Code, the General Partner is authorized, upon notice to the other Partners, to revise the prescribed ratio to the numerically closest ratio that does satisfy such requirements.

(vii) Partner Nonrecourse Deductions. Partner Nonrecourse Deductions for any taxable period shall be allocated 100% to the Partner that bears the Economic Risk of Loss with respect to the Partner Nonrecourse Debt to which such Partner Nonrecourse Deductions are attributable in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i). If more than one Partner bears the Economic Risk of Loss with respect to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt, such Partner Nonrecourse Deductions attributable thereto shall be allocated between or among such Partners in accordance with the ratios in which they share such Economic Risk of Loss.

(viii) Nonrecourse Liabilities. For purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-3(a)(3), the Partners agree that Nonrecourse Liabilities of the Partnership in excess of the sum of (A) the amount of Partnership Minimum Gain and (B) the total amount of Nonrecourse Built-in Gain shall be allocated among the Partners in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.

(ix) Code Section 754 Adjustments. To the extent an adjustment to the adjusted tax basis of any Partnership asset pursuant to Section 734(b) or 743(b) of the Code is required, pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(m), to be taken into account in determining Capital Accounts, the amount of such adjustment to the Capital Accounts shall be treated as an item of gain (if the adjustment increases the basis of the asset) or loss (if the adjustment decreases such basis), and such item of gain or loss shall be specially allocated to the Partners in a manner consistent with the manner in which their Capital Accounts are required to be adjusted pursuant to such Section of the Treasury Regulations.

(x) Economic Uniformity. (A) With respect to any taxable period ending upon, or after, a Class A Special Unit Conversion Date, all or a portion of the remaining items of Partnership gross income or gain for such taxable period, after taking into account allocations pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(iii), shall be allocated 100% to the Partner holding Class A Special Units that have been converted to Common Units pursuant to Section 5.12, until such Partner has been allocated an amount of gross income or gain that increases the Capital Account maintained with respect to such converted Class A Special Units to an amount equal to the product of (1) the number of converted Class A Special Units held by such Partner and (2) the Per Unit Capital Amount for a Common Unit. The purpose of this allocation is to establish uniformity between the Capital Accounts underlying converted Class A Special Units and the Capital Accounts underlying Common Units held by Persons other than the General Partner and its Affiliates immediately prior to the conversion of such Class A Special Units into Common Units. This allocation method for establishing such economic uniformity will only

26

be available if the method for allocating the Capital Account maintained with respect to the Class A Special Units between the transferred and retained Class A Special Units pursuant to Section 5.5(c)(ii) does not otherwise provide such economic uniformity to the converted Class A Special Units; (B) at the election of the General Partner with respect to any taxable period ending upon, or after, the termination of the Subordination Period, all or a portion of the remaining items of Partnership gross income or gain for such taxable period, after taking into account allocations pursuant to Sections 6.1(d)(iii) and 6.1(d)(x)(A), shall be allocated 100% to each Partner holding Subordinated Units that are Outstanding as of the termination of the Subordination Period (“Final Subordinated Units”) in the proportion of the number of Final Subordinated Units held by such Partner to the total number of Final Subordinated Units then Outstanding, until each such Partner has been allocated an amount of gross income or gain which increases the Capital Account maintained with respect to such Final Subordinated Units to an amount equal to the product of (1) the number of Final Subordinated Units held by such Partner and (2) the Per Unit Capital Amount for a Common Unit. The purpose of this allocation is to establish uniformity between the Capital Accounts underlying Final Subordinated Units and the Capital Accounts underlying Common Units held by Persons other than the General Partner and its Affiliates immediately prior to the conversion of such Final Subordinated Units into Common Units. This allocation method for establishing such economic uniformity will only be available to the General Partner if the method for allocating the Capital Account maintained with respect to the Subordinated Units between the transferred and retained Subordinated Units pursuant to Section 5.5(c)(ii) does not otherwise provide such economic uniformity to the Final Subordinated Units.

(xi) Curative Allocation.

A. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 6.1, other than the Required Allocations, the Required Allocations shall be taken into account in making the Agreed Allocations so that, to the extent possible, the net amount of items of income, gain, loss and deduction allocated to each Partner pursuant to the Required Allocations and the Agreed Allocations, together, shall be equal to the net amount of such items that would have been allocated to each such Partner under the Agreed Allocations had the Required Allocations and the related Curative Allocation not otherwise been provided in this Section 6.1. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, Required Allocations relating to (1) Nonrecourse Deductions shall not be taken into account except to the extent that there has been a decrease in Partnership Minimum Gain and (2) Partner Nonrecourse Deductions shall not be taken into account except to the extent that there has been a decrease in Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain. Allocations pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A) shall only be made with respect to Required Allocations to the extent the General Partner reasonably determines that such allocations will otherwise be inconsistent with the economic agreement among the Partners. Further, allocations pursuant to this Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A) shall be deferred with respect to allocations pursuant to clauses (1) and (2) hereof to the extent the General Partner reasonably determines that such allocations are likely to be offset by subsequent Required Allocations.

B. The General Partner shall have reasonable discretion, with respect to each taxable period, to (1) apply the provisions of Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A) in whatever order is most likely to minimize the economic distortions that might otherwise result from the Required Allocations, and (2) divide all allocations pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(xi)(A) among the Partners in a manner that is likely to minimize such economic distortions.

27

        6.2     Allocations for Tax Purposes.

(a) Except as otherwise provided herein, for federal income tax purposes, each item of income, gain, loss and deduction shall be allocated among the Partners in the same manner as its correlative item of “book” income, gain, loss or deduction is allocated pursuant to Section 6.1.

(b) In an attempt to eliminate Book-Tax Disparities attributable to a Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, items of income, gain, loss, depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions shall be allocated for federal income tax purposes among the Partners as follows:

(i) (A) In the case of a Contributed Property, such items attributable thereto shall be allocated among the Partners in the manner provided under Section 704(c) of the Code that takes into account the variation between the Agreed Value of such property and its adjusted basis at the time of contribution; and (B) any item of Residual Gain or Residual Loss attributable to a Contributed Property shall be allocated among the Partners in the same manner as its correlative item of “book” gain or loss is allocated pursuant to Section 6.1.

(ii) (A) In the case of an Adjusted Property, such items shall (1) first, be allocated among the Partners in a manner consistent with the principles of Section 704(c) of the Code to take into account the Unrealized Gain or Unrealized Loss attributable to such property and the allocations thereof pursuant to Section 5.5(d)(i) or 5.5(d)(ii), and (2) second, in the event such property was originally a Contributed Property, be allocated among the Partners in a manner consistent with Section 6.2(b)(i)(A); and (B) any item of Residual Gain or Residual Loss attributable to an Adjusted Property shall be allocated among the Partners in the same manner as its correlative item of “book” gain or loss is allocated pursuant to Section 6.1.

(iii) The General Partner shall apply the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-3(d) to eliminate Book-Tax Disparities.

(c) For the proper administration of the Partnership and for the preservation of uniformity of the Limited Partner Interests (or any class or classes thereof), the General Partner shall have sole discretion to (i) adopt such conventions as it deems appropriate in determining the amount of depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions; (ii) make special allocations for federal income tax purposes of income (including, without limitation, gross income) or deductions; and (iii) amend the provisions of this Agreement as appropriate (A) to reflect the proposal or promulgation of Treasury Regulations under Section 704(b) or Section 704(c) of the Code or (B) otherwise to preserve or achieve uniformity of the Limited Partner Interests (or any class or classes thereof). The General Partner may adopt such conventions, make such allocations and make such amendments to this Agreement as provided in this Section 6.2(c) only if such conventions, allocations or amendments would not have a material adverse effect on the Partners, the holders of any class or classes of Limited Partner Interests issued and Outstanding or the Partnership, and if such allocations are consistent with the principles of Section 704 of the Code.

(d) The General Partner in its discretion may determine to depreciate or amortize the portion of an adjustment under Section 743(b) of the Code attributable to unrealized appreciation in any Adjusted Property (to the extent of the unamortized Book-Tax Disparity) using a predetermined rate derived from the depreciation or amortization method and useful life applied to the Partnership’s common basis of such property, despite any inconsistency of such approach with Proposed Treasury Regulation Section 1.168-2(n), Treasury Regulation Section 1.167(c)-l(a)(6) or Proposed Treasury Regulation Section 1.197-2(g)(3). If the General Partner determines that such reporting position cannot reasonably be taken, the General Partner may adopt depreciation and amortization conventions under which all purchasers acquiring Limited Partner Interests in the same month would receive depreciation and amortization deductions, based upon the same applicable rate as if they had

28

purchased a direct interest in the Partnership’s property. If the General Partner chooses not to utilize such aggregate method, the General Partner may use any other reasonable depreciation and amortization conventions to preserve the uniformity of the intrinsic tax characteristics of any Limited Partner Interests that would not have material adverse effect on the Limited Partners or the Record Holders of any class or classes of Limited Partner Interests.

(e) Any gain allocated to the Partners upon the sale or other taxable disposition of any Partnership asset shall, to the extent possible, after taking into account other required allocations of gain pursuant to this Section 6.2, be characterized as Recapture Income in the same proportions and to the same extent as such Partners (or their predecessors in interest) have been allocated any deductions directly or indirectly giving rise to the treatment of such gains as Recapture Income.

(f) All items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit recognized by the Partnership for federal income tax purposes and allocated to the Partners in accordance with the provisions hereof shall be determined without regard to any election under Section 754 of the Code which may be made by the Partnership; provided, however, that such allocations, once made, shall be adjusted as necessary or appropriate to take into account those adjustments permitted or required by Sections 734 and 743 of the Code.

(g) Each item of Partnership income, gain, loss and deduction attributable to a transferred Partnership Interest, shall for federal income tax purposes, be determined on an annual basis and prorated on a monthly basis and shall be allocated to the Partners as of the opening of the principal National Securities Exchange on which the Common Units are then traded on the first Business Day of each month; provided, however, that such items for the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the last day of the month in which the Option Closing Date or the expiration of the Over-Allotment Option occurs shall be allocated to the Partners as of the opening of the Nasdaq National Market on the first Business Day of the next succeeding month; and provided, further, that gain or loss on a sale or other disposition of any assets of the Partnership other than in the ordinary course of business shall be allocated to the Partners as of the opening of the Nasdaq National Market (or such other National Securities Exchange on which the Common Units are then primarily traded) on the first Business Day of the month in which such gain or loss is recognized for federal income tax purposes. The General Partner may revise, alter or otherwise modify such methods of allocation as it determines necessary, to the extent permitted or required by Section 706 of the Code and the regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder.

(h) Allocations that would otherwise be made to a Limited Partner under the provisions of this Article VI shall instead be made to the beneficial owner of Limited Partner Interests held by a nominee in any case in which the nominee has furnished the identity of such owner to the Partnership in accordance with Section 6031(c) of the Code or any other method acceptable to the General Partner in its sole discretion.

        6.3     Requirement and Characterization of Distributions; Distributions to Record Holders.

(a) Within 45 days following the end of each Quarter commencing with the Quarter ending on September 30, 1998, an amount equal to 100% of Available Cash with respect to such Quarter shall, subject to Section 17-607 of the Delaware Act, be distributed in accordance with this Article VI by the Partnership to the Partners as of the Record Date selected by the General Partner in its reasonable discretion. All amounts of Available Cash distributed by the Partnership on any date from any source shall be deemed to be Operating Surplus until the sum of all amounts of Available Cash theretofore distributed by the Partnership to the Partners pursuant to Section 6.4 equals the Operating Surplus from the Closing Date through the close of the immediately preceding Quarter. Any remaining amounts of Available Cash distributed by the Partnership on such date shall, except as otherwise provided in Section 6.5, be deemed to be “Capital Surplus.” All distributions required to be made under this Agreement shall be made subject to Section 17-607 of the Delaware Act.

29

(b) Notwithstanding Section 6.3(a), in the event of the dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership, all receipts received during or after the Quarter in which the Liquidation Date occurs, other than from borrowings described in (a)(ii)(A) of the definition of Available Cash, shall be applied and distributed solely in accordance with, and subject to the terms and conditions of, Section 12.4.

(c) The General Partner shall have the discretion to treat taxes paid by the Partnership on behalf of, or amounts withheld with respect to, all or less than all of the Partners, as a distribution of Available Cash to such Partners.

(d) Each distribution in respect of a Partnership Interest shall be paid by the Partnership, directly or through the Transfer Agent or through any other Person or agent, only to the Record Holder of such Partnership Interest as of the Record Date set for such distribution. Such payment shall constitute full payment and satisfaction of the Partnership’s liability in respect of such payment, regardless of any claim of any Person who may have an interest in such payment by reason of an assignment or otherwise.

        6.4     Distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus.

(a) During Subordination Period. Available Cash with respect to any Quarter within the Subordination Period that is deemed to be Operating Surplus pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.3 or 6.5 shall, subject to Section 17- 607 of the Delaware Act, be distributed as follows, except as otherwise required by Section 5.6(b) in respect of additional Partnership Securities issued pursuant thereto:

(i) First, 98% to the Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, and 2% to the General Partner until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;

(ii) Second, 98% to the Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, and 2% to the General Partner until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage existing with respect to such Quarter;

(iii) Third, 98% to the Unitholders holding Subordinated Units, Pro Rata, and 2% to the General Partner until there has been distributed in respect of each Subordinated Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;

(iv) Fourth, 98% to all Unitholders holding Common Units and all Unitholders holding Subordinated Units, Pro Rata, and 2% to the General Partner until there has been distributed in respect of each such Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the First Target Distribution over the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;

(v) Fifth, 85% to all Unitholders holding Common Units and all Unitholders holding Subordinated Units, Pro Rata, and 15% to the General Partner until there has been distributed in respect of each such Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Second Target Distribution over the First Target Distribution for such Quarter; and

(vi) Thereafter, 75% to all Unitholders holding Common Units and all Unitholders holding Subordinated Units, Pro Rata, and 25% to the General Partner;

provided, however, if the Minimum Quarterly Distribution, the First Target Distribution and the Second Target Distribution have been reduced to zero pursuant to the second sentence of Section 6.6(a), the distribution of

30

Available Cash that is deemed to be Operating Surplus with respect to any Quarter will be made solely in accordance with Section 6.4(a)(vi).

(b) After Subordination Period. Available Cash with respect to any Quarter after the Subordination Period that is deemed to be Operating Surplus pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.3 or 6.5, subject to Section 17-607 of the Delaware Act, shall be distributed as follows, except as otherwise required by Section 5.6(b) in respect of additional Partnership Securities issued pursuant thereto:

(i) First, 98% to all Unitholders holding Common Units and all Unitholders holding Subordinated Units, Pro Rata, and 2% to the General Partner until there has been distributed in respect of each such Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;

(ii) Second, 98% to all Unitholders holding Common Units and all Unitholders holding Subordinated Units, Pro Rata, and 2% to the General Partner until there has been distributed in respect of each such Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the First Target Distribution over the Minimum Quarterly Distribution for such Quarter;

(iii) Third, 85% to all Unitholders holding Common Units and all Unitholders holding Subordinated Units, Pro Rata, and 15% to the General Partner until there has been distributed in respect of each such Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the excess of the Second Target Distribution over the First Target Distribution for such Quarter;

(iv) Thereafter, 75% to all Unitholders holding Common Units and all Unitholders holding Subordinated Units, Pro Rata, and 25% to the General Partner;

provided, however, if the Minimum Quarterly Distribution, the First Target Distribution and the Second Target Distribution have been reduced to zero pursuant to the second sentence of Section 6.6(a), the distribution of Available Cash that is deemed to be Operating Surplus with respect to any Quarter will be made solely in accordance with Section 6.4(b)(iv).

        6.5    Distributions of Available Cash from Capital Surplus. Available Cash that is deemed to be Capital Surplus pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.3(a) shall, subject to Section 17-607 of the Delaware Act, be distributed, unless the provisions of Section 6.3 require otherwise, 98% to all Unitholders holding Common Units and all Unitholders holding Subordinated Units, Pro Rata, and 2% to the General Partner until a hypothetical holder of a Common Unit acquired on the Closing Date has received with respect to such Common Unit, during the period since the Closing Date through such date, distributions of Available Cash that are deemed to be Capital Surplus in an aggregate amount equal to the Initial Unit Price. Available Cash that is deemed to be Capital Surplus shall then be distributed 98% to all Unitholders holding Common Units, Pro Rata, and 2% to the General Partner until there has been distributed in respect of each Common Unit then Outstanding an amount equal to the Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage. Thereafter, all Available Cash shall be distributed as if it were Operating Surplus and shall be distributed in accordance with Section 6.4.

        6.6     Adjustment of Minimum Quarterly Distribution and Target Distribution Levels.

(a) The Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution, Second Target Distribution, Common Unit Arrearages and Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages shall be proportionately adjusted in the event of any distribution, combination or subdivision (whether effected by a distribution payable in Units or otherwise) of Units or other Partnership Securities in accordance with Section 5.10. In the event of a distribution of Available Cash that is deemed to be from Capital Surplus, the then applicable Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution and Second Target Distribution shall be adjusted proportionately

31

downward to equal the product obtained by multiplying the otherwise applicable Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution and Second Target Distribution, as the case may be, by a fraction of which the numerator is the Unrecovered Capital of the Common Units immediately after giving effect to such distribution and of which the denominator is the Unrecovered Capital of the Common Units immediately prior to giving effect to such distribution.

(b) The Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution and Second Target Distribution shall also be subject to adjustment pursuant to Section 6.8.

        6.7     Special Provisions Relating to the Holders of Subordinated Units and Class A Special Units.

(a) Except with respect to the right to vote on or approve matters requiring the vote or approval of a percentage of the holders of Outstanding Common Units and the right to participate in allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction and distributions made with respect to Common Units, the holder of a Subordinated Unit shall have all of the rights and obligations of a Unitholder holding Common Units hereunder; provided, however, that immediately upon the conversion of Subordinated Units into Common Units pursuant to Section 5.8, the Unitholder holding a Subordinated Unit so converted shall possess all of the rights and obligations of a Unitholder holding Common Units hereunder, including the right to vote as a Common Unitholder and the right to participate in allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction and distributions made with respect to Common Units; provided, however, that such converted Subordinated Units shall remain subject to the provisions of Sections 5.5(c)(ii), 6.1(d)(x) and 6.7(b).

(b) The Unitholder holding a Subordinated Unit or a Class A Special Unit which has converted into a Common Unit pursuant to Section 5.8 or Section 5.12, respectively, shall not be issued a Common Unit Certificate pursuant to Section 4.1, and shall not be permitted to transfer its converted Subordinated Units or Class A Special Units to a Person which is not an Affiliate of the holder until such time as the General Partner determines, based on advice of counsel, that a converted Subordinated Unit or Class A Special Unit should have, as a substantive matter, like intrinsic economic and federal income tax characteristics, in all material respects, to the intrinsic economic and federal income tax characteristics of an Initial Common Unit. In connection with the condition imposed by this Section 6.7(b), the General Partner may take whatever reasonable steps are required to provide economic uniformity to the converted Subordinated Units or Class A Special Units in preparation for a transfer of such converted Subordinated Units or Class A Special Units, including the application of Sections 5.5(c)(ii) and 6.1(d)(x); provided, however, that no such steps may be taken that would have a material adverse effect on the Unitholders holding Common Units represented by Common Unit Certificates.

(c) Immediately upon the conversion of Class A Special Units into Common Units pursuant to Section 5.12, the Unitholder holding a Class A Special Unit so converted shall possess all of the rights and obligations of a Unitholder holding Common Units hereunder, including the right to vote as a Common Unitholder and the right to participate in allocations of income, gain, loss and deduction and distributions made with respect to Common Units; provided, however, that such converted Class A Special Units shall remain subject to the provisions of Sections 5.5(c)(ii), 6.1(d)(x)(A) and 6.7(b).

        6.8    Entity-Level Taxation. If legislation is enacted or the interpretation of existing language is modified by the relevant governmental authority which causes the Partnership or the Operating Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise subjects the Partnership or the Operating Partnership to entity-level taxation for federal income tax purposes, the then applicable Minimum Quarterly Distribution, First Target Distribution and Second Target Distribution shall be adjusted to equal the product obtained by multiplying (a) the amount thereof by (b) one minus the sum of (i) the highest marginal federal corporate (or other entity, as applicable) income tax rate of the Partnership or the Operating Partnership for the taxable year of the Partnership or the Operating Partnership in which such Quarter occurs (expressed as a percentage) plus (ii) the effective overall state and local income tax rate (expressed

32

as a percentage) applicable to the Partnership or the Operating Partnership for the calendar year next preceding the calendar year in which such Quarter occurs (after taking into account the benefit of any deduction allowable for federal income tax purposes with respect to the payment of state and local income taxes), but only to the extent of the increase in such rates resulting from such legislation or interpretation. Such effective overall state and local income tax rate shall be determined for the taxable year next preceding the first taxable year during which the Partnership or the Operating Partnership is taxable for federal income tax purposes as an association taxable as a corporation or is otherwise subject to entity-level taxation by determining such rate as if the Partnership or the Operating Partnership had been subject to such state and local taxes during such preceding taxable year.

ARTICLE VII
MANAGEMENT AND OPERATION OF BUSINESS

        7.1     Management.

(a) The General Partner shall conduct, direct and manage all activities of the Partnership. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, all management powers over the business and affairs of the Partnership shall be exclusively vested in the General Partner, and no Limited Partner or Assignee shall have any management power over the business and affairs of the Partnership. In addition to the powers now or hereafter granted a general partner of a limited partnership under applicable law or which are granted to the General Partner under any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner, subject to Section 7.3, shall have full power and authority to do all things and on such terms as it, in its sole discretion, may deem necessary or appropriate to conduct the business of the Partnership, to exercise all powers set forth in Section 2.5 and to effectuate the purposes set forth in Section 2.4, including the following:

(i) the making of any expenditures, the lending or borrowing of money, the assumption or guarantee of, or other contracting for, indebtedness and other liabilities, the issuance of evidences of indebtedness, including indebtedness that is convertible into Partnership Securities, and the incurring of any other obligations;

(ii) the making of tax, regulatory and other filings, or rendering of periodic or other reports to governmental or other agencies having jurisdiction over the business or assets of the Partnership;

(iii) the acquisition, disposition, mortgage, pledge, encumbrance, hypothecation or exchange of any or all of the assets of the Partnership or the merger or other combination of the Partnership with or into another Person (the matters described in this clause (iii) being subject, however, to any prior approval that may be required by Section 7.3);

(iv) the use of the assets of the Partnership (including cash on hand) for any purpose consistent with the terms of this Agreement, including the financing of the conduct of the operations of the Partnership Group; subject to Section 7.6(a), the lending of funds to other Persons (including the Operating Partnership); the repayment of obligations of the Partnership Group; and the making of capital contributions to any member of the Partnership Group;

(v) the negotiation, execution and performance of any contracts, conveyances or other instruments (including instruments that limit the liability of the Partnership under contractual arrangements to all or particular assets of the Partnership, with the other party to the contract to have no recourse against the General Partner or its assets other than its interest in the Partnership, even if same results in the terms of the transaction being less favorable to the Partnership than would otherwise be the case);

33

(vi) the distribution of Partnership cash;

(vii) the selection and dismissal of employees (including employees having titles such as “president,” “vice president,” “secretary” and “treasurer”) and agents, outside attorneys, accountants, consultants and contractors and the determination of their compensation and other terms of employment or hiring;

(viii) the maintenance of such insurance for the benefit of the Partnership Group and the Partners as it deems necessary or appropriate;

(ix) the formation of, or acquisition of an interest in, and the contribution of property and the making of loans to, any further limited or general partnerships, joint ventures, corporations or other relationships (including the acquisition of interests in, and the contributions of property to, the Operating Partnership from time to time) subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 2.4;

(x) the control of any matters affecting the rights and obligations of the Partnership, including the bringing and defending of actions at law or in equity and otherwise engaging in the conduct of litigation and the incurring of legal expense and the settlement of claims and litigation;

(xi) the indemnification of any Person against liabilities and contingencies to the extent permitted by law;

(xii) the entering into of listing agreements with any National Securities Exchange and the delisting of some or all of the Limited Partner Interests from, or requesting that trading be suspended on, any such exchange (subject to any prior approval that may be required under Section 4.8);

(xiii) unless restricted or prohibited by Section 5.7, the purchase, sale or other acquisition or disposition of Partnership Securities, or the issuance of additional options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to Partnership Securities; and

(xiv) the undertaking of any action in connection with the Partnership’s ownership or operation of any Group Member, including exercising, on behalf and for the benefit of the Partnership, the Partnership’s rights as the sole stockholder of the Operating General Partner.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Operating Partnership Agreement, the Delaware Act or any applicable law, rule or regulation, each of the Partners and Assignees and each other Person who may acquire an interest in Partnership Securities hereby (i) approves, ratifies and confirms the execution, delivery and performance by the parties thereto of the Operating Partnership Agreement, the Underwriting Agreement, the EPCO Agreement, and the other agreements described in or filed as a part of the Registration Statement that are related to the transactions contemplated by the Registration Statement; (ii) agrees that the General Partner (on its own or through any officer of the Partnership) is authorized to execute, deliver and perform the agreements referred to in clause (i) of this sentence and the other agreements, acts, transactions and matters described in or contemplated by the Registration Statement on behalf of the Partnership without any further act, approval or vote of the Partners or the Assignees or the other Persons who may acquire an interest in Partnership Securities; and (iii) agrees that the execution, delivery or performance by the General Partner, any Group Member or any Affiliate of any of them, of this Agreement or any agreement authorized or permitted under this Agreement (including the exercise by the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner of the rights accorded pursuant to Article XV), shall not constitute a breach by the General Partner of any duty that the General Partner may owe the Partnership or the Limited Partners or the Assignees or any other Persons under this Agreement (or any other agreements) or of any duty stated or implied by law or equity.

34

        7.2    Certificate of Limited Partnership. The General Partner has caused the Certificate of Limited Partnership to be filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as required by the Delaware Act and shall use all reasonable efforts to cause to be filed such other certificates or documents as may be determined by the General Partner in its sole discretion to be reasonable and necessary or appropriate for the formation, continuation, qualification and operation of a limited partnership (or a partnership in which the limited partners have limited liability) in the State of Delaware or any other state in which the Partnership may elect to do business or own property. To the extent that such action is determined by the General Partner in its sole discretion to be reasonable and necessary or appropriate, the General Partner shall file amendments to and restatements of the Certificate of Limited Partnership and do all things to maintain the Partnership as a limited partnership (or a partnership or other entity in which the limited partners have limited liability) under the laws of the State of Delaware or of any other state in which the Partnership may elect to do business or own property. Subject to the terms of Section 3.4(a), the General Partner shall not be required, before or after filing, to deliver or mail a copy of the Certificate of Limited Partnership, any qualification document or any amendment thereto to any Limited Partner.

        7.3     Restrictions on General Partner’s Authority.

(a) The General Partner may not, without written approval of the specific act by holders of all of the Outstanding Limited Partner Interests (other than the Class A Special Units) or by other written instrument executed and delivered by holders of all of the Outstanding Limited Partner Interests (other than the Class A Special Units) subsequent to the date of this Agreement, take any action in contravention of this Agreement, including, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, (i) committing any act that would make it impossible to carry on the ordinary business of the Partnership; (ii) possessing Partnership property, or assigning any rights in specific Partnership property, for other than a Partnership purpose; (iii) admitting a Person as a Partner; (iv) amending this Agreement in any manner; or (v) transferring its interest as general partner of the Partnership.

(b) Except as provided in Articles XII and XIV, the General Partner may not sell, exchange or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the Partnership’s assets in a single transaction or a series of related transactions or approve on behalf of the Partnership the sale, exchange or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership or the Operating Partnership, without the approval of holders of a Unit Majority; provided however that this provision shall not preclude or limit the General Partner’s ability to mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or grant a security interest in all or substantially all of the assets of the Partnership or the Operating Partnership and shall not apply to any forced sale of any or all of the assets of the Partnership or the Operating Partnership pursuant to the foreclosure of, or other realization upon, any such encumbrance. Without the approval of holders of a Unit Majority, the General Partner shall not, on behalf of the Partnership, (i) consent to any amendment to the Operating Partnership Agreement or, except as expressly permitted by Section 7.9(d), take any action permitted to be taken by a partner of the Operating Partnership, in either case, that would have a material adverse effect on the Partnership as a partner of the Operating Partnership or (ii) except as permitted under Sections 4.6, 11.1 and 11.2, elect or cause the Partnership to elect a successor general partner of the Partnership.

        7.4     Reimbursement of the General Partner.

(a) Except as provided in this Section 7.4 and elsewhere in this Agreement or in the Operating Partnership Agreement, the General Partner shall not be compensated for its services as general partner of the Partnership or any Group Member.

(b) Subject to any applicable limitations contained in the EPCO Agreement, the General Partner shall be reimbursed on a monthly basis, or such other reasonable basis as the General Partner may determine in its sole discretion, for (i) all direct and indirect expenses it incurs or payments it makes on behalf of the Partnership (including amounts paid by the General Partner to EPC under the EPCO Agreement and including salary, bonus, incentive compensation and other amounts paid to any Person, including Affiliates of the General

35

Partner, to perform services for the Partnership or for the General Partner in the discharge of its duties to the Partnership), and (ii) all other necessary or appropriate expenses allocable to the Partnership or otherwise reasonably incurred by the General Partner in connection with operating the Partnership’s business (including expenses allocated to the General Partner by its Affiliates). The General Partner shall determine the expenses that are allocable to the Partnership in any reasonable manner determined by the General Partner in its sole discretion. Reimbursements pursuant to this Section 7.4 shall be in addition to any reimbursement to the General Partner as a result of indemnification pursuant to Section 7.7.

(c) Subject to Section 5.7, the General Partner, in its sole discretion and without the approval of the Limited Partners (who shall have no right to vote in respect thereof), may propose and adopt on behalf of the Partnership employee benefit and incentive plans, employee programs and employee practices (including plans, programs and practices involving the issuance of Partnership Securities or options to purchase Partnership Securities), or cause the Partnership to issue Partnership Securities in connection with, or pursuant to, any employee benefit plan, employee program or employee practice maintained or sponsored by the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, in each case for the benefit of employees of the General Partner, any Group Member or any Affiliate, or any of them, in respect of services performed, directly or indirectly, for the benefit of the Partnership Group. The Partnership agrees to issue and sell to the General Partner or any of its Affiliates any Partnership Securities that the General Partner or such Affiliate is obligated to provide to any employees pursuant to any such employee benefit plans, employee programs or employee practices. Expenses incurred by the General Partner in connection with any such plans, programs and practices (including the net cost to the General Partner or such Affiliate of Partnership Securities purchased by the General Partner or such Affiliate from the Partnership to fulfill options or awards under such plans, programs and practices) shall be reimbursed in accordance with Section 7.4(b). Any and all obligations of the General Partner under any employee benefit or incentive plans, employee programs or employee practices adopted by the General Partner as permitted by this Section 7.4(c) shall constitute obligations of the General Partner hereunder and shall be assumed by any successor General Partner approved pursuant to Section 11.1 or 11.2 or the transferee of or successor to all of the General Partner’s Partnership Interest as the General Partner in the Partnership pursuant to Section 4.6.

        7.5     Outside Activities.

(a) After the Closing Date, the General Partner, for so long as it is the general partner of the Partnership (i) agrees that its sole business will be to act as the general partner or managing member of the Partnership and any other partnership or limited liability company of which the Partnership is, directly or indirectly, a partner or managing member and to undertake activities that are ancillary or related thereto (including being a limited partner in the partnership), (ii) shall not engage in any business or activity or incur any debts or liabilities except in connection with or incidental to (A) its performance as general partner or managing member of one or more Group Members or as described in or contemplated by the Registration Statement or (B) the acquiring, owning or disposing of debt or equity securities in any Group Member and (iii) except to the extent permitted by the EPCO Agreement, shall not, and shall cause its Affiliates not to, engage in any Restricted Activity.

(b) EPC has entered into the EPCO Agreement with the Partnership and the Operating Partnership, which agreement sets forth certain restrictions on the ability of EPC and its Affiliates to engage in Restricted Activities.

(c) Except as specifically restricted by Section 7.5(a) and the EPCO Agreement, each Indemnitee (other than the General Partner) shall have the right to engage in businesses of every type and description and other activities for profit and to engage in and possess an interest in other business ventures of any and every type or description, whether in businesses engaged in or anticipated to be engaged in by any Group Member, independently or with others, including business interests and activities in direct competition with the business and activities of any Group Member, and none of the same shall constitute a breach of this Agreement or any duty express or implied by law to any Group Member or any Partner or Assignee. Neither any Group Member,

36

any Limited Partner nor any other Person shall have any rights by virtue of this Agreement, the Operating Partnership Agreement or the partnership relationship established hereby or thereby in any business ventures of any Indemnitee.

(d) Subject to the terms of the EPCO Agreement and Section 7.5(a), 7.5(b), and 7.5(c) and the EPCO Agreement, but otherwise notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, (i) the engaging in competitive activities by any Indemnitees (other than the General Partner) in accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.5 is hereby approved by the Partnership and all Partners, (ii) it shall be deemed not to be a breach of the General Partner’s fiduciary duty or any other obligation of any type whatsoever of the General Partner for the Indemnitees (other than the General Partner) to engage in such business interests and activities in preference to or to the exclusion of the Partnership and (iii) the General Partner and the Indemnitees shall have no obligation to present business opportunities to the Partnership.

(e) The General Partner and any of its Affiliates may acquire Partnership Securities in addition to those acquired on the Closing Date and, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, shall be entitled to exercise all rights of the General Partner or Limited Partner, as applicable, relating to such Partnership Securities.

(f) The term “Affiliates” when used in Sections 7.5(a) and 7.5(b) with respect to the General Partner shall not include any Group Member or any Subsidiary of the Group Member.

        7.6     Loans from the General Partner; Loans or Contributions from the Partnership; Contracts with Affiliates; Certain Restrictions on the General Partner.

(a) The General Partner or its Affiliates may lend to any Group Member, and any Group Member may borrow from the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, funds needed or desired by the Group Member for such periods of time and in such amounts as the General Partner may determine; provided, however, that in any such case the lending party may not charge the borrowing party interest at a rate greater than the rate that would be charged the borrowing party or impose terms less favorable to the borrowing party than would be charged or imposed on the borrowing party by unrelated lenders on comparable loans made on an arm’s-length basis (without reference to the lending party’s financial abilities or guarantees). The borrowing party shall reimburse the lending party for any costs (other than any additional interest costs) incurred by the lending party in connection with the borrowing of such funds. For purposes of this Section 7.6(a) and Section 7.6(b), the term “Group Member” shall include any Affiliate of a Group Member that is controlled by the Group Member. No Group Member may lend funds to the General Partner or any of its Affiliates (other than another Group Member).

(b) The Partnership may lend or contribute to any Group Member, and any Group Member may borrow from the Partnership, funds on terms and conditions established in the sole discretion of the General Partner; provided, however, that the Partnership may not charge the Group Member interest at a rate less than the rate that would be charged to the Group Member (without reference to the General Partner’s financial abilities or guarantees) by unrelated lenders on comparable loans. The foregoing authority shall be exercised by the General Partner in its sole discretion and shall not create any right or benefit in favor of any Group Member or any other Person.

(c) The General Partner may itself, or may enter into an agreement, in addition to the EPCO Agreement, with any of its Affiliates to, render services to a Group Member or to the General Partner in the discharge of its duties as general partner of the Partnership. Any services rendered to a Group Member by the General Partner or any of its Affiliates shall be on terms that are fair and reasonable to the Partnership; provided, however, that the requirements of this Section 7.6(c) shall be deemed satisfied as to (i) any transaction approved by Special Approval, (ii) any transaction, the terms of which are no less favorable to the Partnership

37

Group than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties or (iii) any transaction that, taking into account the totality of the relationships between the parties involved (including other transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous to the Partnership Group), is equitable to the Partnership Group. The provisions of Section 7.4 shall apply to the rendering of services described in this Section 7.6(c).

(d) The Partnership Group may transfer assets to joint ventures, other partnerships, corporations, limited liability companies or other business entities in which it is or thereby becomes a participant upon such terms and subject to such conditions as are consistent with this Agreement and applicable law.

(e) Neither the General Partner nor any of its Affiliates shall sell, transfer or convey any property to, or purchase any property from, the Partnership, directly or indirectly, except pursuant to transactions that are fair and reasonable to the Partnership; provided, however, that the requirements of this Section 7.6(e) shall be deemed to be satisfied as to (i) the transactions effected pursuant to Sections 5.2 and 5.3 and any other transactions described in or contemplated by the Registration Statement, (ii) any transaction approved by Special Approval, (iii) any transaction, the terms of which are no less favorable to the Partnership than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties, or (iv) any transaction that, taking into account the totality of the relationships between the parties involved (including other transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous to the Partnership), is equitable to the Partnership. With respect to any contribution of assets to the Partnership in exchange for Partnership Securities, the Audit and Conflicts Committee, in determining whether the appropriate number of Partnership Securities are being issued, may take into account, among other things, the fair market value of the assets, the liquidated and contingent liabilities assumed, the tax basis in the assets, the extent to which tax-only allocations to the transferor will protect the existing partners of the Partnership against a low tax basis, and such other factors as the Audit and Conflicts Committee deems relevant under the circumstances.

(f) The General Partner and its Affiliates will have no obligation to permit any Group Member to use any facilities or assets of the General Partner and its Affiliates, except as may be provided in contracts entered into from time to time specifically dealing with such use, nor shall there be any obligation on the part of the General Partner or its Affiliates to enter into such contracts.

(g) Without limitation of Sections 7.6(a) through 7.6(f), and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the existence of the conflicts of interest described in the Registration Statement are hereby approved by all Partners.

        7.7     Indemnification.

(a) To the fullest extent permitted by law but subject to the limitations expressly provided in this Agreement, all Indemnitees shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Partnership from and against any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities, joint or several, expenses (including legal fees and expenses), judgments, fines, penalties, interest, settlements or other amounts arising from any and all claims, demands, actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, in which any Indemnitee may be involved, or is threatened to be involved, as a party or otherwise, by reason of its status as a Person of the type described in clauses (a)-(d) of the definition of the term “Indemnitee”; provided, that in each case the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner that such Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in, or (in the case of a Person other than the General Partner) not opposed to, the best interests of the Partnership and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe its conduct was unlawful; provided, further, no indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall be available to the General Partner with respect to its obligations incurred pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement (other than obligations incurred by the General Partner on behalf of the Partnership or the Operating Partnership). The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere, or its equivalent, shall not create a presumption that

38

the Indemnitee acted in a manner contrary to that specified above. Any indemnification pursuant to this Section 7.7 shall be made only out of the assets of the Partnership, it being agreed that the General Partner shall not be personally liable for such indemnification and shall have no obligation to contribute or loan any monies or property to the Partnership to enable it to effectuate such indemnification.

(b) To the fullest extent permitted by law, expenses (including legal fees and expenses) incurred by an Indemnitee who is indemnified pursuant to Section 7.7(a) in defending any claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding shall, from time to time, be advanced by the Partnership prior to the final disposition of such claim, demand, action, suit or proceeding upon receipt by the Partnership of any undertaking by or on behalf of the Indemnitee to repay such amount if it shall be determined that the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized in this Section 7.7.

(c) The indemnification provided by this Section 7.7 shall be in addition to any other rights to which an Indemnitee may be entitled under any agreement, pursuant to any vote of the holders of Outstanding Limited Partner Interests entitled to vote on such matter, as a matter of law or otherwise, both as to actions in the Indemnitee’s capacity as a Person of the type described in clauses (a)-(d) of the definition of the term “Indemnitee”, and as to actions in any other capacity (including any capacity under the Underwriting Agreement), and shall continue as to an Indemnitee who has ceased to serve in such capacity and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors, assigns and administrators of the Indemnitee.

(d) The Partnership may purchase and maintain (or reimburse the General Partner or its Affiliates for the cost of) insurance, on behalf of the General Partner, its Affiliates and such other Persons as the General Partner shall determine, against any liability that may be asserted against or expense that may be incurred by such Person in connection with the Partnership’s activities or such Person’s activities on behalf of the Partnership, regardless of whether the Partnership would have the power to indemnify such Person against such liability under the provisions of this Agreement.

(e) For purposes of this Section 7.7, the Partnership shall be deemed to have requested an Indemnitee to serve as fiduciary of an employee benefit plan whenever the performance by it of its duties to the Partnership also imposes duties on, or otherwise involves services by, it to the plan or participants or beneficiaries of the plan; excise taxes assessed on an Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan pursuant to applicable law shall constitute “fines” within the meaning of Section 7.7(a); and action taken or omitted by it with respect to any employee benefit plan in the performance of its duties for a purpose reasonably believed by it to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plan shall be deemed to be for a purpose which is in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Partnership.

(f) In no event may an Indemnitee subject the Limited Partners to personal liability by reason of the indemnification provisions set forth in this Agreement.

(g) An Indemnitee shall not be denied indemnification in whole or in part under this Section 7.7 because the Indemnitee had an interest in the transaction with respect to which the indemnification applies if the transaction was otherwise permitted by the terms of this Agreement.

(h) The provisions of this Section 7.7 are for the benefit of the Indemnitees, their heirs, successors, assigns and administrators and shall not be deemed to create any rights for the benefit of any other Persons.

(i) No amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 7.7 or any provision hereof shall in any manner terminate, reduce or impair the right of any past, present or future Indemnitee to be indemnified by the Partnership, nor the obligations of the Partnership to indemnify any such Indemnitee under and in accordance

39

with the provisions of this Section 7.7 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.

        7.8     Liability of Indemnitees.

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, no Indemnitee shall be liable for monetary damages to the Partnership, the Limited Partners, the Assignees or any other Persons who have acquired interests in the Partnership Securities, for losses sustained or liabilities incurred as a result of any act or omission if such Indemnitee acted in good faith.

(b) Subject to its obligations and duties as General Partner set forth in Section 7.1(a), the General Partner may exercise any of the powers granted to it by this Agreement and perform any of the duties imposed upon it hereunder either directly or by or through its agents, and the General Partner shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any such agent appointed by the General Partner in good faith.

(c) To the extent that, at law or in equity, an Indemnitee has duties (including fiduciary duties) and liabilities relating thereto to the Partnership or to the Partners, the General Partner and any other Indemnitee acting in connection with the Partnership’s business or affairs shall not be liable to the Partnership or to any Partner for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict or otherwise modify the duties and liabilities of an Indemnitee otherwise existing at law or in equity, are agreed by the Partners to replace such other duties and liabilities of such Indemnitee.

(d) Any amendment, modification or repeal of this Section 7.8 or any provision hereof shall be prospective only and shall not in any way affect the limitations on the liability to the Partnership, the Limited Partners, the General Partner, and the Partnership’s and General Partner’s and the Operating General Partner’s directors, officers and employees under this Section 7.8 as in effect immediately prior to such amendment, modification or repeal with respect to claims arising from or relating to matters occurring, in whole or in part, prior to such amendment, modification or repeal, regardless of when such claims may arise or be asserted.

        7.9     Resolution of Conflicts of Interest.

(a) Unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement or the Operating Partnership Agreement, whenever a potential conflict of interest exists or arises between the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Partnership, the Operating Partnership, any Partner or any Assignee, on the other, any resolution or course of action by the General Partner or its Affiliates in respect of such conflict of interest shall be permitted and deemed approved by all Partners, and shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement, of the Operating Partnership Agreement, of any agreement contemplated herein or therein, or of any duty stated or implied by law or equity, if the resolution or course of action is, or by operation of this Agreement is deemed to be, fair and reasonable to the Partnership. The General Partner shall be authorized but not required in connection with its resolution of such conflict of interest to seek Special Approval of such resolution. Any conflict of interest and any resolution of such conflict of interest shall be conclusively deemed fair and reasonable to the Partnership if such conflict of interest or resolution is (i) approved by Special Approval (as long as the material facts within the actual knowledge of the officers and directors of the General Partner and EPC regarding the proposed transaction were disclosed to the Audit and Conflicts Committee at the time it gave its approval), (ii) on terms no less favorable to the Partnership than those generally being provided to or available from unrelated third parties or (iii) fair to the Partnership, taking into account the totality of the relationships between the parties involved (including other transactions that may be particularly favorable or advantageous to the Partnership). The General Partner may also adopt a resolution or course of action that has not received Special Approval. The General Partner (including the Audit and Conflicts Committee in connection with Special Approval) shall be authorized in connection with its determination of what is “fair and

40

reasonable” to the Partnership and in connection with its resolution of any conflict of interest to consider (A) the relative interests of any party to such conflict, agreement, transaction or situation and the benefits and burdens relating to such interest; (B) any customary or accepted industry practices and any customary or historical dealings with a particular Person; (C) any applicable generally accepted accounting practices or principles; and (D) such additional factors as the General Partner (including the Audit and Conflicts Committee) determines in its sole discretion to be relevant, reasonable or appropriate under the circumstances. Nothing contained in this Agreement, however, is intended to nor shall it be construed to require the General Partner (including the Audit and Conflicts Committee) to consider the interests of any Person other than the Partnership. In the absence of bad faith by the General Partner, the resolution, action or terms so made, taken or provided by the General Partner with respect to such matter shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated herein or a breach of any standard of care or duty imposed herein or therein or, to the extent permitted by law, under the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or regulation.

(b) Whenever this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated hereby provides that the General Partner or any of its Affiliates is permitted or required to make a decision (i) in its “sole discretion” or “discretion,” that it deems “necessary or appropriate” or “necessary or advisable” or under a grant of similar authority or latitude, except as otherwise provided herein, the General Partner or such Affiliate shall be entitled to consider only such interests and factors as it desires and shall have no duty or obligation to give any consideration to any interest of, or factors affecting, the Partnership, the Operating Partnership, any Limited Partner or any Assignee, (ii) it may make such decision in its sole discretion (regardless of whether there is a reference to “sole discretion” or “discretion”) unless another express standard is provided for, or (iii) in “good faith” or under another express standard, the General Partner or such Affiliate shall act under such express standard and shall not be subject to any other or different standards imposed by this Agreement, the Operating Partnership Agreement, any other agreement contemplated hereby or under the Delaware Act or any other law, rule or regulation. In addition, any actions taken by the General Partner or such Affiliate consistent with the standards of “reasonable discretion” set forth in the definitions of Available Cash or Operating Surplus shall not constitute a breach of any duty of the General Partner to the Partnership or the Limited Partners. The General Partner shall have no duty, express or implied, to sell or otherwise dispose of any asset of the Partnership Group other than in the ordinary course of business. No borrowing by any Group Member or the approval thereof by the General Partner shall be deemed to constitute a breach of any duty of the General Partner to the Partnership or the Limited Partners by reason of the fact that the purpose or effect of such borrowing is directly or indirectly to (A) enable distributions to the General Partner or its Affiliates (including in their capacities as Limited Partners) to exceed 2% of the total amount distributed to all partners or (B) hasten the expiration of the Subordination Period or the conversion of any Subordinated Units into Common Units.

(c) Whenever a particular transaction, arrangement or resolution of a conflict of interest is required under this Agreement to be “fair and reasonable” to any Person, the fair and reasonable nature of such transaction, arrangement or resolution shall be considered in the context of all similar or related transactions.

(d) The Unitholders hereby authorize the General Partner, on behalf of the Partnership as a partner or member of a Group Member, to approve of actions by the general partner or managing member of such Group Member similar to those actions permitted to be taken by the General Partner pursuant to this Section 7.9.

        7.10     Other Matters Concerning the General Partner.

(a) The General Partner may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties.

41

(b) The General Partner may consult with legal counsel, accountants, appraisers, management consultants, investment bankers and other consultants and advisers selected by it, and any act taken or omitted to be taken in reliance upon the opinion (including an Opinion of Counsel) of such Persons as to matters that the General Partner reasonably believes to be within such Person’s professional or expert competence shall be conclusively presumed to have been done or omitted in good faith and in accordance with such opinion.

(c) The General Partner shall have the right, in respect of any of its powers or obligations hereunder, to act through any of its duly authorized officers, a duly appointed attorney or attorneys-in-fact or the duly authorized officers of the Partnership. Each such attorney shall, to the extent provided by the General Partner in the power of attorney, have full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and duty that is permitted or required to be done by the General Partner hereunder.

(d) Any standard of care and duty imposed by this Agreement or under the Delaware Act or any applicable law, rule or regulation shall be modified, waived or limited, to the extent permitted by law, as required to permit the General Partner to act under this Agreement or any other agreement contemplated by this Agreement and to make any decision pursuant to the authority prescribed in this Agreement, so long as such action is reasonably believed by the General Partner to be in, or not inconsistent with, the best interests of the Partnership.

        7.11     Purchase or Sale of Partnership Securities. The General Partner may cause the Partnership to purchase or otherwise acquire Partnership Securities, such Partnership Securities shall be held by the Partnership as treasury securities unless they are expressly cancelled by action of an appropriate officer of the General Partner; provided that, except as permitted pursuant to Section 4.9, the General Partner may not cause any Group Member to purchase Subordinated Units during the Subordination Period. As long as Partnership Securities are held by any Group Member, such Partnership Securities shall not be considered Outstanding for any purpose, except as otherwise provided herein. The General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner may also purchase or otherwise acquire and sell or otherwise dispose of Partnership Securities for its own account, subject to the provisions of Articles IV and X.

        7.12     Registration Rights of the General Partner and its Affiliates.

(a) If (i) the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner (including for purposes of this Section 7.12, any Person that is an Affiliate of the General Partner at the date hereof notwithstanding that it may later cease to be an Affiliate of the General Partner) holds Partnership Securities that it desires to sell and (ii) Rule 144 of the Securities Act (or any successor rule or regulation to Rule 144) or another exemption from registration is not available to enable such holder of Partnership Securities (the “Holder”) to dispose of the number of Partnership Securities it desires to sell at the time it desires to do so without registration under the Securities Act, then upon the request of the General Partner or any of its Affiliates, the Partnership shall file with the Commission as promptly as practicable after receiving such request, and use all reasonable efforts to cause to become effective and remain effective for a period of not less than six months following its effective date or such shorter period as shall terminate when all Partnership Securities covered by such registration statement have been sold, a registration statement under the Securities Act registering the offering and sale of the number of Partnership Securities specified by the Holder; provided, however, that the Partnership shall not be required to effect more than three registrations pursuant to this Section 7.12(a); and provided further, however, that if at the time a request pursuant to this Section 7.12 is submitted to the Partnership, EPC or its Affiliates requesting registration is an Affiliate of the General Partner and the Audit and Conflicts Committee determines in its good faith judgment that a postponement of the requested registration for up to six months would be in the best interests of the Partnership and its Partners due to a pending transaction, investigation or other event, the filing of such registration statement or the effectiveness thereof may be deferred for up to six months, but not thereafter. In connection with any registration pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, the Partnership shall promptly prepare and file (x) such documents as may be necessary to register or qualify the securities subject to such registration under the securities laws of such states as the Holder shall reasonably request; provided, however, that no such qualification shall be required in any jurisdiction where, as a result

42

thereof, the Partnership would become subject to general service of process or to taxation or qualification to do business as a foreign corporation or partnership doing business in such jurisdiction solely as a result of such registration, and (y) such documents as may be necessary to apply for listing or to list the Partnership Securities subject to such registration on such National Securities Exchange as the Holder shall reasonably request, and do any and all other acts and things that may reasonably be necessary or advisable to enable the Holder to consummate a public sale of such Partnership Securities in such states. Except as set forth in Section 7.12(c), all costs and expenses of any such registration and offering (other than the underwriting discounts and commissions) shall be paid by the Partnership, without reimbursement by the Holder.

(b) If the Partnership shall at any time propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act for an offering of equity securities of the Partnership for cash (other than an offering relating solely to an employee benefit plan), the Partnership shall use all reasonable efforts to include such number or amount of securities held by the Holder in such registration statement as the Holder shall request. If the proposed offering pursuant to this Section 7.12(b) shall be an underwritten offering, then, in the event that the managing underwriter or managing underwriters of such offering advise the Partnership and the Holder in writing that in their opinion the inclusion of all or some of the Holder’s Partnership Securities would adversely and materially affect the success of the offering, the Partnership shall include in such offering only that number or amount, if any, of securities held by the Holder which, in the opinion of the managing underwriter or managing underwriters, will not so adversely and materially affect the offering. Except as set forth in Section 7.12(c), all costs and expenses of any such registration and offering (other than the underwriting discounts and commissions) shall be paid by the Partnership, without reimbursement by the Holder.

(c) If underwriters are engaged in connection with any registration referred to in this Section 7.12, the Partnership shall provide indemnification, representations, covenants, opinions and other assurance to the underwriters in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such underwriters. Further, in addition to and not in limitation of the Partnership’s obligation under Section 7.7, the Partnership shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify and hold harmless the Holder, its officers, directors and each Person who controls the Holder (within the meaning of the Securities Act) and any agent thereof (collectively, “Indemnified Persons”) against any losses, claims, demands, actions, causes of action, assessments, damages, liabilities (joint or several), costs and expenses (including interest, penalties and reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements), resulting to, imposed upon, or incurred by the Indemnified Persons, directly or indirectly, under the Securities Act or otherwise (hereinafter referred to in this Section 7.12(c) as a “claim” and in the plural as “claims”) based upon, arising out of or resulting from any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of any material fact contained in any registration statement under which any Partnership Securities were registered under the Securities Act or any state securities or Blue Sky laws, in any preliminary prospectus (if used prior to the effective date of such registration statement), or in any summary or final prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto (if used during the period the Partnership is required to keep the registration statement current), or arising out of, based upon or resulting from the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements made therein not misleading; provided, however, that the Partnership shall not be liable to any Indemnified Person to the extent that any such claim arises out of, is based upon or results from an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in such registration statement, such preliminary, summary or final prospectus or such amendment or supplement, in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Partnership by or on behalf of such Indemnified Person specifically for use in the preparation thereof.

(d) The provisions of Section 7.12(a) and 7.12(b) shall continue to be applicable with respect to the General Partner (and any of the General Partner’s Affiliates) after it ceases to be a Partner of the Partnership, during a period of two years subsequent to the effective date of such cessation and for so long thereafter as is required for the Holder to sell all of the Partnership Securities with respect to which it has requested during such two-year period inclusion in a registration statement otherwise filed or that a registration statement be filed; provided, however, that the Partnership shall not be required to file successive registration statements covering the same Partnership Securities for which registration was demanded during such two-year period. The provisions of Section 7.12(c) shall continue in effect thereafter.

43

(e) Any request to register Partnership Securities pursuant to this Section 7.12 shall (i) specify the Partnership Securities intended to be offered and sold by the Person making the request, (ii) express such Person’s present intent to offer such shares for distribution, (iii) describe the nature or method of the proposed offer and sale of Partnership Securities, and (iv) contain the undertaking of such Person to provide all such information and materials and take all action as may be required in order to permit the Partnership to comply with all applicable requirements in connection with the registration of such Partnership Securities.

        7.13    Reliance by Third Parties. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any Person dealing with the Partnership shall be entitled to assume that the General Partner and any officer of the General Partner authorized by the General Partner to act on behalf of and in the name of the Partnership has full power and authority to encumber, sell or otherwise use in any manner any and all assets of the Partnership and to enter into any authorized contracts on behalf of the Partnership, and such Person shall be entitled to deal with the General Partner or any such officer as if it were the Partnership’s sole party in interest, both legally and beneficially. Each Limited Partner hereby waives any and all defenses or other remedies that may be available against such Person to contest, negate or disaffirm any action of the General Partner or any such officer in connection with any such dealing. In no event shall any Person dealing with the General Partner or any such officer or its representatives be obligated to ascertain that the terms of the Agreement have been complied with or to inquire into the necessity or expedience of any act or action of the General Partner or any such officer or its representatives. Each and every certificate, document or other instrument executed on behalf of the Partnership by the General Partner or any such officer or its representatives shall be conclusive evidence in favor of any and every Person relying thereon or claiming thereunder that (i) at the time of the execution and delivery of such certificate, document or instrument, this Agreement was in full force and effect, (ii) the Person executing and delivering such certificate, document or instrument was duly authorized and empowered to do so for and on behalf of the Partnership and (iii) such certificate, document or instrument was duly executed and delivered in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Agreement and is binding upon the Partnership.

ARTICLE VIII
BOOKS, RECORDS, ACCOUNTING AND REPORTS

        8.1    Records and Accounting. The General Partner shall keep or cause to be kept at the principal office of the Partnership appropriate books and records with respect to the Partnership’s business, including all books and records necessary to provide to the Limited Partners any information required to be provided pursuant to Section 3.4(a). Any books and records maintained by or on behalf of the Partnership in the regular course of its business, including the record of the Record Holders and Assignees of Units or other Partnership Securities, books of account and records of Partnership proceedings, may be kept on, or be in the form of, computer disks, hard drives, punch cards, magnetic tape, photographs, micrographics or any other information storage device; provided, that the books and records so maintained are convertible into clearly legible written form within a reasonable period of time. The books of the Partnership shall be maintained, for financial reporting purposes, on an accrual basis in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

        8.2     Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Partnership shall be a fiscal year ending December 31.

        8.3     Reports.

(a) As soon as practicable, but in no event later than 120 days after the close of each fiscal year of the Partnership, the General Partner shall cause to be mailed or furnished to each Record Holder of a Unit as of a date selected by the General Partner in its discretion, an annual report containing financial statements of the Partnership for such fiscal year of the Partnership, presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, including a balance sheet and statements of operations, Partnership equity and cash flows, such statements to be audited by a firm of independent public accountants selected by the General Partner.

(b) As soon as practicable, but in no event later than 90 days after the close of each Quarter except the last Quarter of each fiscal year, the General Partner shall cause to be mailed or furnished to each

44

Record Holder of a Unit, as of a date selected by the General Partner in its discretion, a report containing unaudited financial statements of the Partnership and such other information as may be required by applicable law, regulation or rule of any National Securities Exchange on which the Units are listed for trading, or as the General Partner determines to be necessary or appropriate.

ARTICLE IX
TAX MATTERS

        9.1    Tax Returns and Information. The Partnership shall timely file all returns of the Partnership that are required for federal, state and local income tax purposes on the basis of the accrual method and a taxable year ending on December 31. The tax information reasonably required by Record Holders for federal and state income tax reporting purposes with respect to a taxable year shall be furnished to them within 90 days of the close of the calendar year in which the Partnership’s taxable year ends. The classification, realization and recognition of income, gain, losses and deductions and other items shall be on the accrual method of accounting for federal income tax purposes.

        9.2     Tax Elections.

(a) The Partnership shall make the election under Section 754 of the Code in accordance with applicable regulations thereunder, subject to the reservation of the right to seek to revoke any such election upon the General Partner’s determination that such revocation is in the best interests of the Limited Partners. Notwithstanding any other provision herein contained, for the purposes of computing the adjustments under Section 743(b) of the Code, the General Partner shall be authorized (but not required) to adopt a convention whereby the price paid by a transferee of a Limited Partner Interest that is traded on any National Securities Exchange will be deemed to be the lowest quoted closing price of such Limited Partner Interests on any National Securities Exchange on which such Limited Partner Interests are traded during the calendar month in which such transfer is deemed to occur pursuant to Section 6.2(g) without regard to the actual price paid by such transferee.

(b) The Partnership shall elect to deduct expenses incurred in organizing the Partnership ratably over a sixty-month period as provided in Section 709 of the Code.

(c) Except as otherwise provided herein, the General Partner shall determine whether the Partnership should make any other elections permitted by the Code.

45

        9.3    Tax Controversies. Subject to the provisions hereof, the General Partner is designated as the Tax Matters Partner (as defined in the Code) and is authorized and required to represent the Partnership (at the Partnership’s expense) in connection with all examinations of the Partnership’s affairs by tax authorities, including resulting administrative and judicial proceedings, and to expend Partnership funds for professional services and costs associated therewith. Each Partner agrees to cooperate with the General Partner and to do or refrain from doing any or all things reasonably required by the General Partner to conduct such proceedings.

        9.4    Withholding. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the General Partner is authorized to take any action that it determines in its discretion to be necessary or appropriate to cause the Partnership to comply with any withholding requirements established under the Code or any other federal, state or local law including, without limitation, pursuant to Sections 1441, 1442, 1445 and 1446 of the Code. To the extent that the Partnership is required or elects to withhold and pay over to any taxing authority any amount resulting from the allocation or distribution of income to any Partner or Assignee (including, without limitation, by reason of Section 1446 of the Code), the amount withheld may at the discretion of the General Partner be treated by the Partnership as a distribution of cash pursuant to Section 6.3 in the amount of such withholding from such Partner.

ARTICLE X
ADMISSION OF PARTNERS

        10.1    Admission of Initial Limited Partners. Upon the issuance by the Partnership of Common Units and Subordinated Units to EPC Partners II, as described in Section 5.2, EPC Partners II was admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner in respect of the Units issued to it. Upon the issuance by the Partnership of Common Units to the Underwriters as described in Section 5.3 in connection with the Initial Offering and the execution by each Underwriter of a Transfer Application, the General Partner admitted the Underwriters to the Partnership as Initial Limited Partners in respect of the Common Units purchased by them. Upon the issuance by the Partnership of Class A Special Units to Tejas as described in Section 5.3, the General Partner shall admit Tejas to the Partnership as an Initial Limited Partner in respect of the Class A Special Units issued to Tejas.

        10.2    Admission of Substituted Limited Partner. By transfer of a Limited Partner Interest in accordance with Article IV, the transferor shall be deemed to have given the transferee the right to seek admission as a Substituted Limited Partner subject to the conditions of, and in the manner permitted under, this Agreement. A transferor of a Certificate representing a Limited Partner Interest shall, however, only have the authority to convey to a purchaser or other transferee who does not execute and deliver a Transfer Application (a) the right to negotiate such Certificate to a purchaser or other transferee and (b) the right to transfer the right to request admission as a Substituted Limited Partner to such purchaser or other transferee in respect of the transferred Limited Partner Interests. Each transferee of a Limited Partner Interest (including any nominee holder or an agent acquiring such Limited Partner Interest for the account of another Person) who executes and delivers a Transfer Application shall, by virtue of such execution and delivery, be an Assignee and be deemed to have applied to become a Substituted Limited Partner with respect to the Limited Partner Interests so transferred to such Person. Such Assignee shall become a Substituted Limited Partner (x) at such time as the General Partner consents thereto, which consent may be given or withheld in the General Partner’s discretion, and (y) when any such admission is shown on the books and records of the Partnership. If such consent is withheld, such transferee shall be an Assignee. An Assignee shall have an interest in the Partnership equivalent to that of a Limited Partner with respect to allocations and distributions, including liquidating distributions, of the Partnership. With respect to voting rights attributable to Limited Partner Interests that are held by Assignees, the General Partner shall be deemed to be the Limited Partner with respect thereto and shall, in exercising the voting rights in respect of such Limited Partner Interests on any matter, vote such Limited Partner Interests at the written direction of the Assignee who is the Record Holder of such Limited Partner Interests. If no such written direction is received, such Limited Partner Interests will not be voted. An Assignee shall have no other rights of a Limited Partner.

        10.3    Admission of Successor General Partner. A successor General Partner approved pursuant to Section 11.1 or 11.2 or the transferee of or successor to all of the General Partner’s Partnership Interest as general partner in the Partnership pursuant to Section 4.6 who is proposed to be admitted as a successor General Partner shall be admitted to

46

the Partnership as the General Partner, effective immediately prior to the withdrawal or removal of the predecessor or transferring General Partner pursuant to Section 11.1 or 11.2 or the transfer of the General Partner’s Partnership Interest as a general partner in the Partnership pursuant to Section 4.6; provided, however, that no such successor shall be admitted to the Partnership until compliance with the terms of Section 4.6 has occurred and such successor has executed and delivered such other documents or instruments as may be required to effect such admission. Any such successor shall, subject to the terms hereof, carry on the business of the members of the Partnership Group without dissolution.

        10.4     Admission of Additional Limited Partners.

(a) A Person (other than the General Partner, an Initial Limited Partner or a Substituted Limited Partner) who makes a Capital Contribution to the Partnership in accordance with this Agreement shall be admitted to the Partnership as an Additional Limited Partner only upon furnishing to the General Partner (i) evidence of acceptance in form satisfactory to the General Partner of all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the power of attorney granted in Section 2.6, and (ii) such other documents or instruments as may be required in the discretion of the General Partner to effect such Person’s admission as an Additional Limited Partner.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 10.4, no Person shall be admitted as an Additional Limited Partner without the consent of the General Partner, which consent may be given or withheld in the General Partner’s sole discretion. The admission of any Person as an Additional Limited Partner shall become effective on the date upon which the name of such Person is recorded as such in the books and records of the Partnership, following the consent of the General Partner to such admission.

        10.5    Amendment of Agreement and Certificate of Limited Partnership. To effect the admission to the Partnership of any Partner, the General Partner shall take all steps necessary and appropriate under the Delaware Act to amend the records of the Partnership to reflect such admission and, if necessary, to prepare as soon as practicable an amendment to this Agreement and, if required by law, the General Partner shall prepare and file an amendment to the Certificate of Limited Partnership, and the General Partner may for this purpose, among others, exercise the power of attorney granted pursuant to Section 2.6.

ARTICLE XI
WITHDRAWAL OR REMOVAL OF PARTNERS

        11.1     Withdrawal of the General Partner.

(a) The General Partner shall be deemed to have withdrawn from the Partnership upon the occurrence of any one of the following events (each such event herein referred to as an “Event of Withdrawal”):

(i) the General Partner voluntarily withdraws from the Partnership by giving notice to the other Partners;

(ii) the General Partner transfers all of its rights as General Partner pursuant to Section 4.6;

(iii) the General Partner is removed pursuant to Section 11.2;

(iv) the General Partner (A) makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (B) files a voluntary bankruptcy petition for relief under Chapter 7 of the United States Bankruptcy Code;

47

(C) files a petition or answer seeking for itself a liquidation, dissolution or similar relief (but not a reorganization) under any law; (D) files an answer or other pleading admitting or failing to contest the material allegations of a petition filed against the General Partner in a proceeding of the type described in clauses (A)-(C) of this Section 11.1(a)(iv); or (E) seeks, consents to or acquiesces in the appointment of a trustee (but not a debtor-in-possession), receiver or liquidator of the General Partner or of all or any substantial part of its properties;

(v) a final and non-appealable order of relief under Chapter 7 of the United States Bankruptcy Code is entered by a court with appropriate jurisdiction pursuant to a voluntary or involuntary petition by or against the General Partner; or

(vi) (A) in the event the General Partner is a corporation, a certificate of dissolution or its equivalent is filed for the General Partner, or 90 days expire after the date of notice to the General Partner of revocation of its charter without a reinstatement of its charter, under the laws of its state of incorporation; (B) in the event the General Partner is a partnership or a limited liability company, the dissolution and commencement of winding up of the General Partner; (C) in the event the General Partner is acting in such capacity by virtue of being a trustee of a trust, the termination of the trust; (D) in the event the General Partner is a natural person, his death or adjudication of incompetency; and (E) otherwise in the event of the termination of the General Partner.

If an Event of Withdrawal specified in Section 11.1(a)(iv), (v) or (vi)(A), (B), (C) or (E) occurs, the withdrawing General Partner shall give notice to the Limited Partners within 30 days after such occurrence. The Partners hereby agree that only the Events of Withdrawal described in this Section 11.1 shall result in the withdrawal of the General Partner from the Partnership.

(b) Withdrawal of the General Partner from the Partnership upon the occurrence of an Event of Withdrawal shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement under the following circumstances: (i) at any time during the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending at 12:00 midnight, Eastern Standard Time, on December 31, 2008, the General Partner voluntarily withdraws by giving at least 90 days’ advance notice of its intention to withdraw to the Limited Partners; provided that prior to the effective date of such withdrawal, the withdrawal is approved by Unitholders holding at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units (excluding Common Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates) and the General Partner delivers to the Partnership an Opinion of Counsel (“Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel”) that such withdrawal (following the selection of the successor General Partner) would not result in the loss of the limited liability of any Limited Partner or of a member of the Operating Partnership or cause the Partnership or the Operating Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not previously treated as such); (ii) at any time after 12:00 midnight, Eastern Standard Time, on December 31, 2008, the General Partner voluntarily withdraws by giving at least 90 days’advance notice to the Unitholders, such withdrawal to take effect on the date specified in such notice; (iii) at any time that the General Partner ceases to be the General Partner pursuant to Section 11.1(a)(ii) or is removed pursuant to Section 11.2; or (iv) notwithstanding clause (i) of this sentence, at any time that the General Partner voluntarily withdraws by giving at least 90 days’advance notice of its intention to withdraw to the Limited Partners, such withdrawal to take effect on the date specified in the notice, if at the time such notice is given one Person and its Affiliates (other than the General Partner and its Affiliates) own beneficially or of record or control at least 50% of the Outstanding Units. The withdrawal of the General Partner from the Partnership upon the occurrence of an Event of Withdrawal shall also constitute the withdrawal of the General Partner as general partner or managing member, as the case may be, of the other Group Members. If the General Partner gives a notice of withdrawal pursuant to Section 11.1(a)(i), the holders of a Unit Majority, may, prior to the effective date of such withdrawal, elect a successor General Partner. The Person so elected as successor General Partner shall automatically become the successor general partner or managing member, as the case may be, of the other Group Members of which the General Partner is a general partner or managing member. If, prior to the effective date of the General Partner’s withdrawal, a successor is not selected by the Unitholders as provided herein or

48

the Partnership does not receive a Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel, the Partnership shall be dissolved in accordance with Section 12.1. Any successor General Partner elected in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.1 shall be subject to the provisions of Section 10.3.

        11.2    Removal of the General Partner. The General Partner may be removed if such removal is approved by Unitholders holding at least 66% of the Outstanding Units (including Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates but excluding Class A Special Units). Any such action by such holders for removal of the General Partner must also provide for the election of a successor General Partner by the Unitholders holding a Unit Majority. Such removal shall be effective immediately following the admission of a successor General Partner pursuant to Section 10.3. The removal of the General Partner shall also automatically constitute the removal of the General Partner as general partner or managing member, as the case may be, of the other Group Members of which the General Partner is a general partner or managing member. If a Person is elected as a successor General Partner in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.2, such Person shall, upon admission pursuant to Section 10.3, automatically become a successor general partner or managing member, as the case may be, of the other Group Members of which the General Partner is a general partner or managing member. The right of the holders of Outstanding Units to remove the General Partner shall not exist or be exercised unless the Partnership has received an opinion opining as to the matters covered by a Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel. Any successor General Partner elected in accordance with the terms of this Section 11.2 shall be subject to the provisions of Section 10.3.

        11.3     Interest of Departing Partner and Successor General Partner.

(a) In the event of (i) withdrawal of the General Partner under circumstances where such withdrawal does not violate this Agreement or (ii) removal of the General Partner by the holders of Outstanding Units under circumstances where Cause does not exist, if a successor General Partner is elected in accordance with the terms of Section 11.1 or 11.2, the Departing Partner shall have the option exercisable prior to the effective date of the departure of such Departing Partner to require its successor to purchase its Partnership Interest as a general partner in the Partnership and its partnership or member interest as the general partner or managing member in the other Group Members (collectively, the “Combined Interest”) in exchange for an amount in cash equal to the fair market value of such Combined Interest, such amount to be determined and payable as of the effective date of its departure or, if there is not agreement as to the fair market value of such Combined Interest, within ten (10) days after such agreement is reached. If the General Partner is removed by the Unitholders under circumstances where Cause exists or if the General Partner withdraws under circumstances where such withdrawal violates this Agreement, and if a successor General Partner is elected in accordance with the terms of Section 11.1 or 11.2, such successor shall have the option, exercisable prior to the effective date of the departure of such Departing Partner, to purchase the Combined Interest for such fair market value of such Combined Interest. In either event, the Departing Partner shall be entitled to receive all reimbursements due such Departing Partner pursuant to Section 7.4, including any employee-related liabilities (including severance liabilities), incurred in connection with the termination of any employees employed by the General Partner for the benefit of the Partnership or the other Group Members.

(b) For purposes of this Section 11.3(a), the fair market value of the Combined Interest shall be determined by agreement between the Departing Partner and its successor or, failing agreement within 30 days after the effective date of such Departing Partner’s departure, by an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert selected by the Departing Partner and its successor, which, in turn, may rely on other experts, and the determination of which shall be conclusive as to such matter. If such parties cannot agree upon one independent investment banking firm or other independent expert within 45 days after the effective date of such departure, then the Departing Partner shall designate an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert, the Departing Partner’s successor shall designate an independent investment banking firm or other independent expert, and such firms or experts shall mutually select a third independent investment banking firm or independent expert, which third independent investment banking firm or other independent expert shall determine the fair market value of the Combined Interest. In making its determination, such third independent investment banking firm or other independent expert may consider the then current trading price of

49

Units on any National Securities Exchange on which Units are then listed, the value of the Partnership’s assets, the rights and obligations of the Departing Partner and other factors it may deem relevant.

(c) If the Combined Interest is not purchased in the manner set forth in Section 11.3(a), the Departing Partner (or its transferee) shall become a Limited Partner and its Combined Interest shall be converted into Common Units pursuant to a valuation made by an investment banking firm or other independent expert selected pursuant to Section 11.3(a), without reduction in such Partnership Interest (but subject to proportionate dilution by reason of the admission of its successor). Any successor General Partner shall indemnify the Departing Partner (or its transferee) as to all debts and liabilities of the Partnership arising on or after the date on which the Departing Partner (or its transferee) becomes a Limited Partner. For purposes of this Agreement, conversion of the Combined Interest to Common Units will be characterized as if the General Partner (or its transferee) contributed its Combined Interest to the Partnership in exchange for the newly issued Common Units.

(d) If a successor General Partner is elected in accordance with the terms of Section 11.1 or 11.2 and the option described in Section 11.3(a) is not exercised by the party entitled to do so, the successor General Partner shall, at the effective date of its admission to the Partnership, contribute to the Partnership cash in the amount equal to 2/98ths of the Net Agreed Value of the Partnership’s assets on such date. In such event, such successor General Partner shall, subject to the following sentence, be entitled to 2% of all Partnership allocations and distributions. The successor General Partner shall cause this Agreement to be amended to reflect that, from and after the date of such successor General Partner’s admission, the successor General Partner’s interest in all Partnership distributions and allocations shall be 2%.

        11.4    Termination of Subordination Period, Conversion of Subordinated Units and Extinguishment of Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement, if the General Partner is removed as general partner of the Partnership under circumstances where Cause does not exist and Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates are not voted in favor of such removal, (i) the Subordination Period will end and all Outstanding Subordinated Units will immediately and automatically convert into Common Units on a one-for-one basis and (ii) all Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages on the Common Units will be extinguished.

        11.5    Withdrawal of Limited Partners. No Limited Partner shall have any right to withdraw from the Partnership; provided, however, that when a transferee of a Limited Partner’s Limited Partner Interest becomes a Record Holder of the Limited Partner Interest so transferred, such transferring Limited Partner shall cease to be a Limited Partner with respect to the Limited Partner Interest so transferred.

ARTICLE XII
DISSOLUTION AND LIQUIDATION

        12.1    Dissolution. The Partnership shall not be dissolved by the admission of Substituted Limited Partners or Additional Limited Partners or by the admission of a successor General Partner in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. Upon the removal or withdrawal of the General Partner, if a successor General Partner is elected pursuant to Section 11.1 or 11.2, the Partnership shall not be dissolved and such successor General Partner shall continue the business of the Partnership. The Partnership shall dissolve, and (subject to Section 12.2) its affairs shall be wound up, upon:

(a) the expiration of its term as provided in Section 2.7;

(b) an Event of Withdrawal of the General Partner as provided in Section 11.1(a) (other than Section 11.1(a)(ii)), unless a successor is elected and an Opinion of Counsel is received as provided in Section 11.1(b) or 11.2 and such successor is admitted to the Partnership pursuant to Section 10.3;

50

(c) an election to dissolve the Partnership by the General Partner that is approved by the holders of a Unit Majority;

(d) the entry of a decree of judicial dissolution of the Partnership pursuant to the provisions of the Delaware Act; or

(e) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets and properties of the Partnership Group.

        12.2    Continuation of the Business of the Partnership After Dissolution. Upon (a) dissolution of the Partnership following an Event of Withdrawal caused by the withdrawal or removal of the General Partner as provided in Section 11.1(a)(i) or (iii) and the failure of the Partners to select a successor to such Departing Partner pursuant to Section 11.1 or 11.2, then within 90 days thereafter, or (b) dissolution of the Partnership upon an event constituting an Event of Withdrawal as defined in Section 11.1(a)(iv), (v) or (vi), then, to the maximum extent permitted by law, within 180 days thereafter, the holders of a Unit Majority may elect to reconstitute the Partnership and continue its business on the same terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement by forming a new limited partnership on terms identical to those set forth in this Agreement and having as the successor general partner a Person approved by the holders of a Unit Majority. Unless such an election is made within the applicable time period as set forth above, the Partnership shall conduct only activities necessary to wind up its affairs. If such an election is so made, then:

(i) the reconstituted Partnership shall continue until the end of the term set forth in Section 2.7 unless earlier dissolved in accordance with this Article XII;

(ii) if the successor General Partner is not the former General Partner, then the interest of the former General Partner shall be treated in the manner provided in Section 11.3; and

(iii) all necessary steps shall be taken to cancel this Agreement and the Certificate of Limited Partnership and to enter into and, as necessary, to file a new partnership agreement and certificate of limited partnership, and the successor general partner may for this purpose exercise the powers of attorney granted the General Partner pursuant to Section 2.6; provided, that the right of the holders of a Unit Majority to approve a successor General Partner and to reconstitute and to continue the business of the Partnership shall not exist and may not be exercised unless the Partnership has received an Opinion of Counsel that (x) the exercise of the right would not result in the loss of limited liability of any Limited Partner and (y) neither the Partnership, the reconstituted limited partnership nor the Operating Partnership would be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise be taxable as an entity for federal income tax purposes upon the exercise of such right to continue.

        12.3    Liquidator. Upon dissolution of the Partnership, unless the Partnership is continued under an election to reconstitute and continue the Partnership pursuant to Section 12.2, the General Partner shall select one or more Persons to act as Liquidator. The Liquidator (if other than the General Partner) shall be entitled to receive such compensation for its services as may be approved by holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units voting as a single class. The Liquidator (if other than the General Partner) shall agree not to resign at any time without 15 days’ prior notice and may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by notice of removal approved by holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units voting as a single class. Upon dissolution, removal or resignation of the Liquidator, a successor and substitute Liquidator (who shall have and succeed to all rights, powers and duties of the original Liquidator) shall within 30 days thereafter be approved by holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units voting as a single class. The right to approve a successor or substitute Liquidator in the manner provided herein shall be deemed to refer also to any such successor or substitute Liquidator approved in the manner herein provided. Except as expressly provided in this Article XII, the Liquidator approved in the manner provided herein shall have and may exercise, without further authorization or consent of any of the parties hereto, all of the powers conferred upon the General Partner under the terms of this Agreement (but subject to all of the applicable limitations, contractual and otherwise, upon the exercise of such powers, other than the limitation on

51

sale set forth in Section 7.3(b)) to the extent necessary or desirable in the good faith judgment of the Liquidator to carry out the duties and functions of the Liquidator hereunder for and during such period of time as shall be reasonably required in the good faith judgment of the Liquidator to complete the winding up and liquidation of the Partnership as provided for herein.

        12.4    Liquidation. The Liquidator shall proceed to dispose of the assets of the Partnership, discharge its liabilities, and otherwise wind up its affairs in such manner and over such period as the Liquidator determines to be in the best interest of the Partners, subject to Section 17-804 of the Delaware Act and the following:

(a) Disposition of Assets. The assets may be disposed of by public or private sale or by distribution in kind to one or more Partners on such terms as the Liquidator and such Partner or Partners may agree. If any property is distributed in kind, the Partner receiving the property shall be deemed for purposes of Section 12.4(c) to have received cash equal to its fair market value; and contemporaneously therewith, appropriate cash distributions must be made to the other Partners. The Liquidator may, in its absolute discretion, defer liquidation or distribution of the Partnership’s assets for a reasonable time if it determines that an immediate sale or distribution of all or some of the Partnership’s assets would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the Partners. The Liquidator may, in its absolute discretion, distribute the Partnership’s assets, in whole or in part, in kind if it determines that a sale would be impractical or would cause undue loss to the Partners.

(b) Discharge of Liabilities. Liabilities of the Partnership include amounts owed to Partners otherwise than in respect of their distribution rights under Article VI. With respect to any liability that is contingent, conditional or unmatured or is otherwise not yet due and payable, the Liquidator shall either settle such claim for such amount as it thinks appropriate or establish a reserve of cash or other assets to provide for its payment. When paid, any unused portion of the reserve shall be distributed as additional liquidation proceeds.

(c) Liquidation Distributions. All property and all cash in excess of that required to discharge liabilities as provided in Section 12.4(b) shall be distributed to the Partners in accordance with, and to the extent of, the positive balances in their respective Capital Accounts, as determined after taking into account all Capital Account adjustments (other than those made by reason of distributions pursuant to this Section 12.4(c)) for the taxable year of the Partnership during which the liquidation of the Partnership occurs (with such date of occurrence being determined pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(g)), and such distribution shall be made by the end of such taxable year (or, if later, within 90 days after said date of such occurrence).

52

        12.5    Cancellation of Certificate of Limited Partnership. Upon the completion of the distribution of Partnership cash and property as provided in Section 12.4 in connection with the liquidation of the Partnership, the Partnership shall be terminated and the Certificate of Limited Partnership and all qualifications of the Partnership as a foreign limited partnership in jurisdictions other than the State of Delaware shall be canceled and such other actions as may be necessary to terminate the Partnership shall be taken.

        12.6    Return of Contributions. The General Partner shall not be personally liable for, and shall have no obligation to contribute or loan any monies or property to the Partnership to enable it to effectuate, the return of the Capital Contributions of the Limited Partners or Unitholders, or any portion thereof, it being expressly understood that any such return shall be made solely from Partnership assets.

        12.7    Waiver of Partition. To the maximum extent permitted by law, each Partner hereby waives any right to partition of the Partnership property.

        12.8    Capital Account Restoration. No Partner shall have any obligation to restore any negative balance in its Capital Account upon liquidation of the Partnership.

ARTICLE XIII
AMENDMENT OF PARTNERSHIP AGREEMENT; MEETINGS; RECORD DATE

        13.1    Amendment to be Adopted Solely by the General Partner. Each Partner agrees that the General Partner, without the approval of any Partner or Assignee, may amend any provision of this Agreement and execute, swear to, acknowledge, deliver, file and record whatever documents may be required in connection therewith, to reflect:

(a) a change in the name of the Partnership, the location of the principal place of business of the Partnership, the registered agent of the Partnership or the registered office of the Partnership;

(b) admission, substitution, withdrawal or removal of Partners in accordance with this Agreement;

(c) a change that, in the sole discretion of the General Partner, is necessary or advisable to qualify or continue the qualification of the Partnership as a limited partnership or a partnership in which the Limited Partners have limited liability under the laws of any state or to ensure that no Group Member will be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes;

(d) a change that, in the discretion of the General Partner, (i) does not adversely affect the Limited Partners in any material respect, (ii) is necessary or advisable to (A) satisfy any requirements, conditions or guidelines contained in any opinion, directive, order, ruling or regulation of any federal or state agency or judicial authority or contained in any federal or state statute (including the Delaware Act) or (B) facilitate the trading of the Limited Partner Interests (including the division of any class or classes of Outstanding Limited Partner Interests into different classes to facilitate uniformity of tax consequences within such classes of Limited Partner Interests) or comply with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Limited Partner Interests are or will be listed for trading, compliance with any of which the General Partner determines in its discretion to be in the best interests of the Partnership and the Limited Partners, (iii) is necessary or advisable in connection with action taken by the General Partner pursuant to Section 5.10 or (iv) is required to effect the intent expressed in the Registration Statement or the intent of the provisions of this Agreement or is otherwise contemplated by this Agreement;

(e) a change in the fiscal year or taxable year of the Partnership and any changes that, in the discretion of the General Partner, are necessary or advisable as a result of a change in the fiscal year or taxable

53

year of the Partnership including, if the General Partner shall so determine, a change in the definition of “Quarter” and the dates on which distributions are to be made by the Partnership;

(f) an amendment that is necessary, in the Opinion of Counsel, to prevent the Partnership, or the General Partner or its directors, officers, trustees or agents from in any manner being subjected to the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, or “plan asset” regulations adopted under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, regardless of whether such are substantially similar to plan asset regulations currently applied or proposed by the United States Department of Labor;

(g) subject to the terms of Section 5.7, an amendment that, in the discretion of the General Partner, is necessary or advisable in connection with the authorization of issuance of any class or series of Partnership Securities pursuant to Section 5.6;

(h) any amendment expressly permitted in this Agreement to be made by the General Partner acting alone;

(i) an amendment effected, necessitated or contemplated by a Merger Agreement approved in accordance with Section 14.3;

(j) an amendment that, in the discretion of the General Partner, is necessary or advisable to reflect, account for and deal with appropriately the formation by the Partnership of, or investment by the Partnership in, any corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other entity other than the Operating Partnership, in connection with the conduct by the Partnership of activities permitted by the terms of Section 2.4;

(k) a merger or conveyance pursuant to Section 14.3(d); or

(l) any other amendments substantially similar to the foregoing.

        13.2    Amendment Procedures. Except as provided in Sections 13.1 and 13.3, all amendments to this Agreement shall be made in accordance with the following requirements. Amendments to this Agreement may be proposed only by or with the consent of the General Partner which consent may be given or withheld in its sole discretion. A proposed amendment shall be effective upon its approval by the holders of a Unit Majority, unless a greater or different percentage is required under this Agreement or by Delaware law. A proposed amendment that adversely alters the powers, obligations or special rights of the Class A Special Units set forth herein shall be effective upon its approval by the holders of a majority of the Class A Special Units. Each proposed amendment that requires the approval of the holders of a specified percentage of Outstanding Units shall be set forth in a writing that contains the text of the proposed amendment. If such an amendment is proposed, the General Partner shall seek the written approval of the requisite percentage of Outstanding Units or call a meeting of the Unitholders to consider and vote on such proposed amendment. The General Partner shall notify all Record Holders upon final adoption of any such proposed amendments.

        13.3     Amendment Requirements.

(a) Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 13.1 and 13.2, no provision of this Agreement that establishes a percentage of Outstanding Units (including Units deemed owned by the General Partner) required to take any action shall be amended, altered, changed, repealed or rescinded in any respect that would have the effect of reducing such voting percentage unless such amendment is approved by the written consent or the

54

affirmative vote of holders of Outstanding Units whose aggregate Outstanding Units constitute not less than the voting requirement sought to be reduced.

(b) Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 13.1 and 13.2, no amendment to this Agreement may (i) enlarge the obligations of any Limited Partner without its consent, unless such shall have occurred as a result of an amendment approved pursuant to Section 13.3(c), (ii) enlarge the obligations of, restrict in any way any action by or rights of, or reduce in any way the amounts distributable, reimbursable or otherwise payable to, the General Partner or any of its Affiliates without its consent, which consent may be given or withheld in its sole discretion, (iii) change Section 12.1(a) or 12.1(c), or (iv) change the term of the Partnership or, except as set forth in Section 12.1(c), give any Person the right to dissolve the Partnership.

(c) Except as provided in Section 14.3, and except as otherwise provided, and without limitation of the General Partner’s authority to adopt amendments to this Agreement as contemplated in Section 13.1, any amendment that would have a material adverse effect on the rights or preferences of any class of Partnership Interests in relation to other classes of Partnership Interests must be approved by the holders of not less than a majority of the Outstanding Partnership Interests of the class affected.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, except for amendments pursuant to Section 13.1 and except as otherwise provided by Section 14.3(b), no amendments shall become effective without the approval of the holders of at least 90% of the Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units voting as a single class unless the Partnership obtains an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such amendment will not affect the limited liability of any Limited Partner under applicable law.

(e) Except as provided in Section 13.1, this Section 13.3 shall only be amended with the approval of the holders of at least 90% of the Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units voting as a single class.

        13.4    Special Meetings. All acts of Limited Partners to be taken pursuant to this Agreement shall be taken in the manner provided in this Article XIII. Special meetings of the Limited Partners may be called by the General Partner or by Limited Partners owning 20% or more of the Outstanding Limited Partner Interests of the class or classes for which a meeting is proposed. Limited Partners shall call a special meeting by delivering to the General Partner one or more requests in writing stating that the signing Limited Partners wish to call a special meeting and indicating the general or specific purposes for which the special meeting is to be called. Within 60 days after receipt of such a call from Limited Partners or within such greater time as may be reasonably necessary for the Partnership to comply with any statutes, rules, regulations, listing agreements or similar requirements governing the holding of a meeting or the solicitation of proxies for use at such a meeting, the General Partner shall send a notice of the meeting to the Limited Partners either directly or indirectly through the Transfer Agent. A meeting shall be held at a time and place determined by the General Partner on a date not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days after the mailing of notice of the meeting. Limited Partners shall not vote on matters that would cause the Limited Partners to be deemed to be taking part in the management and control of the business and affairs of the Partnership so as to jeopardize the Limited Partners’ limited liability under the Delaware Act or the law of any other state in which the Partnership is qualified to do business.

        13.5    Notice of a Meeting. Notice of a meeting called pursuant to Section 13.4 shall be given to the Record Holders of the class or classes of Limited Partner Interests for which a meeting is proposed in writing by mail or other means of written communication in accordance with Section 16.1. The notice shall be deemed to have been given at the time when deposited in the mail or sent by other means of written communication.

        13.6    Record Date. For purposes of determining the Limited Partners entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of the Limited Partners or to give approvals without a meeting as provided in Section 13.11 the General Partner may set a Record Date, which shall not be less than 10 nor more than 60 days before (a) the date of the meeting (unless such requirement conflicts with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on

55

which the Limited Partner Interests are listed for trading, in which case the rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of such exchange shall govern) or (b) in the event that approvals are sought without a meeting, the date by which Limited Partners are requested in writing by the General Partner to give such approvals.

        13.7    Adjournment. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting and a new Record Date need not be fixed, if the time and place thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, unless such adjournment shall be for more than 45 days. At the adjourned meeting, the Partnership may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 45 days or if a new Record Date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given in accordance with this Article XIII.

        13.8    Waiver of Notice. Approval of Meeting; Approval of Minutes. The transactions of any meeting of Limited Partners, however called and noticed, and whenever held, shall be as valid as if it had occurred at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum is present either in person or by proxy, and if, either before or after the meeting, Limited Partners representing such quorum who were present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote, sign a written waiver of notice or an approval of the holding of the meeting or an approval of the minutes thereof. All waivers and approvals shall be filed with the Partnership records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting. Attendance of a Limited Partner at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of the meeting, except when the Limited Partner does not approve, at the beginning of the meeting, of the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened; and except that attendance at a meeting is not a waiver of any right to disapprove the consideration of matters required to be included in the notice of the meeting, but not so included, if the disapproval is expressly made at the meeting.

        13.9    Quorum. The holders of a majority of the Outstanding Limited Partner Interests of the class or classes for which a meeting has been called (including Limited Partner Interests deemed owned by the General Partner) represented in person or by proxy shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of Limited Partners of such class or classes unless any such action by the Limited Partners requires approval by holders of a greater percentage of such Limited Partner Interests, in which case the quorum shall be such greater percentage. At any meeting of the Limited Partners duly called and held in accordance with this Agreement at which a quorum is present, the act of Limited Partners holding Outstanding Limited Partner Interests that in the aggregate represent a majority of the Outstanding Limited Partner Interests entitled to vote and be present in person or by proxy at such meeting shall be deemed to constitute the act of all Limited Partners, unless a greater or different percentage is required with respect to such action under the provisions of this Agreement, in which case the act of the Limited Partners holding Outstanding Limited Partner Interests that in the aggregate represent at least such greater or different percentage shall be required. The Limited Partners present at a duly called or held meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough Limited Partners to leave less than a quorum, if any action taken (other than adjournment) is approved by the required percentage of Outstanding Limited Partner Interests specified in this Agreement (including Limited Partner Interests deemed owned by the General Partner). In the absence of a quorum any meeting of Limited Partners may be adjourned from time to time by the affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the Outstanding Limited Partner Interests entitled to vote at such meeting (including Limited Partner Interests deemed owned by the General Partner) represented either in person or by proxy, but no other business may be transacted, except as provided in Section 13.7.

        13.10    Conduct of a Meeting. The General Partner shall have full power and authority concerning the manner of conducting any meeting of the Limited Partners or solicitation of approvals in writing, including the determination of Persons entitled to vote, the existence of a quorum, the satisfaction of the requirements of Section 13.4, the conduct of voting, the validity and effect of any proxies and the determination of any controversies, votes or challenges arising in connection with or during the meeting or voting. The General Partner shall designate a Person to serve as chairman of any meeting and shall further designate a Person to take the minutes of any meeting. All minutes shall be kept with the records of the Partnership maintained by the General Partner. The General Partner may make such other regulations consistent with applicable law and this Agreement as it may deem advisable concerning the conduct of any meeting of the Limited Partners or solicitation of approvals in writing, including regulations in regard to the appointment of proxies, the

56

appointment and duties of inspectors of votes and approvals, the submission and examination of proxies and other evidence of the right to vote, and the revocation of approvals in writing.

        13.11    Action Without a Meeting. If authorized by the General Partner, any action that may be taken at a meeting of the Limited Partners may be taken without a meeting if an approval in writing setting forth the action so taken is signed by Limited Partners owning not less than the minimum percentage of the Outstanding Limited Partner Interests (including Limited Partner Interests deemed owned by the General Partner) that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all the Limited Partners were present and voted (unless such provision conflicts with any rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of any National Securities Exchange on which the Limited Partner Interests are listed for trading, in which case the rule, regulation, guideline or requirement of such exchange shall govern). Prompt notice of the taking of action without a meeting shall be given to the Limited Partners who have not approved in writing. The General Partner may specify that any written ballot submitted to Limited Partners for the purpose of taking any action without a meeting shall be returned to the Partnership within the time period, which shall be not less than 20 days, specified by the General Partner. If a ballot returned to the Partnership does not vote all of the Limited Partner Interests held by the Limited Partners the Partnership shall be deemed to have failed to receive a ballot for the Limited Partner Interests that were not voted. If approval of the taking of any action by the Limited Partners is solicited by any Person other than by or on behalf of the General Partner, the written approvals shall have no force and effect unless and until (a) they are deposited with the Partnership in care of the General Partner, (b) approvals sufficient to take the action proposed are dated as of a date not more than 90 days prior to the date sufficient approvals are deposited with the Partnership and (c) an Opinion of Counsel is delivered to the General Partner to the effect that the exercise of such right and the action proposed to be taken with respect to any particular matter (i) will not cause the Limited Partners to be deemed to be taking part in the management and control of the business and affairs of the Partnership so as to jeopardize the Limited Partners’limited liability, and (ii) is otherwise permissible under the state statutes then governing the rights, duties and liabilities of the Partnership and the Partners.

        13.12     Voting and Other Rights.

(a) Only those Record Holders of the Limited Partner Interests on the Record Date set pursuant to Section 13.6 (and also subject to the limitations contained in the definition of “Outstanding”) shall be entitled to notice of, and to vote at, a meeting of Limited Partners or to act with respect to matters as to which the holders of the Outstanding Limited Partner Interests have the right to vote or to act. All references in this Agreement to votes of, or other acts that may be taken by, the Outstanding Limited Partner Interests shall be deemed to be references to the votes or acts of the Record Holders of such Outstanding Limited Partner Interests.

(b) With respect to Limited Partner Interests that are held for a Person’s account by another Person (such as a broker, dealer, bank, trust company or clearing corporation, or an agent of any of the foregoing), in whose name such Limited Partner Interests are registered, such other Person shall, in exercising the voting rights in respect of such Limited Partner Interests on any matter, and unless the arrangement between such Persons provides otherwise, vote such Limited Partner Interests in favor of, and at the direction of, the Person who is the beneficial owner, and the Partnership shall be entitled to assume it is so acting without further inquiry. The provisions of this Section 13.12(b) (as well as all other provisions of this Agreement) are subject to the provisions of Section 4.3.

ARTICLE XIV
MERGER

        14.1    Authority. The Partnership may merge or consolidate with one or more corporations, limited liability companies, business trusts or associations, real estate investment trusts, common law trusts or unincorporated businesses, including a general partnership or limited partnership, formed under the laws of the State of Delaware or any other state

57

of the United States of America, pursuant to a written agreement of merger or consolidation (“Merger Agreement”) in accordance with this Article XIV.

        14.2    Procedure for Merger or Consolidation. Merger or consolidation of the Partnership pursuant to this Article XIV requires the prior approval of the General Partner. If the General Partner shall determine, in the exercise of its discretion, to consent to the merger or consolidation, the General Partner shall approve the Merger Agreement, which shall set forth:

(a) The names and jurisdictions of formation or organization of each of the business entities proposing to merge or consolidate;

(b) The name and jurisdiction of formation or organization of the business entity that is to survive the proposed merger or consolidation (the “Surviving Business Entity”);

(c) The terms and conditions of the proposed merger or consolidation;

(d) The manner and basis of exchanging or converting the equity securities of each constituent business entity for, or into, cash, property or general or limited partner interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity; and (i) if any general or limited partner interests, securities or rights of any constituent business entity are not to be exchanged or converted solely for, or into, cash, property or general or limited partner interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity, the cash, property or general or limited partner interests, rights, securities or obligations of any limited partnership, corporation, trust or other entity (other than the Surviving Business Entity) which the holders of such general or limited partner interests, securities or rights are to receive in exchange for, or upon conversion of their general or limited partner interests, securities or rights, and (ii) in the case of securities represented by certificates, upon the surrender of such certificates, which cash, property or general or limited partner interests, rights, securities or obligations of the Surviving Business Entity or any general or limited partnership, corporation, trust or other entity (other than the Surviving Business Entity), or evidences thereof, are to be delivered;

(e) A statement of any changes in the constituent documents or the adoption of new constituent documents (the articles or certificate of incorporation, articles of trust, declaration of trust, certificate or agreement of limited partnership or other similar charter or governing document) of the Surviving Business Entity to be effected by such merger or consolidation;

(f) The effective time of the merger, which may be the date of the filing of the certificate of merger pursuant to Section 14.4 or a later date specified in or determinable in accordance with the Merger Agreement (provided, that if the effective time of the merger is to be later than the date of the filing of the certificate of merger, the effective time shall be fixed no later than the time of the filing of the certificate of merger and stated therein); and

(g) Such other provisions with respect to the proposed merger or consolidation as are deemed necessary or appropriate by the General Partner.

        14.3     Approval by Limited Partners of Merger or Consolidation.

(a) Except as provided in Section 14.3(d), the General Partner, upon its approval of the Merger Agreement, shall direct that the Merger Agreement be submitted to a vote of Limited Partners (other than Limited Partners holding Class A Special Units, in their capacity as such), whether at a special meeting or by

58

written consent, in either case in accordance with the requirements of Article XIII. A copy or a summary of the Merger Agreement shall be included in or enclosed with the notice of a special meeting or the written consent.

(b) Except as provided in Section 14.3(d), the Merger Agreement shall be approved upon receiving the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of a Unit Majority unless the Merger Agreement contains any provision that, if contained in an amendment to this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement or the Delaware Act would require for its approval the vote or consent of a greater percentage of the Outstanding Limited Partner Interests or of any class of Limited Partners, in which case such greater percentage vote or consent shall be required for approval of the Merger Agreement.

(c) Except as provided in Section 14.3(d), after such approval by vote or consent of the Limited Partners, and at any time prior to the filing of the certificate of merger pursuant to Section 14.4, the merger or consolidation may be abandoned pursuant to provisions therefor, if any, set forth in the Merger Agreement.

(d) Notwithstanding anything else contained in this Article XIV or in this Agreement, the General Partner is permitted, in its discretion and without Limited Partner approval, to (i) convert the Partnership or any Group Member to another type of limited liability entity as provided by Section 17-219 of the Delaware Act or (ii) merge the Partnership or any Group Member into, or convey all of the Partnership’s assets to, another limited liability entity which shall be newly formed and shall have no assets, liabilities or operations at the time of such merger or conveyance other than those it receives from the Partnership or other Group Member, provided that in any such case (A) the General Partner has received an Opinion of Counsel that the conversion, merger or conveyance, as the case may be, would not result in the loss of the limited liability of any Limited Partner or any member in the Operating Partnership or cause the Partnership or Operating Partnership to be treated as an association taxable as a corporation or otherwise to be taxed as an entity for federal income tax purposes (to the extent not previously treated as such), (ii) the sole purpose of such conversion, merger or conveyance is to effect a mere change in the legal form of the Partnership into another limited liability entity and iii) the governing instruments of the new entity provide the Limited Partners with rights and obligations that are, in all material respects, the same rights and obligations of the Limited Partners hereunder.

        14.4    Certificate of Merger. Upon the required approval by the General Partner and the Limited Partners of a Merger Agreement, a certificate of merger shall be executed and filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware in conformity with the requirements of the Delaware Act.

        14.5     Effect of Merger.

(a) At the effective time of the certificate of merger:

(i) all of the rights, privileges and powers of each of the business entities that has merged or consolidated, and all property, real, personal and mixed, and all debts due to any of those business entities and all other things and causes of action belonging to each of those business entities, shall be vested in the Surviving Business Entity and after the merger or consolidation shall be the property of the Surviving Business Entity to the extent they were of each constituent business entity;

(ii) the title to any real property vested by deed or otherwise in any of those constituent business entities shall not revert and is not in any way impaired because of the merger or consolidation;

(iii) all rights of creditors and all liens on or security interests in property of any of those constituent business entities shall be preserved unimpaired; and

59

(iv) all debts, liabilities and duties of those constituent business entities shall attach to the Surviving Business Entity and may be enforced against it to the same extent as if the debts, liabilities and duties had been incurred or contracted by it.

(b) A merger or consolidation effected pursuant to this Article shall not be deemed to result in a transfer or assignment of assets or liabilities from one entity to another.

ARTICLE XV
RIGHT TO ACQUIRE LIMITED PARTNER INTERESTS

        15.1     Right to Acquire Limited Partner Interests.

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if at any time not more than 15% of the total Limited Partner Interests of any class then Outstanding is held by Persons other than the General Partner and its Affiliates, the General Partner shall then have the right, which right it may assign and transfer in whole or in part to the Partnership or any Affiliate of the General Partner, exercisable in its sole discretion, to purchase all, but not less than all, of such Limited Partner Interests of such class then Outstanding held by Persons other than the General Partner and its Affiliates, at the greater of (x) the Current Market Price as of the date three days prior to the date that the notice described in Section 15.1(b) is mailed and (y) the highest price paid by the General Partner or any of its Affiliates for any such Limited Partner Interest of such class purchased during the 90-day period preceding the date that the notice described in Section 15.1(b) is mailed. As used in this Agreement, (i) “Current Market Price” as of any date of any class of Limited Partner Interests listed or admitted to trading on any National Securities Exchange means the average of the daily Closing Prices (as hereinafter defined) per limited partner interest of such class for the 20 consecutive Trading Days (as hereinafter defined) immediately prior to such date; (ii) “Closing Price” for any day means the last sale price on such day, regular way, or in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such day, regular way, in either case as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted for trading on the principal National Securities Exchange (other than the Nasdaq Stock Market) on which such Limited Partner Interests of such class are listed or admitted to trading or, if such Limited Partner Interests of such class are not listed or admitted to trading on any National Securities Exchange (other than the Nasdaq Stock Market), the last quoted price on such day or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked prices on such day in the over-the-counter market, as reported by the Nasdaq Stock Market or such other system then in use, or, if on any such day such Limited Partner Interests of such class are not quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on such day as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in such Limited Partner Interests of such class selected by the General Partner, or if on any such day no market maker is making a market in such Limited Partner Interests of such class, the fair value of such Limited Partner Interests on such day as determined reasonably and in good faith by the General Partner; and (iii) “Trading Day” means a day on which the principal National Securities Exchange on which such Limited Partner Interests of any class are listed or admitted to trading is open for the transaction of business or, if Limited Partner Interests of a class are not listed or admitted to trading on any National Securities Exchange, a day on which banking institutions in New York City generally are open.

(b) If the General Partner, any Affiliate of the General Partner or the Partnership elects to exercise the right to purchase Limited Partner Interests granted pursuant to Section 15.1(a), the General Partner shall deliver to the Transfer Agent notice of such election to purchase (the “Notice of Election to Purchase”) and shall cause the Transfer Agent to mail a copy of such Notice of Election to Purchase to the Record Holders of Limited Partner Interests of such class (as of a Record Date selected by the General Partner) at least 10, but not more than 60, days prior to the Purchase Date. Such Notice of Election to Purchase shall also be published for a period of at least three consecutive days in at least two daily newspapers of general circulation printed in the English language and published in the Borough of Manhattan, New York. The Notice of Election to Purchase shall specify the Purchase Date and the price (determined in accordance with Section 15.1(a)) at which

60

Limited Partner Interests will be purchased and state that the General Partner, its Affiliate or the Partnership, as the case may be, elects to purchase such Limited Partner Interests, upon surrender of Certificates representing such Limited Partner Interests in exchange for payment, at such office or offices of the Transfer Agent as the Transfer Agent may specify, or as may be required by any National Securities Exchange on which such Limited Partner Interests are listed or admitted to trading. Any such Notice of Election to Purchase mailed to a Record Holder of Limited Partner Interests at his address as reflected in the records of the Transfer Agent shall be conclusively presumed to have been given regardless of whether the owner receives such notice. On or prior to the Purchase Date, the General Partner, its Affiliate or the Partnership, as the case may be, shall deposit with the Transfer Agent cash in an amount sufficient to pay the aggregate purchase price of all of such Limited Partner Interests to be purchased in accordance with this Section 15.1. If the Notice of Election to Purchase shall have been duly given as aforesaid at least 10 days prior to the Purchase Date, and if on or prior to the Purchase Date the deposit described in the preceding sentence has been made for the benefit of the holders of Limited Partner Interests subject to purchase as provided herein, then from and after the Purchase Date, notwithstanding that any Certificate shall not have been surrendered for purchase, all rights of the holders of such Limited Partner Interests (including any rights pursuant to Articles IV, V, VI, and XII) shall thereupon cease, except the right to receive the purchase price (determined in accordance with Section 15.1(a)) for Limited Partner Interests therefor, without interest, upon surrender to the Transfer Agent of the Certificates representing such Limited Partner Interests, and such Limited Partner Interests shall thereupon be deemed to be transferred to the General Partner, its Affiliate or the Partnership, as the case may be, on the record books of the Transfer Agent and the Partnership, and the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner, or the Partnership, as the case may be, shall be deemed to be the owner of all such Limited Partner Interests from and after the Purchase Date and shall have all rights as the owner of such Limited Partner Interests (including all rights as owner of such Limited Partner Interests pursuant to Articles IV, V, VI and XII).

(c) At any time from and after the Purchase Date, a holder of an Outstanding Limited Partner Interest subject to purchase as provided in this Section 15.1 may surrender his Certificate evidencing such Limited Partner Interest to the Transfer Agent in exchange for payment of the amount described in Section 15.1(a), therefor, without interest thereon.

61

ARTICLE XVI
GENERAL PROVISIONS

        16.1    Addresses and Notices. Any notice, demand, request, report or proxy materials required or permitted to be given or made to a Partner or Assignee under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given or made when delivered in person or when sent by first class United States mail or by other means of written communication to the Partner or Assignee at the address described below. Any notice, payment or report to be given or made to a Partner or Assignee hereunder shall be deemed conclusively to have been given or made, and the obligation to give such notice or report or to make such payment shall be deemed conclusively to have been fully satisfied, upon sending of such notice, payment or report to the Record Holder of such Partnership Securities at his address as shown on the records of the Transfer Agent or as otherwise shown on the records of the Partnership, regardless of any claim of any Person who may have an interest in such Partnership Securities by reason of any assignment or otherwise. An affidavit or certificate of making of any notice, payment or report in accordance with the provisions of this Section 16.1 executed by the General Partner, the Transfer Agent or the mailing organization shall be prima facie evidence of the giving or making of such notice, payment or report. If any notice, payment or report addressed to a Record Holder at the address of such Record Holder appearing on the books and records of the Transfer Agent or the Partnership is returned by the United States Post Office marked to indicate that the United States Postal Service is unable to deliver it, such notice, payment or report and any subsequent notices, payments and reports shall be deemed to have been duly given or made without further mailing (until such time as such Record Holder or another Person notifies the Transfer Agent or the Partnership of a change in his address) if they are available for the Partner or Assignee at the principal office of the Partnership for a period of one year from the date of the giving or making of such notice, payment or report to the other Partners and Assignees. Any notice to the Partnership shall be deemed given if received by the General Partner at the principal office of the Partnership designated pursuant to Section 2.3. The General Partner may rely and shall be protected in relying on any notice or other document from a Partner, Assignee or other Person if believed by it to be genuine.

        16.2    Further Action. The parties shall execute and deliver all documents, provide all information and take or refrain from taking action as may be necessary or appropriate to achieve the purposes of this Agreement.

        16.3    Binding Effect. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, legal representatives and permitted assigns.

        16.4    Integration. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings pertaining thereto.

        16.5    Creditors. None of the provisions of this Agreement shall be for the benefit of, or shall be enforceable by, any creditor of the Partnership.

        16.6    Waiver. No failure by any party to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, duty, agreement or condition of this Agreement or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach thereof shall constitute waiver of any such breach of any other covenant, duty, agreement or condition.

        16.7    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, all of which together shall constitute an agreement binding on all the parties hereto, notwithstanding that all such parties are not signatories to the original or the same counterpart. Each party shall become bound by this Agreement immediately upon affixing its signature hereto or, in the case of a Person acquiring a Unit, upon accepting the certificate evidencing such Unit or executing and delivering a Transfer Application as herein described, independently of the signature of any other party.

        16.8    Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law.

62

        16.9    Invalidity of Provisions. If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected thereby.

        16.10    Consent of Partners. Each Partner hereby expressly consents and agrees that, whenever in this Agreement it is specified that an action may be taken upon the affirmative vote or consent of less than all of the Partners, such action may be so taken upon the concurrence of less than all of the Partners and each Partner shall be bound by the results of such action.

        16.11    Amendments to Reflect GP Reorganization Agreement. In addition to the amendments to this Agreement contained in the GP Reorganization Agreement and notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, this Agreement shall be deemed to be further amended and modified to the extent necessary, but only to the extent necessary, to carry out the purposes of and intent of the GP Reorganization Agreement.

63

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

GENERAL PARTNER:
ENTERPRISE PRODUCTS GP, LLC
By:	/s/ O.S. ANDRAS
	O. S. Andras President and Chief Executive Officer
LIMITED PARTNERS:
	All Limited Partners now and hereafter admitted as Limited Partners of the Partnership, pursuant to Powers of Attorney now and hereafter executed in favor of, and granted and delivered to the General Partner.
By:	Enterprise Products GP, LLC
	General Partner, as attorney-in-fact for the Limited Partners pursuant to the Powers of Attorney granted pursuant to Section 2.6.
By:	/s/ O.S. ANDRAS
	O. S. Andras President and Chief Executive Officer

64

Attachment I

DEFINED TERMS

        “Acquisition” means any transaction in which any Group Member acquires (through an asset acquisition, merger, stock acquisition or other form of investment) control over all or a portion of the assets, properties or business of another Person for the purpose of increasing the operating capacity or revenues of the Partnership Group from the operating capacity or revenues of the Partnership Group existing immediately prior to such transaction.

        “Additional Limited Partner” means a Person admitted to the Partnership as a Limited Partner pursuant to Section 10.4 and who is shown as such on the books and records of the Partnership.

        “Adjusted Capital Account” means the Capital Account maintained for each Partner as of the end of each fiscal year of the Partnership, (a) increased by any amounts that such Partner is obligated to restore under the standards set by Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(c) (or is deemed obligated to restore under Treasury Regulation Sections 1.704-2(g) and 1.704-2(i)(5)) and (b) decreased by (i) the amount of all losses and deductions that, as of the end of such fiscal year, are reasonably expected to be allocated to such Partner in subsequent years under Sections 704(e)(2) and 706(d) of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.751-1(b)(2)(ii), and (ii) the amount of all distributions that, as of the end of such fiscal year, are reasonably expected to be made to such Partner in subsequent years in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or otherwise to the extent they exceed offsetting increases to such Partner’s Capital Account that are reasonably expected to occur during (or prior to) the year in which such distributions are reasonably expected to be made (other than increases as a result of a minimum gain chargeback pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(i) or 6.1(d)(ii)). The foregoing definition of Adjusted Capital Account is intended to comply with the provisions of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(d) and shall be interpreted consistently therewith. The “Adjusted Capital Account” of a Partner in respect of a General Partner Interest, a Common Unit, a Subordinated Unit or any other specified interest in the Partnership shall be the amount which such Adjusted Capital Account would be if such General Partner Interest, Common Unit, Subordinated Unit, or other interest in the Partnership were the only interest in the Partnership held by a Partner from and after the date on which such General Partner Interest, Common Unit, Subordinated Unit, or other interest was first issued.

        “Adjusted Operating Surplus” means, with respect to any period, Operating Surplus generated during such period (a) less (i) any net increase in working capital borrowings during such period and (ii) any net reduction in cash reserves for Operating Expenditures during such period not relating to an Operating Expenditure made during such period, and (b) plus (i) any net decrease in working capital borrowings during such period and (ii) any net increase in cash reserves for Operating Expenditures during such period required by any debt instrument for the repayment of principal, interest or premium. Adjusted Operating Surplus does not include that portion of Operating Surplus included in clause (a)(i) or (a)(iii)(A) of the definition of Operating Surplus.

        “Adjusted Property” means any property the Carrying Value of which has been adjusted pursuant to Section 5.5(d)(i) or 5.5(d)(ii). Once an Adjusted Property is deemed contributed to a new partnership in exchange for an interest in the new partnership, followed by the deemed liquidation of the Partnership for federal income tax purposes upon a termination of the Partnership pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.708-(b)(1)(iv), such property shall thereafter constitute a Contributed Property until the Carrying Value of such property is subsequently adjusted pursuant to Section 5.5(d)(i) or 5.5(d)(ii).

        “Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, the Person in question. As used herein, the term “control” means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Person shall only be considered an “Affiliate” of the General Partner if such Person owns, directly or indirectly, 50% or more of the voting securities of the General Partner or otherwise possesses the sole power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the General Partner.

65

        “Agreed Allocation” means any allocation, other than a Required Allocation, of an item of income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.1, including, without limitation, a Curative Allocation (if appropriate to the context in which the term “Agreed Allocation” is used).

        “Agreed Value” of any Contributed Property means the fair market value of such property or other consideration at the time of contribution as determined by the General Partner using such reasonable method of valuation as it may adopt. The General Partner shall, in its discretion, use such method as it deems reasonable and appropriate to allocate the aggregate Agreed Value of Contributed Properties contributed to the Partnership in a single or integrated transaction among each separate property on a basis proportional to the fair market value of each Contributed Property.

        “Agreement” means this Third amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of Enterprise Products Partners L.P., as it may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

        “Assignee” means a Non-citizen Assignee or a Person to whom one or more Limited Partner Interests have been transferred in a manner permitted under this Agreement and who has executed and delivered a Transfer Application as required by this Agreement, but who has not been admitted as a Substituted Limited Partner.

        “Associate” means, when used to indicate a relationship with any Person, (a) any corporation or organization of which such Person is a director, officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of 20% or more of any class of voting stock or other voting interest; (b) any trust or other estate in which such Person has at least a 20% beneficial interest or as to which such Person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and (c) any relative or spouse of such Person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same principal residence as such Person.

        “Audit and Conflicts Committee” means a committee of the Board of Directors of the General Partner composed entirely of two or more directors who are neither members, officers nor employees of the General Partner nor members, officers, directors or employees of any Affiliate of the General Partner.

        “Available Cash” means, with respect to any Quarter ending prior to the Liquidation Date,

        (a)    the sum of (i) all cash and cash equivalents of the Partnership Group on hand at the end of such Quarter, and (ii) all additional cash and cash equivalents of the Partnership Group on hand on the date of determination of Available Cash with respect to such Quarter resulting from (A) borrowings under the Working Capital Facility made subsequent to the end of such Quarter or (B) Interim Capital Transactions after the end of such Quarter designated by the General Partner as Operating Surplus in accordance with clause (a)(iii)(A) of the definition of Operating Surplus, less

        (b)    the amount of any cash reserves that is necessary or appropriate in the reasonable discretion of the General Partner to (i) provide for the proper conduct of the business of the Partnership Group (including reserves for future capital expenditures and for anticipated future credit needs of the Partnership Group) subsequent to such Quarter, (ii) comply with applicable law or any loan agreement, security agreement, mortgage, debt instrument or other agreement or obligation to which any Group Member is a party or by which it is bound or its assets are subject or (iii) provide funds for distributions under Section 6.4 or 6.5 in respect of any one or more of the next four Quarters; provided, however, that the General Partner may not establish cash reserves pursuant to (iii) above if the effect of such reserves would be that the Partnership is unable to distribute the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all Common Units with respect to such Quarter; and, provided further, that disbursements made by a Group Member or cash reserves established, increased or reduced after the end of such Quarter, but on or before the date of determination of Available Cash with respect to such Quarter, shall be deemed to have been made, established, increased or reduced, for purposes of determining Available Cash, within such Quarter if the General Partner so determines.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Available Cash” with respect to the Quarter in which the Liquidation Date occurs and any subsequent Quarter shall equal zero.

66

        “Book-Tax Disparity” means with respect to any item of Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, as of the date of any determination, the difference between the Carrying Value of such Contributed Property or Adjusted Property and the adjusted basis thereof for federal income tax purposes as of such date. A Partner’s share of the Partnership’s Book-Tax Disparities in all of its Contributed Property and Adjusted Property will be reflected by the difference between such Partner’s Capital Account balance as maintained pursuant to Section 5.5 and the hypothetical balance of such Partner’s Capital Account computed as if it had been maintained strictly in accordance with federal income tax accounting principles.

        “Business Day” means Monday through Friday of each week, except that a legal holiday recognized as such by the government of the United States of America or the states of New York or Texas shall not be regarded as a Business Day.

        “Capital Account” means the capital account maintained for a Partner pursuant to Section 5.5. The “Capital Account” of a Partner in respect of a General Partner Interest, a Common Unit, a Subordinated Unit, or any other Partnership Interest shall be the amount which such Capital Account would be if such General Partner Interest, Common Unit, Subordinated Unit, or other Partnership Interest were the only interest in the Partnership held by a Partner from and after the date on which such General Partner Interest, Common Unit, Subordinated Unit, or other Partnership Interest was first issued.

        “Capital Contribution” means any cash, cash equivalents or the Net Agreed Value of Contributed Property that a Partner contributes to the Partnership.

        “Capital Improvement” means any (a) addition or improvement to the capital assets owned by any Group Member or (b) acquisition of existing, or the construction of new, capital assets, in each case made to increase the operating capacity or revenues of the Partnership Group from the operating capacity or revenues of the Partnership Group existing immediately prior to such addition, improvement, acquisition or construction.

        “Capital Surplus” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.3(a).

        “Carrying Value” means (a) with respect to a Contributed Property, the Agreed Value of such property reduced (but not below zero) by all depreciation, amortization and cost recovery deductions charged to the Partners’ and Assignees’ Capital Accounts in respect of such Contributed Property, and (b) with respect to any other Partnership property, the adjusted basis of such property for federal income tax purposes, all as of the time of determination. The Carrying Value of any property shall be adjusted from time to time in accordance with Sections 5.5(d)(i) and 5.5(d)(ii) and to reflect changes, additions or other adjustments to the Carrying Value for dispositions and acquisitions of Partnership properties, as deemed appropriate by the General Partner.

        “Cause” means a court of competent jurisdiction has entered a final, non-appealable judgment finding the General Partner liable for actual fraud, gross negligence or willful or wanton misconduct in its capacity as general partner of the Partnership.

        “Certificate” means a certificate, substantially in the form of Exhibit A to this Agreement or in such other form as may be adopted by the General Partner in its discretion, issued by the Partnership evidencing ownership of one or more Common Units or a certificate, in such form as may be adopted by the General Partner in its discretion, issued by the Partnership evidencing ownership of one or more other Partnership Securities.

        “Certificate of Limited Partnership” means the Certificate of Limited Partnership of the Partnership filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware as referenced in Section 2.1, as such Certificate of Limited Partnership may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

        “Citizenship Certification” means a properly completed certificate in such form as may be specified by the General Partner by which an Assignee or a Limited Partner certifies that he (and if he is a nominee holding for the account of another Person, that to the best of his knowledge such other Person) is an Eligible Citizen.

67

        “Claim” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.12(c).

        “Class A Special Units” means the special class of Units designated and created pursuant to Section 5.12.

        “Class A Special Units Conversion Dates” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.12.

        “Closing Date” means July 31, 1998.

        “Closing Price” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 15.1(a).

        “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended and in effect from time to time and as interpreted by the applicable regulations thereunder. Any reference herein to a specific section or sections of the Code shall be deemed to include a reference to any corresponding provision of successor law.

        “Combined Interest” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 11.3(a).

        “Combined Performance Test” shall be met if, at any time during the Production Period, Gas Production reaches 725 billion cubic feet on a cumulative basis during the Production Period and Tejas provides written notice to the General Partner stating that such production level has been reached during the Production Period and which notice shall include information supporting that statement reasonably acceptable to the General Partner.

        “Commission” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

        “Common Unit” means a Partnership Security representing a fractional part of the Partnership Interests of all Limited Partners and Assignees and of the General Partner (exclusive of its interest as a holder of a General Partner Interest) and having the rights and obligations specified with respect to Common Units in this Agreement. The term “Common Unit” does not refer to a Subordinated Unit or a Class A Special Unit prior to its conversion into a Common Unit pursuant to the terms hereof.

        “Common Unit Arrearage” means, with respect to any Common Unit, whenever issued, as to any Quarter within the Subordination Period, the excess, if any, of (a) the Minimum Quarterly Distribution with respect to a Common Unit in respect of such Quarter over (b) the sum of all Available Cash distributed with respect to a Common Unit in respect of such Quarter pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(i).

        “Contributed Property” means each property or other asset, in such form as may be permitted by the Delaware Act, but excluding cash, contributed to the Partnership (or deemed contributed to a new partnership on termination of the Partnership pursuant to Section 708 of the Code). Once the Carrying Value of a Contributed Property is adjusted pursuant to Section 5.5(d), such property shall no longer constitute a Contributed Property, but shall be deemed an Adjusted Property.

        “Cumulative Common Unit Arrearage” means, with respect to any Common Unit, whenever issued, and as of the end of any Quarter, the excess, if any, of (a) the sum resulting from adding together the Common Unit Arrearage as to an Initial Common Unit for each of the Quarters within the Subordination Period ending on or before the last day of such Quarter over (b) the sum of any distributions theretofore made pursuant to Section 6.4(a)(ii) and the second sentence of Section 6.5 with respect to an Initial Common Unit (including any distributions to be made in respect of the last of such Quarters).

        “Curative Allocation” means any allocation of an item of income, gain, deduction, loss or credit pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.1(d)(xi).

68

        “Current Market Price” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 15.1(a).

        “Delaware Act” means the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act, 6 Del C. ’ 17-101, et seq., as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, and any successor to such statute.

        “Departing Partner” means a former General Partner from and after the effective date of any withdrawal or removal of such former General Partner pursuant to Section 11.1 or 11.2.

        “Economic Risk of Loss” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-2(a).

        “Eligible Citizen” means a Person qualified to own interests in real property in jurisdictions in which any Group Member does business or proposes to do business from time to time, and whose status as a Limited Partner or Assignee does not or would not subject such Group Member to a significant risk of cancellation or forfeiture of any of its properties or any interest therein.

        “EPC” means Enterprise Products Company, a Texas Subchapter S corporation.

        “EPC Partners II” means EPC Partners II, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

        “EPCO Agreement” means the EPCO Agreement dated the Closing Date among EPCO, the Partnership, the Operating Partnership and the General Partner.

        “Event of Withdrawal” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 11.1(a).

        “Existing Capital Commitment Amount” means $46.5 million, which amount represents the aggregate estimated capital costs to be incurred by the Partnership Group in connection with the following proposed projects:

	Proposed Project	Estimated Capital Costs
(i)	Baton Rouge Fractionator	$ 20.0 Million
(ii)	Tri-State Pipeline	$ 10.0 Million
(iii)	Wilprise Pipeline	$   8.0 Million
(iv)	NGL Product Chiller	$   8.5 Million
	Total	$ 46.5 Million

each of which is described in greater detail in the Registration Statement; provided, however, that if for any reason (other than as a result of the cancellation of such project) the actual capital costs incurred by the Partnership Group in connection with any of the proposed projects referenced above is less than the estimated capital cost for such project as set forth above, the “Existing Capital Commitment Amount” shall be reduced by the amount of such difference.

        “Final Subordinated Units” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.1(d)(x).

        “First Liquidation Target Amount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.1(c)(i)(E).

        “First Target Distribution” means $0.253 per Unit per Quarter (or, with respect to the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on September 30, 1998, it means the product of $0.253 multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the number of days in the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on September 30, 1998, and of which the denominator is 92), subject to adjustment in accordance with Sections 6.6 and 6.9.

        “Force Majeure Event” means an event during which Gas Production is reduced, in whole or in part, by an event reasonably beyond the control of the party producing such Gas Production, including but not limited to any event of force

69

majeure under the Shell Processing Agreement (as defined in the Tejas Contribution Agreement) or any of the Dedicated Leases under, and as defined in, the Shell Processing Agreement (as defined in the Tejas Contribution Agreement).

        “Gas Production” means natural gas produced from all Dedicated Leases (as defined in the Shell Processing Agreement (as defined in the Tejas Contribution Agreement)).

        “General Partner” means Enterprise Products GP, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and its successors and permitted assigns as general partner of the Partnership.

        “General Partner Interest” means the ownership interest of the General Partner in the Partnership (in its capacity as a general partner without reference to any Limited Partner Interest held by it) which may be evidenced by Partnership Securities or a combination thereof or interest therein, and includes any and all benefits to which the General Partner is entitled as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of the General Partner to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

        “GP Reorganization Agreement” means the Reorganization Agreement, dated as of December 10, 2003, among the Partnership, the Operating Partnership, the General Partner and the Operating General Partner.

        “Group” means a Person that with or through any of its Affiliates or Associates has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent given to such Person in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to 10 or more Persons) or disposing of any Partnership Securities with any other Person that beneficially owns, or whose Affiliates or Associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, Partnership Securities.

        “Group Member” means a member of the Partnership Group.

        “Holder” as used in Section 7.12, has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.12(a).

        “Incentive Distributions” means any amount of cash distributed to the General Partner pursuant to Sections 6.4(a)(v), 6.4(a)(vi), 6.4(b)(iii) or 6.4(b)(iv) that exceeds that amount equal to 2% of the aggregate amount of cash then being distributed pursuant to such provisions.

        “Indemnified Persons” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 7.12(c).

        “Indemnitee” means (a) the General Partner, any Departing Partner and any Person who is or was an Affiliate of the General Partner or any Departing Partner, (b) any Person who is or was a member, director, officer, employee, agent or trustee of a Group Member, (c) any Person who is or was an officer, member, partner, director, employee, agent or trustee of the General Partner or any Departing Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner or any Departing Partner, or any Affiliate of any such Person and (d) any Person who is or was serving at the request of the General Partner or any Departing Partner or any such Affiliate as a director, officer, employee, member, partner, agent, fiduciary or trustee of another Person; provided, that a Person shall not be an Indemnitee by reason of providing, on a fee-for- services basis, trustee, fiduciary or custodial services.

        “Initial Common Units” means the Common Units sold in the Initial Offering.

        “Initial Limited Partners” means EPC Partners II, the Underwriters, and Tejas, in each case upon being admitted to the Partnership in accordance with Section 10.1.

        “Initial Offering” means the initial offering and sale of Common Units to the public, as described in the Registration Statement.

70

        “Initial Unit Price” means (a) with respect to the Common Units and the Subordinated Units, the initial public offering price per Common Unit at which the Underwriters offered the Common Units to the public for sale as set forth on the cover page of the prospectus included as part of the Registration Statement and first issued at or after the time the Registration Statement first became effective or (b) with respect to any other class or series of Units, the price per Unit at which such class or series of Units is initially sold by the Partnership, as determined by the General Partner, in each case adjusted as the General Partner determines to be appropriate to give effect to any distribution, subdivision or combination of Units.

        “Interim Capital Transactions” means the following transactions if they occur prior to the Liquidation Date: (a) borrowings, refinancings or refundings of indebtedness and sales of debt securities (other than borrowings under the Working Capital Facility and other than for items purchased on open account in the ordinary course of business) by any Group Member; (b) sales of equity interests by any Group Member (including Common Units sold to the underwriters pursuant to the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option); and (c) sales or other voluntary or involuntary dispositions of any assets of any Group Member (other than (i) sales or other dispositions of inventory, accounts receivable and other assets in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) sales or other dispositions of assets as part of normal retirements or replacements), in each case prior to the Liquidation Date.

        “Issue Price” means the price at which a Unit is purchased from the Partnership, after taking into account any sales commission or underwriting discount charged to the Partnership.

        “Limited Partner” means, unless the context otherwise requires, (a) each Initial Limited Partner, each Substituted Limited Partner, each Additional Limited Partner and any Partner upon the change of its status from General Partner to Limited Partner pursuant to Section 11.3 or (b) solely for purposes of Articles V, VI, VII and IX and Sections 12.3 and 12.4, each Assignee.

        “Limited Partner Interest” means the ownership interest of a Limited Partner or Assignee in the Partnership, which may be evidenced by Common Units, Subordinated Units, Class A Special Units, or other Partnership Securities or a combination thereof or interest therein, and includes any and all benefits to which such Limited Partner or Assignee is entitled as provided in this Agreement, together with all obligations of such Limited Partner or Assignee to comply with the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

        “Liquidation Date” means (a) in the case of an event giving rise to the dissolution of the Partnership of the type described in clauses (a) and (b) of the first sentence of Section 12.2, the date on which the applicable time period during which the holders of Outstanding Units have the right to elect to reconstitute the Partnership and continue its business has expired without such an election being made, and (b) in the case of any other event giving rise to the dissolution of the Partnership, the date on which such event occurs.

        “Liquidator” means one or more Persons selected by the General Partner to perform the functions described in Section 12.3 as liquidating trustee of the Partnership within the meaning of the Delaware Act.

        “Merger Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 14.1.

        “Minimum Quarterly Distribution” means $0.225 per Unit per Quarter (or with respect to the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on September 30, 1998, it means the product of $0.225 multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the number of days in the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on September 30, 1998, and of which the denominator is 92), subject to adjustment in accordance with Sections 6.6 and 6.9.

        “National Securities Exchange” means an exchange registered with the Commission under Section 6(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, and any successor to such statute, or the Nasdaq Stock Market or any successor thereto.

71

        “Net Agreed Value” means, (a) in the case of any Contributed Property, the Agreed Value of such property reduced by any liabilities either assumed by the Partnership upon such contribution or to which such property is subject when contributed, and (b) in the case of any property distributed to a Partner or Assignee by the Partnership, the Partnership’s Carrying Value of such property (as adjusted pursuant to Section 5.5(d)(ii)) at the time such property is distributed, reduced by any indebtedness either assumed by such Partner or Assignee upon such distribution or to which such property is subject at the time of distribution, in either case, as determined under Section 752 of the Code.

        “Net Income” means, for any taxable year, the excess, if any, of the Partnership’s items of income and gain (other than those items taken into account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable year over the Partnership’s items of loss and deduction (other than those items taken into account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable year. The items included in the calculation of Net Income shall be determined in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and shall not include any items specially allocated under Section 6.1(d).

        “Net Loss” means, for any taxable year, the excess, if any, of the Partnership’s items of loss and deduction (other than those items taken into account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable year over the Partnership’s items of income and gain (other than those items taken into account in the computation of Net Termination Gain or Net Termination Loss) for such taxable year. The items included in the calculation of Net Loss shall be determined in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and shall not include any items specially allocated under Section 6.1(d).

        “Net Termination Gain” means, for any taxable year, the sum, if positive, of all items of income, gain, loss or deduction recognized by the Partnership after the Liquidation Date. The items included in the determination of Net Termination Gain shall be determined in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and shall not include any items of income, gain or loss specially allocated under Section 6.1(d).

        “Net Termination Loss” means, for any taxable year, the sum, if negative, of all items of income, gain, loss or deduction recognized by the Partnership after the Liquidation Date. The items included in the determination of Net Termination Loss shall be determined in accordance with Section 5.5(b) and shall not include any items of income, gain or loss specially allocated under Section 6.1(d).

        “Non-citizen Assignee” means a Person whom the General Partner has determined in its discretion does not constitute an Eligible Citizen and as to whose Partnership Interest the General Partner has become the Substituted Limited Partner, pursuant to Section 4.9.

        “Nonrecourse Built-in Gain” means with respect to any Contributed Properties or Adjusted Properties that are subject to a mortgage or pledge securing a Nonrecourse Liability, the amount of any taxable gain that would be allocated to the Partners pursuant to Sections 6.2(b)(i)(A), 6.2(b)(ii)(A) and 6.2(b)(iii) if such properties were disposed of in a taxable transaction in full satisfaction of such liabilities and for no other consideration.

        “Nonrecourse Deductions” means any and all items of loss, deduction or expenditures (described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code) that, in accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(b), are attributable to a Nonrecourse Liability.

        “Nonrecourse Liability” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.752-1(a)(2).

        “Notice of Election to Purchase” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 15.1(b) hereof.

        “Operating Expenditures” means all Partnership Group expenditures, including, but not limited to, taxes, reimbursements of the General Partner, debt service payments, and capital expenditures, subject to the following:

72

        (a)    Payments (including prepayments) of principal of and premium on indebtedness shall not be an Operating Expenditure if the payment is (i) required in connection with the sale or other disposition of assets or (ii) made in connection with the refinancing or refunding of indebtedness with the proceeds from new indebtedness or from the sale of equity interests. For purposes of the foregoing, at the election and in the reasonable discretion of the General Partner, any payment of principal or premium shall be deemed to be refunded or refinanced by any indebtedness incurred or to be incurred by the Partnership Group within 180 days before or after such payment to the extent of the principal amount of such indebtedness.

        (b)    Operating Expenditures shall not include (i) capital expenditures made for Acquisitions or for Capital Improvements, (ii) payment of transaction expenses relating to Interim Capital Transactions or (iii) distributions to Partners. Where capital expenditures are made in part for Acquisitions or for Capital Improvements and in part for other purposes, the General Partner’s good faith allocation between the amounts paid for each shall be conclusive.

        “Operating General Partner” means Enterprise Products OLPGP, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of the Partnership, and any successors and permitted assigns as the General Partner of the Operating Partnership.

        “Operating Partnership” means Enterprise Products Operating L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and any successors thereto.

        “Operating Partnership Agreement” means the Amended and Restated Agreement of Limited Partnership of the Operating Partnership, as it may be amended, supplemented or restated from time to time.

        “Operating Surplus,” means, with respect to any period ending prior to the Liquidation Date, on a cumulative basis and without duplication:

        (a)    the sum of (i) all cash and cash equivalents of the Partnership Group on hand as of the close of business on the Closing Date (other than the Existing Capital Commitment Amount), (ii) all cash receipts of the Partnership Group for the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending with the last day of such period, other than cash receipts from Interim Capital Transactions (except to the extent specified in Section 6.5 and except as set forth in clause (iii) immediately following), and (iii) as determined by the General Partner, all or any portion of any cash receipts of the Partnership Group during such period, or after the end of such period but on or before the date of determination of Operating Surplus with respect to such period, that constitute (A) cash receipts from Interim Capital Transactions, provided that the total amount of cash receipts from Interim Capital Transactions designated as “Operating Surplus” by the General Partner pursuant to this clause (iii) since the Closing Date may not exceed an aggregate amount equal to $60.0 million, and/or (B) cash receipts from borrowings under the Working Capital Facility, less

        (b)    the sum of (i) Operating Expenditures for the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending with the last day of such period and (ii) the amount of cash reserves that is necessary or advisable in the reasonable discretion of the General Partner to provide funds for future Operating Expenditures, provided, however, that disbursements made (including contributions to a Group Member or disbursements on behalf of a Group Member) or cash reserves established, increased or reduced after the end of such period but on or before the date of determination of Operating Surplus with respect to such period shall be deemed to have been made, established, increased or reduced, for purposes of determining Operating Surplus, within such period if the General Partner so determines.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Operating Surplus” with respect to the Quarter in which the Liquidation Date occurs and any subsequent Quarter shall equal zero.

        “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion of counsel (who may be regular counsel to the Partnership or the General Partner or any of its Affiliates) acceptable to the General Partner in its reasonable discretion.

73

        “Option Closing Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Underwriting Agreement.

        “Outstanding” means, with respect to Partnership Securities, all Partnership Securities that are issued by the Partnership and reflected as outstanding on the Partnership’s books and records as of the date of determination; provided, however, that, with respect to Partnership Securities other than Class A Special Units, if at any time any Person or Group (other than the General Partner or its Affiliates) beneficially owns 20% or more of any Outstanding Partnership Securities of any class then Outstanding, all Partnership Securities owned by such Person or Group shall not be voted on any matter and shall not be considered to be Outstanding when sending notices of a meeting of Limited Partners to vote on any matter (unless otherwise required by law), calculating required votes, determining the presence of a quorum or for other similar purposes under this Agreement, except that Common Units so owned shall be considered to be Outstanding for purposes of Section 11.1(b)(iv) (such Common Units shall not, however, be treated as a separate class of Partnership Securities for purposes of this Agreement).

        “Over-Allotment Option” means the over-allotment option granted to the Underwriters by the Partnership pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement.

        “Parity Units” means Common Units and all other Units having rights to distributions or in liquidation ranking on a parity with the Common Units.

        “Partner Nonrecourse Debt” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(b)(4).

        “Partner Nonrecourse Debt Minimum Gain” has the meaning set forth in Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i)(2).

        “Partner Nonrecourse Deductions” means any and all items of loss, deduction or expenditure (including, without limitation, any expenditure described in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of the Code) that, in accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(i), are attributable to a Partner Nonrecourse Debt.

        “Partners” means the General Partner, the Limited Partners and the holders of Common Units and Subordinated Units.

        “Partnership” means Enterprise Products Partners L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and any successors thereto.

        “Partnership Group” means the Partnership, the Operating Partnership and any Subsidiary of either such entity, treated as a single consolidated entity.

        “Partnership Interest” means an ownership interest in the Partnership, which shall include General Partner Interests and Limited Partner Interests.

        “Partnership Minimum Gain” means that amount determined in accordance with the principles of Treasury Regulation Section 1.704-2(d).

        “Partnership Security” means any class or series of equity interest in the Partnership (but excluding any options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to any equity interest in the Partnership), including, without limitation, Common Units, Subordinated Units, and Class A Special Units.

        “Per Unit Capital Amount” means, as of any date of determination, the Capital Account, stated on a per Unit basis, underlying any Unit held by a Person other than the General Partner or any Affiliate of the General Partner who holds Units.

74

        “Percentage Interest” means as of the date of such determination (a) with respect to Sections 6.1(a) and (b), (i) as to the General Partner, 2.0%, and (ii) as to any Unitholder or Assignee holding Common Units or Subordinated Units, the product obtained by multiplying (A) 98% by (B) the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the number of Common Units and Subordinated Units held by such Unitholder or Assignee by (y) the total number of all Outstanding Common Units and Outstanding Subordinated Units, and (b) with respect to Sections other than Sections 6.1(a) and (b), (i) as to the General Partner, 2.0%, and (ii) as to any Unitholder or Assignee holding Units, the quotient obtained by multiplying (A) 98% by (B) the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the number of Units held by such Unitholder or Assignee by (y) the total number of all Outstanding Units.

        “Performance Tests” means the Year 2000 Performance Test, the Year 2001 Performance Test and the Combined Performance Test.

        “Person” means an individual or a corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, government agency or political subdivision thereof or other entity.

        “Pro Rata” means (a) when modifying Units or any class thereof, apportioned equally among all designated Units in accordance with their relative Percentage Interests and (b) when modifying Partners and Assignees, apportioned among all Partners and Assignees in accordance with their respective Percentage Interests.

        “Production Period” means calendar years 2000 and 2001, as such periods may be extended as a result of Force Majeure Events in accordance with the Year 2000 Performance Test and the Year 2001 Performance Test.

        “Purchase Date” means the date determined by the General Partner as the date for purchase of all Outstanding Units (other than Units owned by the General Partner and its Affiliates) pursuant to Article XV.

        “Quarter” means, unless the context requires otherwise, a fiscal quarter of the Partnership.

        “Recapture Income” means any gain recognized by the Partnership (computed without regard to any adjustment required by Sections 734 or 743 of the Code) upon the disposition of any property or asset of the Partnership, which gain is characterized as ordinary income because it represents the recapture of deductions previously taken with respect to such property or asset.

        “Record Date” means the date established by the General Partner for determining (a) the identity of the Record Holders entitled to notice of, or to vote at, any meeting of Limited Partners or entitled to vote by ballot or give approval of Partnership action in writing without a meeting or entitled to exercise rights in respect of any lawful action of Limited Partners or (b) the identity of Record Holders entitled to receive any report or distribution or to participate in any offer.

        “Record Holder” means the Person in whose name a Common Unit is registered on the books of the Transfer Agent as of the opening of business on a particular Business Day, or with respect to other Partnership Securities, the Person in whose name any such other Partnership Security is registered on the books which the General Partner has caused to be kept as of the opening of business on such Business Day.

        “Redeemable Interests” means any Partnership Interests for which a redemption notice has been given, and has not been withdrawn, pursuant to Section 4.10.

        “Registration Statement” means the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-52537) as it has been or as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time, filed by the Partnership with the Commission under the Securities Act to register the offering and sale of the Common Units in the Initial Offering.

75

        “Required Allocations” means (a) any limitation imposed on any allocation of Net Losses or Net Termination Losses under Section 6.1(b) or 6.1(c)(ii) and (b) any allocation of an item of income, gain, loss or deduction pursuant to Section 6.1(d)(i), 6.1(d)(ii), 6.1(d)(iv), 6.1(d)(vi), 6.1(d)(vii) or 6.1(d)(ix).

        “Residual Gain” or “Residual Loss” means any item of gain or loss, as the case may be, of the Partnership recognized for federal income tax purposes resulting from a sale, exchange or other disposition of a Contributed Property or Adjusted Property, to the extent such item of gain or loss is not allocated pursuant to Section 6.2(b)(i)(A) or 6.2(b)(ii)(A), respectively, to eliminate Book-Tax Disparities.

        “Restricted Activities” means the conduct within North America of the types of businesses and activities engaged in by EPC and its Affiliates as of May 31, 1998; provided, however, that such term shall not include any business or activities associated with the assets, properties or businesses of EPC and its Affiliates as of June 2, 1998 (other than the Sorrento Pipeline System). As used in this defined term, the Partnership Group and any Subsidiary of a Group Member shall not be considered to be “Affiliates” of EPC.

        “Second Target Distribution” means $0.3085 per Unit per Quarter (or, with respect to the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on September 30, 1998, it means the product of $0.3085 multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is equal to the number of days in the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on September 30, 1998, and of which the denominator is 92), subject to adjustment in accordance with Sections 6.6 and 6.9.

        “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, supplemented or restated from time to time and any successor to such statute.

        “Series 2002B Class Special Units” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.3(d).

        “Special Approval” means approval by a majority of the members of the Audit and Conflicts Committee.

        “Subordinated Unit” means a Unit representing a fractional part of the Partnership Interests of all Limited Partners and Assignees and having the rights and obligations specified with respect to Subordinated Units in this Agreement. The term “Subordinated Unit” as used herein does not include a Common Unit.

        “Subordination Period” means the period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the first to occur of the following dates:

        (a)    the first day of any Quarter beginning after June 30, 2003, in respect of which (i) (A) distributions of Available Cash from Operating Surplus on each of the Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units with respect to each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-Quarter periods immediately preceding such date equaled or exceeded the sum of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all Outstanding Common Units and Subordinated Units during such periods and (B) the Adjusted Operating Surplus generated during each of the three consecutive, non-overlapping four-Quarter periods immediately preceding such date equaled or exceeded the sum of the Minimum Quarterly Distribution on all of the Common Units and Subordinated Units that were outstanding during such periods on a fully diluted basis (i.e., taking into account for purposes of such determination all Outstanding Common Units, all Outstanding Subordinated Units, all Common Units and Subordinated Units issuable upon exercise of employee options that have, as of the date of determination, already vested or are scheduled to vest prior to the end of the Quarter immediately following the Quarter with respect to which such determination is made, and all Common Units and Subordinated Units that have as of the date of determination, been earned by but not yet issued to management of the Partnership in respect of incentive compensation), plus the related distribution on the general partner Interest in the Partnership and (ii) there are no Cumulative Common Unit Arrearages; and

        (b)    the date on which the General Partner is removed as general partner of the Partnership upon the requisite vote by holders of Outstanding Units under circumstances where Cause does not exist and Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates are not voted in favor of such removal.

76

        “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, (a) a corporation of which more than 50% of the voting power of shares entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors or other governing body of such corporation is owned, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, by such Person, by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or a combination thereof, (b) a partnership (whether general or limited) in which such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person is, at the date of determination, a general or limited partner of such partnership, but only if more than 50% of the partnership interests of such partnership (considering all of the partnership interests of the partnership as a single class) is owned, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, by such Person, by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or a combination thereof, or (c) any other Person (other than a corporation or a partnership) in which such Person, one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or a combination thereof, directly or indirectly, at the date of determination, has (i) at least a majority ownership interest or (ii) the power to elect or direct the election of a majority of the directors or other governing body of such Person.

        “Substituted Limited Partner” means a Person who is admitted as a Limited Partner to the Partnership pursuant to Section 10.2 in place of and with all the rights of a Limited Partner and who is shown as a Limited Partner on the books and records of the Partnership.

        “Surviving Business Entity” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 14.2(b).

        “Tejas” means Tejas Energy, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

        “Tejas Contribution Agreement” means the Contribution Agreement among Tejas, Tejas Midstream Enterprises, LLC, the Partnership, the Operating Partnership, EPC, the General Partner and EPC Partners II, dated September 17, 1999.

        “Trading Day” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 15.1(a).

        “Transfer” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.4(a).

        “Transfer Agent” means such bank, trust company or other Person (including the General Partner or one of its Affiliates) as shall be appointed from time to time by the Partnership to act as registrar and transfer agent for the Common Units and as may be appointed from time to time by the Partnership to act as registrar and transfer agent for any other Partnership Securities; provided that if no Transfer Agent is specifically designated for any such other Partnership Securities, the General Partner shall act in such capacity.

        “Transfer Application” means an application and agreement for transfer of Limited Partner Interests in the form set forth on the back of a Certificate or in a form substantially to the same effect in a separate instrument.

        “Underwriter” means each Person named as an underwriter in Schedule 1 to the Underwriting Agreement who purchases Common Units pursuant thereto.

        “Underwriting Agreement” means the Underwriting Agreement dated July 27, 1998, among the Underwriters, the Partnership and certain other parties, providing for the purchase of Common Units by such Underwriters.

        “Unit” means a Partnership Security that is designated as a “Unit” and shall include Common Units, Subordinated Units, and Class A Special Units but shall not include a General Partner Interest; provided, that each Common Unit at any time Outstanding shall represent the same fractional part of the Partnership Interests of all Limited Partners holding Common Units as each other Common Unit, each Subordinated Unit at any time Outstanding shall represent the same fractional part of the Partnership Interests of all Limited Partners holding Subordinated Units as each other Subordinated Units, and each Class A Special Unit at any time Outstanding shall represent the same fractional part of the Partnership Interests of all Limited Partners holding Class A Special Units as each other Class A Special Unit.

77

        “Unitholders” means the holders of Common Units, Subordinated Units, and Class A Special Units.

        “Unit Majority” means, (i) during the Subordination Period, at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units, excluding any Common Units held by the General Partner and its Affiliates, and (ii) following the end of the Subordination Period, at least a majority of the Outstanding Common Units.

        “Unpaid MQD” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.1(c)(i)(C).

        “Unrealized Gain” attributable to any item of Partnership property means, as of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of (a) the fair market value of such property as of such date (as determined under Section 5.5(d)) over (b) the Carrying Value of such property as of such date (prior to any adjustment to be made pursuant to Section 5.5(d) as of such date).

        “Unrealized Loss” attributable to any item of Partnership property means, as of any date of determination, the excess, if any, of (a) the Carrying Value of such property as of such date (prior to any adjustment to be made pursuant to Section 5.5(d) as of such date) over (b) the fair market value of such property as of such date (as determined under Section 5.5(d)).

        “Unrecovered Capital” means at any time, with respect to a Unit, the Initial Unit Price less the sum of all distributions constituting Capital Surplus theretofore made in respect of an Initial Common Unit and any distributions of cash (or the Net Agreed Value of any distributions in kind) in connection with the dissolution and liquidation of the Partnership theretofore made in respect of an Initial Common Unit, adjusted as the General Partner determines to be appropriate to give effect to any distribution, subdivision or combination of such Units.

        “U.S. GAAP” means United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles consistently applied.

        “Withdrawal Opinion of Counsel” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 11.1(b).

        “Working Capital Facility” means any working capital credit facility of the Partnership or the Operating Partnership that requires the outstanding balance of any working capital borrowings thereunder to be reduced to $0 for at least fifteen consecutive calendar days each fiscal year.

        “Year 2000 Performance Test” shall be met if, at any point in time during calendar year 2000, as such period shall be extended for a period of days equal to the number of days during calendar year 2000 when there is a Force Majeure Event, Gas Production meets either of the following contingencies, and Tejas provides written notice to the General Partner stating that such contingency has been met and which notice includes information supporting that statement reasonably acceptable to the General Partner. The two contingencies are:

        1.    Gas Production being 950 million cubic feet per day for 180 days (there being no requirement for such days to be consecutive) during calendar year 2000 as such period may be extended due to Force Majeure Events; or

        2.    Gas Production being 375 billion cubic feet on a cumulative basis during calendar year 2000 as such period may be extended due to Force Majeure Events.

        “Year 2001 Performance Test” shall be met if, at any point in time during calendar year 2001, as such period shall be extended for a period of days equal to the number of days during calendar year 2001 when there is a Force Majeure Event, Gas Production meets either of the following contingencies, and Tejas provides written notice to the General Partner stating that such contingency has been met and which notice includes information supporting that statement reasonably acceptable to the General Partner. The two contingencies are:

78

        1.    Gas production being 900 million cubic feet per day for 180 days (there being no requirement for such days to be consecutive) during calendar year 2001 as such period may be extended due to Force Majeure Events; or

        2.    Gas Production being 350 billion cubic feet on a cumulative basis during calendar year 2001 as such period may be extended due to Force Majeure Events.

79